[LaGrange College Undergraduate] Bulletin, LaGrange, Georgia, Catalogue Issue 2003-2004

LAGRANGE

COLLEGE

Undergraduate Bulletin
2003-2004

?S"K;J*^^-

>W\^*^:.

^*?:^>N:^^

^miMw^:Mm

w

^%i '^A

'TWfW^

601 Broad Street, LaGrange, Georgia 30240

Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2013

http://archive.org/details/lagrangecollegeu2003lagr

VOLUME CLXn SEPTEMBER 2003 NUMBER 1

BULLETIN
LAGRANGE COLLEGE

LAGRANGE, GEORGIA

CATALOGUE ISSUE 2003-2004

Communications Directory

LaGrange College

601 Broad Street

LaGrange, Georgia 30240-2999

(706) 880-8000 Fax: (706) 880-8358 www.lagrange.edu

For prompt attention, please address inquiries as indicated below.
Prefix is 706.

LaGrange College (general information) 880-8000

Office of the President 880-8230

Director of Admission 880-8253

Controller 880-8232

Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean 880-8235

Vice President & Dean for Student Life and Retention 880-8004

Director of Information Systems 880-8050

Director of Student Financial Planning 880-8229

Registrar 880-8237

Director of Career Planning and Placement 880-8286

Executive Vice President for Administration 880-8267

Vice President for Advancement 880-8257

Executive Director of Instructional & Information Technology 880-8304

Director of Alumni Activities 880-8245

Director of Communications and Marketing 880-8246

Visitors are welcome at LaGrange College throughout the year. The administrative
offices in the Quillian Building are open Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00
p.m. Saturday visits may be arranged by appointment. Visitors desiring interviews with
members of the staff are urged to make appointments in advance.

LaGrange College admits qualified students of any race, color, national and ethnic
origin to all rights, privileges, programs and activities generally accorded or made
available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of sex, race,
color, national or ethnic origin in administration of its educational pohcies, admissions
pohcies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered
programs

LaGrange CoUege Bulletin, Volume CLXn, Number 1

President: Dr. F. Stuart Gulley Editor: Dr. Jay Simmons

LaGrange College Bulletin, the official pubUcation of LaGrange College for current
and future students, is published monthly except February, August and November.
Correspondence should be directed to the Office of Academic Dean, LaGrange
College, 601 Broad Street, LaGrange, GA 30240-2999. E-mail correspondence to
jsimmons@lagrange.edu or fax to (706) 880-8358.

Challenging the mind.

Inspiring the soul.
2

William and Evelyn Banks Library

CONTENTS

Communications Directory 2

Calendar 5

About LaGrange College, Purpose and History 9

LaGrange College at Albany 12

The LaGrange College Campus 13

Admission 18

Financial Information 23

Financial Aid 28

Student Life 45

Information Technology and Academic Support Services 57

Academic Programs and Degree Requirements 66

Core Program in the Liberal Arts 71

Academic Regulations and Procedures 75

Pre-professional and Co-operative Programs 90

Departments and Courses 97

Faculty, Trustees and Administration 245

Index 263

CHANGE OF REGULATIONS

The College reserves the right to make modifications in the degree requirements,
courses, schedules, calendar, regulations, fees and other changes deemed necessary or
conducive to the efficient operation of the College. Such changes become effective as
announced by the proper college authorities.

Note: For information, regulations and procedures for graduate smdy, please see the
Graduate Bulletin. For information, regulations and procedures for evening courses,
please see the Evening College Bulletin, For information, regulations and procedures of
the Albany campus, please see the AlbanyBuUetin.

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2003-2004

Day Program

Fall Semester August 2003

August 19 New faculty assemble

August 20 Opening Session

August 26-29 New student orientation

September 1 Labor Day-College Closed

September 2 Registration for new and returning Day students not

prepaid. Advisors for freshman, transfer and readmitted
students are available. Late registration fee after this date.
Fair on the Square, LaFayette Square 5:00 p.m.

September 3 All Classes Begin

Opening Convocation at First United Methodist Church

September 5 End drop/add period and late registration. No refunds for
individual courses dropped after 5:00 p.m. "I" grades must
be changed to permanent grades.

September

25

Named Scholarship Luncheon

September

30

Last day to drop a class with an automatic "W"

October

6,7

Interim Term Pre-registration

October

9-10

Fall Break-No Classes

October

17

Midterm.

Board of Trustees Meeting

October

17-19

Homecoming

October

27-31

Advising period and pre-registration for Dav pr

students. Students completing degree requirements by end
of fall term should file petitions for graduation. Students
may declare majors. Advisors available.

November 6 Last day to drop a class

November 22 Fall Visitation Day

November 25 Last Day of Classes before Thanksgiving Break

November 26-28 Thanksgiving holidays. Administrative offices open
November 24-26.

December 1 Classes resume after Thanksgiving Break

December 2-7 Celebrate the Servant Week

December 5 Last Day of Fall Semester Classes for Day College.

December 8-12 Final Exams

December 12 Begin term break, 5:00 p.m.

December 19 Grades due. Last day to pre-pay or confirm pre-registration

for Interim and Spring Terms 2004; otherwise, pre-
registered students must go through registration,
January 2, 2004.

December 24 Holidays for administration and staff begin atl2:00 p.m

December 29-3 1 Administrative offices open.

Interim Term January 2004

January
January

January

January

16

January

19

January

30

February

4

Administrative offices closed.

Residence halls open. Registration for new and returning
Day students. Advisors for freshman, transfer and
readmitted students are available.

Evening College, joint enrollment and graduate
registration. Night and graduate advisors are available.

Late registration fee after this date.

Mandatory First Meeting for all Interim Classes

End Drop/ Add. No refund for individual classes dropped
after this date. Last day for late registration

Last day to drop a class with an automatic "W"

Martin Luther King, Jr. Day - College closed. No Classes.

Last day of class

Interim Term Grades due

Spring Semester February 2004

February

Day program registration for new and remming students
not prepaid. Advisors for fi-eshman, transfer and
readmitted students are available.

February 9

Classes begin - Interim Term Grades due

February 16

February 13-14
March 5

March 6
March 22
March 29- April 2

April

5-9

April

9

April

16

April

26-30

April

30

April 30

-Mayl

May

1

May

12

May

14-19

May

20

May

21

May
May

22
31

End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual
classes dropped after this date. "I" grades must be changed
to permanent grades. Last day for late registration.

Scholars' Weekend

Last day to drop a class with an
automatic "W"

Spring Visitation Day

Midterm.

Advising period and pre-registration for upper class Day
program students. Students completing degree requirements
in summer or fall should file petitions for graduation.
Students may declare majors. Advisors available

Spring break Administrative offices open

Good Friday-Closed at 12:00 noon

Last day to drop a class

Board of Trustees Meeting

Pre-Registration for Interim Travel Projects

Honors Day

Family Weekend

May Day

Last day of class for Day Program

Final Exams

GRADES DUE FOR GRADUATES BY 12:00 P.M.

Graduation rehearsal, faculty marshals and student
marshals attend. Senior brunch, faculty invited.

Baccalaureate at First United Methodist Church.
All faculty should plan to attend.

Grades due 5:00 p.m.

Graduation on Quadrangle. 8:30 a.m.

Memorial Day - College closed.

Summer I Term 2004

June 1 Residence halls open

June 2 Registration

June 3 All classes meet

June 4 End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual

classes dropped after this date.

June 1 1 Last day to drop a class with an automatic " W"

June 25 Last day to drop a course

June 30 Departmental Annual Reports due in Dean's Office.

July 5 July 4th College Holidayno classes

July 7 12:00 and 2:00 classes have exams during class times

7:30 and 9:30 classes have exams during class times

July 8 Grade reports due at noon.

Summer II Term 2004

July

8

July

9

July

12

July

19

August

2

August

11

August

12

August

13

Residence halls open

Registration, Registrar's Office, Smith Hall

All classes meet

End drop/add No refund for individual classes dropped
after this date.

Last day to drop a class with an automatic " W"

Last day to drop a class

12:00 and 2:00 classes have exams during class times

7:30 and 9:30 classes have exams during class times

Grade reports due by noon.

ABOUT LAGRANGE COLLEGE

LaGrange College is called through the United Methodist

Church to challenge the minds and inspire the souls of students

by improving their creative, critical and communicative

abilities in a caring and ethical community.

Mission

LaGrange College, established in 1831, is owned by the North Georgia
Conference of the United Methodist Church. LaGrange College is proud of
this relationship and believes that its mission is an extension of the work of
The United Methodist Church. LaGrange College is committed to the free,
uninhibited pursuit of truth. Academic freedom and free expression of faculty
and students are integral to the LaGrange College ethos. LaGrange College is
committed to challenging the minds and inspiring the souls of students by
improving their creative, critical and communicative abihties. Faculty
recognize the part they play in a student's development by serving as mentors
and role models. The total LaGrange College program curricular and co-
curricular is designed to challenge and support students as they deal with
fundamental issues of self, world, and God.

The principal curricular methods by which the College assists students in the
improving of their creative, critical, and conmiunicative abilities is an
interdisciplinary, technologically sophisticated Hberal arts program (A. A.,
B.A., B.S., B.M.), professional programs in business (M.B.A.) nursing
(B.S.N.) and education (B.A., M.Ed., M.A.T.) The principal co-curricular
means is through a comprehensive program of student Ufe and athletics.

LaGrange College strives to be a caring and ethical conmiunity. The hallmark
of the LaGrange College community is the quest for civihty, diversity,
service, and excellence.

Adopted by Faculty, Administratioii, and Board of Trustees, 1997; reaffirmed by
Board of Trustees on October 20, 2000.

History and Description

The history of LaGrange College is closely associated with the history of the
City of LaGrange and Troup County. When the vast tract of land lying
between the Hint and Chattahoochee Rivers was secured by the Indian
Springs Treaty of 1825 and was opened for settlement in 1827, one of the five
counties formed on the western border of the state was named Troup in honor
of Governor George Michael Troup.

An act was passed by the Georgia Legislature on December 24, 1827,
providing for the selection of a county seat. It was named LaGrange after the
country estate of the Marquis de Lafayette, American Revolutionary War hero
who had visited the region in 1825 as the guest of Governor Troup. The site
for the town of LaGrange was purchased in 1 828 and the town was
incorporated on December 18, 1828. On December 26, 1831, the charter for
the LaGrange Female Academy was granted at the state capitol, then in
Milledgeville.

In 1831 Andrew Jackson was president of the United States. Abraham Lincoln
was 22 years old. The Creek Indians had been moved out of this area of the
state only six years earUer. The only other college in the state was Frankhn
College, now The University of Georgia.

In 1847 the charter for the school was amended and the school became the
LaGrange Female Institute with power to confer degrees. The name was
changed to LaGrange Female College in 1851 and in 1934 it was changed to
LaGrange College. The College became officially coeducational in 1953.

The first location of the school was in a large white building at what is now
406 Broad Street. The school moved to its present location "On the Hill," the
highest geographical point in LaGrange, after the construction of the building
now known as Smith Hall in 1842.

The College was sold to the Georgia Conference of the Methodist Episcopal
Church South in 1856. Today it is an instimtion of the North Georgia
Conference of the United Methodist Church.

Strong in the Uberal arts, LaGrange College has an outstanding reputation in
pre-professional programs, including pre-medical and allied fields, pre-law,
pre-theology, and pre-engineering.

LaGrange College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree with sixteen majors, the
Bachelor of Science degree in five areas, the Bachelor of Music and the
Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. The Master of Business
Administration degree, the Master of Arts in Teaching, and the Master of
Education degree in Early Curriculum and Instruction are offered. The
Associate of Arts degree is offered in one area.

LaGrange College operates on the modified (4-1-4) semester system for day
classes. In addition there is an evening session during the regular year and in
the suromer. During the regular school year, the night classes follow a
modified quarter system. The summer is divided into two sessions of day
classes and one seven-week session in the evening. For all day classes, credits
earned are semester hour credits.

The College draws more than half of its student body from Georgia. However,
students fi"om at least one-third of the other states in the U.S. and from abroad
nourish a rich cosmopoUtan and international community which includes
various religious and ethnic backgrounds.

10

Georgia's leader in granting academic credit through the College Level
Examination Program, the College also offers travel seminars, field study
programs and internships. Students in the college's nursing division receive
supervised learning experiences in many area medical facilities. Campus art
exhibitions, lectures, concerts, and varsity and intramural sports add to the
cultural enrichment and recreational opportunities offered by the College. The
College has a service learning program unlike any in the state.

The College is located in the town of LaGrange, Georgia, which has a
population of 26,000. Nearby are Callaway Gardens, the Warm Springs
Foundation and Franklin D. Roosevelt's Little White House. The West Point
Dam on the Chattahoochee River provides one of the largest lakes in the
region, with waterfronts and a marina within the city limits of LaGrange.

Accreditation

LaGrange College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools (1866 Southern Lane, Decatur,
Georgia 30033-4097: Telephone number 404-679-4501) to award the degrees
of Associate of Arts, Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science,
Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of Science in Nursing, Master
of Education, Master of Arts in Teaching, and Master of Business
Administration.

LaGrange College is also approved by the United Methodist University Senate.
It has membership in the National Association of Independent Colleges and
Universities and the Georgia Foundation for Independent Colleges.

The Georgia Professional Standards Conmiission, which confers professional
certificates upon college graduates meeting requirements in early childhood,
middle grades, or secondary education, has awarded highest approval to
LaGrange College's program of teacher education.

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing program is accredited by the National
League for Nursing.

The undergraduate and graduate programs in business administration are
accredited by the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs.

Other Sessions

The Evening College Program at LaGrange College provides the opportunity
for adult learners to earn an undergraduate degree without sacrificing their
professional and personal responsibilities. Students may enroll in full-time or
part-time programs leading to a B.A. in Business Administration or an A. A. in
Liberal Studies. Designed to be accessible for the working adult, the degree
programs may be completed through attendance at night courses scheduled in
three 9-week terms offered each year.

Additional information is contained in the Evening College Bulletin, or by
calhng (706) 880-8298.

11

LaGrange College at Albany

The academic program at LaGrange College at Albany has been created in
direct response to community and area needs. An extensive needs assessment
in southwest Georgia was initiated prior to the planning and development of
the program for LaGrange College at Albany. The research results stressed the
need for a program for non-traditional students that would enable them to
complete a baccalaureate degree. The program offers a modular course
schedule with a predictable structure of course offerings, costs, and outcomes.
The program emphasizes leadership knowledge and skills in the workplace and
in the community.

Additional information is contained in the Albany Bulletin or by calhng
229-420-8000.

'^'Z***/

The Quadrangle with Smith Hall on the left and QuilUan on
the right

12

THE LAGRANGE COLLEGE CAMPUS

William and Evelyn Banks Library

The librarians and staff take great pride in the high level of service that is
offered at the Banks Library. Each year the library staff receives high marks
from faculty and students on the annual library survey. Library instruction is
highly emphasized with both individual and group instruction offered.

The Banks Library provides up-to-date resources that support the curriculum
and general information needs of students and faculty. The Onhne Catalog can
be accessed from anywhere in the world on the WEB. Additionally, the library
makes available to students and faculty full-text databases on GALILEO plus
discipUne specific databases to which it subscribes including JSTOR, GALE'S
Business and Company Resource Center, ATLAS Religion Database, CINAHL,
AMICO, and more.

Separate Education and Music & Art areas in the library provide easy access to
Ubrary materials for those disciphnes in a comfortable, user-friendly
environment. A Multi-Media Center provides access to the Internet, word
processing, presentation software, E-MAIL, and the Ubrary 's electronic
resources. During hours that the library is open a scanner, computer projector,
digital camera, and multi-media workstations are available for student use.
Group study rooms, study carrels, video viewing-rooms, and a large
conference room are also available.

The Banks Library seeks to fulfill the mission of the college through the
provision of information resources and services supporting the curriculum, co-
curricular, and research needs of students and faculty.

Candler and Vernon Residence Halls were completed in 2002. Each
apartment-style hall houses 124 students. Arranged in either two or four
bedroom floor plans with one bathroom per two students, the apartments are
fully furnished and also have a fiill kitchen. A community room is also located
at the end of one wing in each building. Candler Hall is named in memory of
Mrs. Lee Edwards Candler.

Cason J. Callaway Science Building

Built in 1972, this three-story brick building with latest equipment for
instruction in general science, biology, chemistry, math, and physics. The
building is named in memory of a former member of the College's Board of
Trustees.

13

Fuller E. Callaway Academic Building

Completed in 1981 and renovated in 2000, the Fuller E. Callaway Academic
Building houses the Departments of Nursing, Psychology, History, PoUtical
Science, and Human Services.

Warren A. Candler Cottage

Completed in 1929 as a home for the college president. The Candler Cottage
now houses the Development, Communications and Marketing and
Advancement offices.

Lamar Dodd Art Center

Completed in 1982, this building provides a physical environment and the
equipment needed for art instruction as well as gallery space for the College's
outstanding art collection. The building is named in honor of the late Lamar
Dodd, a Georgia artist who was reared in LaGrange and whose paintings won
international recognition.

Louise Anderson Manget Building

Built in 1959 and renovated in 2001, the Louise Anderson Manget Building
houses the Division of Humanities, including the Departments of English,
Latin American Studies and Modem Languages, and Religion and Philosophy.

Pitts HaU

Completed in 1941, this two-story brick women's dormitory was renovated in
1990. Pitts Hall was rededicated in memory of Mr. and Mrs. W. L H. Pitts and
in honor of their daughter, the late Miss Margaret Adger Pitts, a former college
trustee. The Pitts were long-time supporters of the College.

Price Theatre

Completed in 1975, this dramatic arts building seats 280 and houses
classrooms for the Department of Theatre Arts, faculty offices, scenery
workshop, dressing rooms, costume room, actors' lounge, and a black box
theatre.

Quillian Building

Built in 1949 and named in memory of a former president, Hubert T. QuilUan,
who served from 1938-1948, this building provides offices for the President,
the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean, the Executive Vice
President for Administration, the Business Office, and Institutional Research
and Planning.

Smith Hall

The oldest building on the campus, the main portion of the building was
constructed in 1842 of handmade brick formed from native clay. An addition
was built in 1887 and a major renovation was completed in 1989 at a cost of

14

over $2.5 million. Ready for the 21^^ century, the building now houses offices,
classrooms and seminar rooms. Smith Hall was named in memory of
Mrs.Oreon Smith, wife of a former president of the College, Rufus W. Smith,
who served from 1885 until his death in 1915. The building is on the National
Register of Historic Places.

Sunny Gables Alumni House

Built by Mary and JuUa Nix in 1924, Sunny Gables Alumni House is an
outstanding example of early twentieth century Tudor Revival architecture
designed by P. Thornton Marye and is now part of the National Register of
Historic Places' Vernon Road Historic District. The Sunny Gables Alumni
House seeks to provide a real and symboUc home for LaGrange College
alunmi for generations to come, capturing a part of LaGrange College's
historic past and stretching forward into the College's future. This
multipurpose facility serves as the permanent home for alumni, as well as the
Office of Alumni and Parent Relations and Campus Events Coordinator. The
facihty extends entertainment space to the College's constituents for College
programming purposes consistent with Gateway to Excellence, our strategic plan.

The Chapel

Built in 1965, the materials used in the construction of the Chapel link it with
Christian worship in LaGrange and other parts of the world. Included in the
structure are two stained glass windows made in Belgium more than 100 years
ago; a stone from the temple of Apollo at Corinth, Greece; a stone from the
Benedictine Monastery, lona, Scotland; and a stone from St. George's Chapel,
Windsor, England. Regular worship services are held when the College is
in session.

J. K. Boatwright Hall

Completed in 1962, this three-story brick building serves as a men's dormitory.
J. K. Boatwright Hall is named in memory of a long-time member of the
College's Board of Trustees and chairman of the board's executive committee
from 1956-1962. New designs were incorporated in the renovations to the
building in 2003.

Hawkes HaU

Completed in 1911, this four-story brick building is named in memory of Mrs.
Harriet Hawkes, mother of College benefactor, the late A.K. Hawkes. After a
major renovation costing $1.4 million, the building houses women students on
second, third, and fourth floors. Faculty offices and classrooms for the
Education Department occupy the ground floor. Also on the second floor is
the Nixon Parlor, named in honor of long-time supporter of the College,
Winifred Adams Nixon '33.

15

Waights G. Henry, Jr. Residence Hall

Completed in 1970, this five-story brick building provides student housing.
The building is named in honor of the late Dr. Waights G. Henry, Jr., who
served as president of the College from 1948-1978, and as chancellor from
1978 until his death in 1989. This building also houses a 24-hour computer lab
and tutoring center open to all students.

William H. Turner, Jr. HaU

Built in 1958, this three-story brick building was used for women's housing. It
is named in memory of WilUam H. Turner, Jr., a textile executive of LaGrange
who was a benefactor of the College, a long-time member of the College's
Board of Trustees and chairman of the board's executive committee from 1929-
1950. In 2003, a renovated Turner Hall became a student center on the first two
floors and renovated rooms for women students on the third.

Alfred Mariotti Gymnasium

Built in 1959, the Mariotti Gym houses physical education classrooms and
facilities for indoor athletics. The facility is named in memory of Coach
Alfred Mariotti, the College's basketball coach fi"om 1962-1974 and member of
the faculty until his retirement in 1979.

Margaret Adger Pitts Dining Hall

Completed in 1962 and renovated in 1998, this two-story brick building houses
the dining area, kitchen, and students' common space. The building is
dedicated in honor of the late Margaret Adger Pitts, a former College trustee.

Callaway Campus

Acquired by the College in 1992 as a gift from Callaway Foundation, Inc., the
campus includes three buildings of brick and concrete construction. Callaway
Foundation, Inc. donated funds to build a state-of-the-art lighted soccer field in
1995. The Callaway Campus also includes softball fields.

Callaway Auditorium

Built in 1941, this building provides space for approximately 1,400 spectators.
It contains a 30 by 46-foot center elevated stage, concession area with full
kitchen, and meeting rooms.

Charles D. Hudson Natatorium

The swimming pool was constructed in 1947 as an oversized pool with
dimensions of 80 by 150 feet. The cabana and bathhouse were built in 1956.
The oversized pool has been divided into an outdoor pool and a natatorium.
The complex is now equipped for a year-round aquatics program. The
Natatorium is named in honor of Dr. Charles D. Hudson, long-time chair of the
Board of Trustees and recently retired chair of the Board's Executive
Committee.

16

Callaway Educational Building

Built in 1965 and renovated in 1994, the building houses the Music
Department, Offices of Intercollegiate and Intramural Athletics, and Offices of
the Department of Health and Physical Education. The facility includes state-
of-the-art electronic music equipment, a recording studio, a fitness center, a
gymnasium, and faculty offices.

Cleaveland Field

Cleaveland Field opened in 2000 as LaGrange College's new $2.21 million
baseball facility. Callaway Foundation, Inc. gave a challenge grant as well
as the land to honor Philip Cleaveland, who served the College as a trustee for
19 years.

Other Resources

Information Systems

In 1991, LaGrange College became committed to creating a fiber-optic
network of mini-computers that would allow students and faculty to access the
network anywhere on campus, including residence hall rooms. Since 1994, the
number of computer laboratories has grown from seven to twelve. Students
can access World Wide Web fi-om virtually any site on campus to find
information ranging fi-om stock prices to Russian recipes. Specific details
regarding the technological environment at LaGrange College can be found in
the Information Systems section of this Bulletin. Future technological
direction on campus includes the addition of more interactive multimedia
learning environments.

Coleman Health Center

The location for Student Health Services provides a day cUnic for the
LaGrange College Community. For details students should consult the student
handbook.

P^^ ^/M-%

On the Patio

17

ADMISSION

LaGrange College seeks to admit students who demonstrate the abiUty to
benefit ft-om a quality liberal arts education. In the selection of students,
careful attention is given to the academic abihty of each candidate.

Procedure for Applying for Admission

Students wishing to attend LaGrange College must submit an apphcation for
admission. This application and supporting documents should be submitted at
least one month prior to the beginning of the semester in which entrance is
desired. AppUcants may enroll any semester though the majority of students
begin study during the fall term.

Required Admission Document

Freshman

Transfer

1.

LaGrange College apphcation

1.

LaGrange College apphcation

2.

Apphcation fee

2.

Apphcation fee

3.

Official high school tran-
scripts

3.

Official transcripts of all previous
college work (transfers with
fewer than 27 semester or 40
quarter hours earned must also
submit high school transcripts
and SAT or ACT scores.)

4.

Official SAT or ACT scores

4.

Apphcation essay

5.

Apphcation essay

To be considered an official document, transcripts should be submitted directly
to LaGrange College in a sealed envelope from the student's host institution.
Institutional records personally dehvered to LaGrange College by a student
must also be in a sealed envelope to be considered official. Photocopies,
faxed, or transcripts in unsealed envelopes are not considered official.

After the submission of all required documents, a minimum of two to three
weeks is required to complete the apphcation process. The Office of
Admission notifies apphcants of their apphcation status shortly after review by
the Admission Committee. Admission to the College is tentative, pending
satisfactory completion of academic work in progress.

After an offer of admission is extended, candidates wishing to accept the offer
of admission are asked to submit an admission deposit. The admission deposit

18

serves to reserve space for the student in the incoming class. The amount of
the admission deposit is $100 for conmiuting students and $200 for boarding
students. The $100 deposit will be placed on the student's account for the first
semester. The additional $100 for residential students serves as a room
reservation deposit and will reserve a space in the residence halls for the
student. The admission deposit is fully refundable provided the student
submits a written request to the Office of Admission by the following dates:
May 1 for Fall Semester, December 1 for the Interim (January) Term, and
Spring Semester. The room reservation deposit is refunded to students upon
graduation or withdrawal from LaGrange College, as long as there are no
outstanding monetary charges against the student's account.

LaGrange College invites interested students to visit the campus. Individual
admission appointments may be scheduled by contacting the Office of
Admission at 1-800-593-2885 or by e-mail at admission@lagrange.edu .
Please contact the Office of Admission at least one week prior to the date you
want to visit.

Academic Admission Requirements

Freshmen Admission: Prior to enrollment, an applicant is expected to
complete graduation requirements from an approved high school. Students
graduating from Georgia high schools are normally expected to complete the
requirements for the College Preparatory Curriculum (CPC) diploma.

LaGrange College students come from a variety of pubUc and private
secondary school backgrounds. Preference is given to applicants who have
strong academic preparation in high school. To qualify for regular admission
to the college, a matriculant should complete at least the following number of
units, comparable to the Georgia College Preparatory Curriculum:
Desirable electives include additional academic courses in languages,
mathematics, and the sciences. A basic understanding of computer science is
also encouraged.
Scores from either the SAT (administered by the College Entrance

Subject Area Units

English 4

Social Studies (including American and world studies) 3

College Preparatory Mathematics 4
(Algebra I, Algebra 11, Geometry, etc.)

Science (including lab courses for Ufe and physical sciences) 3

Foreign Language (two units of the same language) 2

Examination Board) or ACT (administered by the American College Testing
Program) are required of all traditional-aged freshman apphcants. Students
who graduated from high school prior to 1999 may exempt this requirement.
Test results should be sent directly to LaGrange College, preferably by January
of the student's senior year of high school.

19

LaGrange College welcomes home-educated students to apply for admission.
In addition to the items requested for freshman admission, home-schooled
students are asked to provide a bibhography of all high school Hterature
including instructional texts and two letters of reconmiendation. At least one
of the letters must be from outside the home.

Students holding a General Education Development (GED), High School Level
may be considered for admission, although they will generally not be accepted
to the college prior to the year in which their class would have normally been
eUgible for admission to the college. Unless meeting the special provision for
adult students mentioned above, students possessing a GED must submit either
SAT or ACT scores as a part of the appUcation process.

A number of factors are considered in making an admission decision, including
a student's grade point average, difficulty of course work, standardized test
scores, extracurricular and co-curricular activities, recommendations and
admission essay. Students may be accepted to LaGrange College in one of
several categories.

Regular Admission: Most students offered admission to LaGrange College
are accepted with no stipulations, other than successful completion of their
current academic course work and proof of high school graduation.

Conditional Admission: This program is designed for appUcants who are
unable to meet the standard admission criteria but who appear to have the
potential to succeed at LaGrange College. Students in this program must earn a
grade point average of 1.65 during the first semester of college work. All
courses are taken for full credit. Students do not specifically apply for
conditional admission, but are selected for conditional admission by the
Admission Conmiittee.

Early Admission: Early admission is possible for academically talented
students who have completed their junior year of high school. To quaUfy for
early admission, a student must meet specific academic criteria including a B+
or better high school average in a college preparatory program and completion
of 15 of the 16 prescribed units, with a minimum total of 16 units. Students
seeking early admission must also earn a minimum composite score of 1 100 on
the SAT or 25 on the ACT. A minimum of 550 on the verbal portion of the
SAT or a minimum of 24 on the English subject area of the ACT is highly
desirable. An interview is required for all early admission candidates.

Joint Enrollment: LaGrange College encourages quaUfied eleventh and
twelfth grade students to consider simultaneous enrollment in LaGrange
College and their high school. Georgia high school seniors may wish to
consider participating in the Georgia Post-Secondary Options Program.
Students wishing to apply for the joint enrollment program or Georgia Post-
Secondary Options Program must submit the following materials: an
application for admission, application fee, recommendation letter from the

20

student's principal or headmaster, SAT or ACT scores, and a high school
average that indicates that the student has the academic abihty to be successful
in the program.

Students applying for the Georgia Post-Secondary Options Program must also
submit an official recommendation from the high school counseUng office as
well as a notarized statement attesting to the fact that they live within a 25 mile
radius of LaGrange College and do not Uve within 25 miles of a public institution.

Transfer Admission: Students attending another institution may apply for
transfer to LaGrange College provided they are eligible to return to their
current institution at the time of entry to LaGrange College. A student may be
accepted on probation under the standard probation regulations. Prior to
admission to LaGrange College, the Office of Admission must receive all
necessary documents, including official transcripts of all college course work.
Applicants may enroll at the beginning of any semester.

LaGrange College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools (1866 Southern Lane, Decatur,
Georgia 30033-4097: Telephone number 404-679-4501) to award degrees of
Associate of Arts, Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science,
Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of Science in Nursing, Master
of Education, and Master of Arts in Teaching. Accordingly, the college accepts
course work from similarly regionally accredited colleges and universities.
Academic credit is normally given to students for grades of "C" or above.
Acceptable credit from a junior college is limited to 54 semester hours.
Students enrolUng from other senior colleges may be able to receive additional
semester credit but LaGrange College residency requirements, the core
curriculum, and appropriate major course work must be satisfied. Transfer
students who have attempted any developmental-level course work must
provide evidence that they have completed all requirements and successfully
exited the program prior to evaluation by the admission committee. Members
of Phi Theta Kappa may qualify for academic scholarships reserved for
members of this society.

Transient Admission: Students currently enrolled in good standing at another
college may enroll at LaGrange College as transient students. Approval of
course work must be authorized by the primary institution on the Transient
Application for Admission, which is available in the Admission Office. A
permission letter from the student's home institution certifying status and
granting permission for specific transient course work may also be sent.

Non-degree Undergraduate Admission: Students not working toward a
degree may register as non-degree undergraduate students in any course for
which they have the necessary prerequisites. An appUcation for non-degree
undergraduate student status may be obtained through the Admission Office.
Students classified as non-degree undergraduate students may become regular,

21

degree-seeking students by meeting requirements for regular admission. No
more that 6 credit hours earned under this classification may be apphed toward
a degree.

Readmission to LaGrange College: Following an absence from LaGrange
College of 3 or more semesters, or any time a student was not in good standing
during the last term of attendance at LaGrange College, any smdent deciding to
remm to attempt additional course work must submit an Apphcation for
Readmission. This form is available in the Office of Admission. Students
absent from LaGrange College for 2 semesters or less, and who were in good
academic standing when he/she last attended LaGrange College may re-
activate his/her file in the Registrar's Office. These students do not need to
apply for readmission.

In the event that a student seeking readmission has attended another institution
as a transfer student (not transient) since he/she left LaGrange College, then
the student, if readmitted, is treated as a new transfer student. Students fitting
this description are subject to the Bulletin in force at the time of transfer back
to LaGrange College. Students who have not attended another institution are
generally governed by the catalog in force at the time of their initial admission.
However, students who have been out of school for four calendar years or
more re-enter LaGrange College under the Bulletin in force at the time of
readmission and resumption of study.

International Student Admission: Admission to LaGrange College requires
submission of the international student application, apphcation fee, and
translated and certified documents attesting to the student's academic
performance in secondary and/or university studies. Students seeking
admission may submit one of the following to prove EngUsh proficiency:

Minimum TOEFL score of 500 (173 computer-based);

Certificate of completion of level 112 from the ELS Centers, Inc.;

Grades of "C" or better on G.C.E., G.S.C.E, or C.X.C. English
examinations or equivalent tests;

Minimum SAT verbal score of 450;

Minimum ACT EngUsh section score of 21

If the prospective student is in the United States, an interview at the college is
desirable and may sometimes be substituted for a TOEFL score. The Director
of Admission should be contacted for an appointment as well as for the current
interpretation of regulations with regard to obtaining an F-1 student visa.

22

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Payment of Charges

All charges for the semester are due and payable at the beginning of the term,
and each student is expected to make satisfactory arrangements at that time.

Students who pre-register and pay in advance of the deadUne each semester are
not required to attend final registration. Students completing registration after
the Registration Day will be assessed a Late Registration fee.

ReaUzing that some families prefer to pay on a monthly basis, the College has
an arrangement with Academic Management Services to offer families this
option. The plan is an agreement between the parent and the company; there is
no involvement by LaGrange College in the agreement. For additional
information, contact the Business Office. The College also offers a deferred
payment option that allows students to make monthly payments to cover
educational costs. Interest will be assessed to students utilizing this option.

Expenses

1 . Admission

AppUcation for admission (non-refundable) $ 20.00

2. Tuition

A. Undergraduate

(1) Part-time per semester hour (1-1 1 or greater than 15) $ 597.00

(2) Full-time (12-15 semester hours) $ 7,241.00

(3) Nursing (NSG) courses - per semester hour $ 597.00

B. Summer Term charges are listed in the summer brochure.
Students may request information regarding offerings and
charges from the Registrar's Office.

C. Audit (per semester hour) $ 597.00

3. Room and Board (per semester) - Boatwright, Hawkes,

Henry, Pitts, and Turner $ 3,009.00

(per semester) - Candler and Vernon $ 3,064.(X)

(Note: All students hving in dormitories are required to pay room
and board.)

4. Private rooms are available at an additional charge

(per semester) $ 617.00

After the beginning of the semester any student occupying a double room alone
will be charged the private rate. If a smdent occupying a double room alone
does not wish to pay the private room rate, it is that student's responsibihty to
find a suitable roonmiate. Willingness to accept a roonmiate does not constitute
grounds for waiving the single room charge.

23

$ 50.00

$ 25.00

$ 5.00

$ 175.00

$ 15.00

$ 60.00

$ 100.00

$ 100.00

Per Semester

Per Year

$ 7,241.00

$14,482.00

5. Fees - Miscellaneous
Late registration
Personal checks failing to clear
Student Identification Card replacement fee
Document Fee (International Students)
Parking Permit

Testing Fee (All New Students)
Room deposit (Refundable)
Admission Deposit (New Students)

Summary of Standard Charges

Non-Dormitory Students:

Tuition (full-time with 12-15 hours)

Dormitory Students:

Boatwright, Hawkes, Henry, Pitts, and
Turner residents

Tuition (full-time with 12-15 hours) $ 7,241.00 $14,482.00

Room and Board $ 3,009.00 $ 6.018.00

$ 10,250.00 $20,500.00

Dormitory Students:
Candler and Vernon Road residents

Tuition (full-time with 12-15 hours) $ 7,241.00 $14,482.00

Room and Board $ 3,064.00 $ 6.128.00

$ 10,305.00 $20,610.00

All LaGrange College undergraduate degree-seeking students taking twelve or
more hours who have been residents of the state of Georgia for twelve
consecutive months are eligible to receive a Tuition EquaUzation Grant
regardless of need. The State Legislature establishes the amount of this grant.

In addition, those Georgia students who are entering freshmen as Hope
Scholars (B or better high school grade point average) will receive a $3,000 per
year academic scholarship from the Georgia Hope Scholarship program as long
as they maintain a "B or better" average.

Fees relating to the LaGrange College's Evening and Graduate Programs are
included in a separate bulletin pertaining to those programs. You may contact
the College to receive a copy of those pubhcations.

Federal Tax Credits

The Tax Reform Act of 1997 provided two tax credits for higher education.
The "Hope Scholarship Credit" provides up to a $1,500 tax credit for the first
two years of postsecondary education in a program that leads to a degree,
certificate, or other recognized educational credential. The student must be
enrolled at least halftime. Qualified expenses are for tuition and fees and do
not include room, board, books, insurance, and other similar expenses.

24

The second tax credit is the ^'Lifetime Learning Credit" which provides up to a
$2,000 per year tax credit per family. These tax credits are phased out as the
modified adjusted gross income exceeds certain limits. Please check with your
tax advisor regarding these limits. For additional information about these
credits, please consult the Business Office or your tax preparer.

Miscellaneous

Depending upon individual requirements, a student may expect to spend $750
to $1,000 per year on books and personal expenses.

The above charges are applicable to an academic year of two semesters
duration. Sunmier term and Interim Term costs and curriculum are available in
separate bulletins.

Nursing students should consult with the Nursing Division concerning required
nursing supphes and their projected costs.

All students must present proof of health insurance at the time of registration
and complete a waiver form including provider name and poUcy number. If
the student does not have insurance, the College will assess the student for
hmited coverage group sickness and accident insurance coverage.

Official transcripts and diplomas are withheld for any student who has a
financial obhgation owed to LaGrange College.

Credit Balances

Students who have a credit balance on their student accounts receivable may
obtain a credit balance refund within fourteen (14) calendar days whichever is
the latest of:

the date the balance occurs,

the first day of classes of a payment period or enrollment period, as
applicable, or

the date the student rescinds authorization given the school to hold
the funds.

Refund and Repayment Policies

Refund Policies

No refund of any nature will be made to any student who is suspended or
dismissed for disciplinary reasons.

No refund will be made for individual courses dropped after dates established
by the school calendar.

Refunds will be processed within thirty (30) days of notification of an "official
withdrawal." An official withdrawal date is defined by:

25

the earlier of date student began schoors withdrawal process or date
student otherwise provided "official" notice; or

if student did not notify school, the midpoint in the term; or the date of
student's last attendance at documented academically-related activity, or

if student did not notify due to circumstances beyond student's
control, date related to that circumstance.

Refund Policies - Tuition and Fees

A student withdrawing from the College must submit a Complete Withdrawal
Form, which is available in the Registrar's Office. The student should also
consult the Financial Aid Office and the Business Office to determine the
financial consequences of a complete withdrawal.

The Department of Education requires all unearned Title IV funds to be returned
to the program from which such aid was awarded. The College will apply a
credit to the student's account for all unearned institutional charges. The
Department of Education defines institutional charges as "all charges for tuition,
fees, and room and board, and expenses for required course materials, if the
student does not have a real and reasonable opportunity to purchase the required
course materials from any place but the school."

In the event of a complete withdrawal from the College, refunds of
institutional charges will be calculated as follows: The College calculates the
amount of Title IV (federal grant and loan) funds the student has earned during
the term by dividing the number of days a student actually completes by the
total number of days within the term (excluding breaks). The resulting
percentage is multiphed by the amount of federal funds that were apphed to the
student's account. This is the amount the student actually earned. The
remainder is returned to the federal program. If the resulting percentage is 60
percent or greater, the student will have earned 100 percent of the federal funds.
Tuition credits will be apphed to the student's account in the same manner as
the return of federal funds. After the student has completed 60 percent of the
term, there will be no refund of institutional charges.

In certain cases, these refund requirements may leave an indebtedness on the
student's account. This may also require the student to reimburse the
Department of Education for some or all of the appUcable Federal Pell and
SEOG funds. It is therefore imperative that the students fully discuss the
ramifications of a complete withdrawal with the Financial Aid Office prior to
making a final decision.

A student will not receive a refund until all financial aid programs have been
reimbursed. Refunds will be returned in the order indicated below:

Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan Program
Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan Program
Federal Perkins Loan Program

26

Federal PLUS Program

Federal Pell Grant Program

Federal SEOG Program

Other Title IV Programs

Other state, private, or institutional assistance programs

To the student

Refund Policies - Room and Board

If a student does not enroll, the room deposit is refundable if the student
notifies the College of his/her cancellation by May 1^'. There is no refund of
room deposits after this date. No refund of room or board will be made if a
student withdraws from the dormitory after registration. In the event of a
complete withdrawal, there is no refund of room charges. The board charges
will be rebated at $15 per day from the date of final registration.

Student Repayment Policy

Students who receive cash disbursements after registration for that enrollment
period will be assessed liabiUty for repayment of the appropriate percentage of
the refund due the Title IV programs upon withdrawal, expulsion, or suspension.

Students who receive cash disbursements that are attributable to Federal Pell or
SEOG programs may owe a repayment of these funds to LaGrange College to
prevent an overpayment. A student who owes a repayment will be deemed
ineligible for any financial assistance from any source until the student has
resolved the overpayment. Repayments will be allocated to the student aid
programs in the following order: Pell Grant, SEOG, other Title IV programs,
and then to the institution.

Students have 45 days from the date of their notification to make arrangements
for repayment of the aid received. If they fail to make satisfactory
arrangements within the 45 -day time period, the account will be submitted to
the Department of Education and the student could lose future eUgibility for
financial aid programs.

Smith Hall

27

FINANCIAL AID

Philosophy

LaGrange College believes that the student and parents should contribute to
the educational expenses of attending a college or university to the extent of
their ability. The Financial Aid Office is available to assist families in meeting
the difference between the cost of education at LaGrange College and what the
family can contribute. The Financial Aid Office at LaGrange College attempts
to defray the cost of education from all available Federal, State, and
Institutional sources. The student should be prepared to assume a measure of
responsibiUty in meeting educational expenses through self-help financial aid
sources such as student loans and work programs.

General Information

Students in need of financial assistance must complete the federal need
analysis form, the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). The
FAFSA collects parental and student income and asset information needed to
determine eUgibiUty for financial aid. This information is used in a federal
need analysis formula to determine the Expected Family Contribution (EFC).

The Financial Aid Office establishes a Cost of Attendance Budget that
discloses the annual costs for a student to attend LaGrange College. The Cost
of Attendance Budget includes tuition, fees, room, board, books, supphes, and
Uving expenses. Other components of the Cost of Attendance, which is appUed
on an individual basis, are childcare expenses, study abroad, and the purchase
of a computer. These items may require documentation from the student.
Below is the Cost of Attendance Budgets for the 2003-2004 academic year.

Dependent Undergraduate Day Program $23,475

Independent Undergraduate Day Program $24,882

Dependent Undergraduate Nursing Program $24,241

Independent Undergraduate Nursing Program $25,648

The Expected Family Contribution (EFC) is deducted from the Cost of
Attendance at LaGrange College to determine whether a need for financial
assistance exists. If the family's EFC is less than the Cost of Attendance, a
financial need is estabUshed. The Financial Aid Office attempts to meet the
demonstrated financial need of applicants with federal, state, and institutional
grants and scholarships, work programs, and student loans.

28

Financial Aid Application Procedures

Applicants for financial aid must:

Apply and be accepted as a degree-seeking student in an eligible program
at LaGrange College.

Complete and submit a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)
or a Renewal FAFSA annually.

Complete a Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant Application, if applicable.

Submit all required documents for verification, if selected.

Verification

Verification is the process of evaluating the accuracy of financial information
provided on the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). The U.S.
Department of Education randomly selects approximately 30% of all financial
aid appUcations for verification. The Financial Aid Office may select
additional applications for verification if conflicting or incomplete information
exists. A financial aid award cannot be provided until the verification process
is completed.

Students selected for verification will be asked to verify, at a minimum, the
following: adjusted gross income, federal income tax paid, earned income
credit, family size, number of family members in college, and untaxed income.
Most students will be asked to complete a verification worksheet and provide
copies of applicable federal tax returns. If discrepancies are found during
verification, the Financial Aid Office will transmit the corrected information to
the Central Processing System. The revised Expected Family Contribution is
usually received within three to five days. Once the corrected financial aid
information is received and provided all other ehgibility requirements are met,
an official financial aid award letter will be mailed.

Financial Aid Eligibility Requirements

In general, to be eligible for financial assistance, the applicant must:

Be a U.S. Citizen or permanent resident aUen of the United States.

Be accepted for admission or currently enrolled in an approved degree-
seeking or teacher certification program.

Have a high school diploma or a General Education Development (GED)
Certification, or pass an approved Abihty-to-Benefit test.

Be making Satisfactory Academic Progress towards the completion of
their degree program.

Not be in default on any federal educational loan or have made
satisfactory arrangements to repay the loan.

Not owe a refund on a federal or state grant.

29

Not have borrowed in excess of federal loan limits.

Be registered with Selective Service, if required.

Student Financial Aid Rights and Responsibilities

Students have the right to know:

The procedures for applying for financial assistance and eligibility
requirements

Financial aid resources available and eligibility requirements

Refunds and Repayment Policy in the event of complete withdrawal
from school.

Cost of Attendance at LaGrange College

Deadlines for applying for financial aid

When and how financial aid award will be disbursed

Lx)an indebtedness and estimated monthly payments

Academic programs available at LaGrange College

Name of associations and agencies accrediting the institution and its programs

Campus Security Statistics

Athletic Program Participation Rates and Financial Support Data
Completion and Graduation Rates

Students have the responsihUity to:

Submit complete and accurate financial aid applications.

Observe all deadUnes for submission of financial aid documents.

Maintain regular class attendance in all courses for which financial
assistance was awarded.

Maintain satisfactory academic progress towards the completion of their
chosen degree or certification.

Notify the Financial Aid Office and lenders of any change in address or
name.

Complete required Entrance and Exit Counseling for Federal Stafford and
Federal Perkins Loan.

Respond to all conmiunications regarding student loans and financial aid
awards.

Comply with all eUgibility requirements for financial aid award funds.

Be conscientious in attendance and quality of work when participating in a
work-study job.

Repay student loan received for education pursuits regardless of whether
he/she graduates.

30

Satisfactory Academic Progress

The United States Department of Education requires institutions of higher
education to estabhsh a satisfactory academic progress policy to be appUed to
all recipients of federal financial aid. Satisfactory academic progress means
that the student is progressing in a manner consistent with fulfilling their
degree or certification requirements. Satisfactory academic progress is
evaluated throughout the course of the degree program. A Satisfactory
Academic Progress policy must include two components: qualitative and
quantitative. QuaUtative measures cumulative grade point average.
Quantitative measures the number or percentage of courses completed. The
quantitative component also estabUshes the maximum time frame for
completing a degree program. Financial aid recipients must meet both of these
standards to receive financial aid.

The standards established in the Satisfactory Academic Progress policy applies
to the following financial aid programs: Federal Pell Grant, Federal
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG), Federal Perkins Loan,
Federal Stafford Loan (subsidized and unsubsidized), Federal Parent Loan for
Undergraduate Students (PLUS), Federal Work Study, HOPE Scholarship,
Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant (GTEG), Georgia LEAP, State Service
Cancelable Loans, LaGrange College Grant, Lettie Pate Whitehead Grant,
Clark and Ruby Baker Grant, all LaGrange College Academic and Merit
scholarships, and LaGrange College Work Aid.

Note: HOPE scholarship guidelines require a cumulative grade point
average of 3.0 to maintain eligibUity.

Qualitative Standard

Undergraduates

Federal regulations require a student to have a grade point average that is
consistent with the institution's policy governing academic progress.
LaGrange College has set the following minimum grade point average
requirements. The Registrar and Academic Dean monitor this component of
the policy each term.

Classification Minimum Cumulative Grade Point

:..::.;.,...::::.;..:..::.,:;...:.4^**^i^

Freshman L65

Sophomore 1.75

Junior 1 .85
Senior

31

Quantitative Standard
Undergraduate Students

Students receiving funds from any of the financial programs covered under this
poUcy must demonstrate measurable progress toward the completion of their
degree program. LaGrange College requires students to successfully
complete 67% of the credit hours for which the student enrolls each academic
term. The credit hours considered under this policy will be those for which the
student is registered at the conclusion of late registration. Grades of A, B, C,
or D are considered as successful completion of a course. Grades of F, W,
WF, NR, or I are considered failing and do not count as successfully completed
courses. Audited courses are not considered in either the quantitative or
quaUtative standards.

Maximum Time Frame

Federal regulations allow a student to receive financial assistance for no more
than 150% of the credit hours required to complete the degree program.
Therefore, students pursuing a bachelor's degree must complete their program
within 162 attempted semester credit hours. Most students will complete the
program within the time frame. However, frequent withdrawals from courses
or school, change of major, failed courses, repeated courses, or courses taken
that are not related to your degree program could jeopardize financial aid
eligibility. All attempted hours are considered when reviewing maximum
time frame.

Transfer students must complete their program within a maximum of 1 62
attempted semester credit hours. Hours transferred to and accepted by
LaGrange College from other institutions are considered in the maximum time
frame. For example, if a student has 75 credit hours acceptable towards their
degree program, the student may receive financial assistance for 87 additional
credit hours.

Students pursuing an additional bachelor's degree are allowed an additional 60
semester hours to complete the degree.

Evaluation

The cumulative academic history of all financial aid recipients is reviewed
each term to determine if the student is meeting the quantitative, quaUtative
and time frame standards. This includes all courses attempted regardless of
whether financial aid was received or not. Transfer grade point averages are
not considered in either of these standards. However, accepted transfer credit
hours will be considered in the maximum time frame for completing a degree
program. Students who fail to meet both of these standards will be placed on
financial aid probation. Students placed on financial aid probation are eligible
for financial aid during the probationary term. If the student does not meet the
satisfactory academic progress standards at the end of the probationary term,

32

future financial aid will be terminated effective with the next term of
enrollment. Students whose financial aid is terminated may appeal to the
Financial Aid Appeals Conamittee for re-instatement of financial aid. The
chart below indicates the minimum credits a student must earn to meet the
quantitative standard.

Total Attempted Hours

Minimum Earned Hours

30

20

60

40

90

60

120

80

150

100

180

120

Appeal Process

Student financial aid recipients who lose their ehgibility for financial aid may
appeal in writing to the Financial Aid Appeals Committee except for loss of
eligibility due to timeframe. Appeals must be submitted in writing to the
Director of Financial Aid outhning any mitigating circumstance(s) that
influenced the student's academic performance, documentation of
circumstance(s), if applicable, and the manner by which the deficiency will be
resolved. The Director will convene the Financial Aid Appeals Conmiittee to
evaluate the request for reinstatement of financial aid eligibility. The Director
of Financial Aid will notify the student in writing of the decision of the
Committee and any conditions associated with reinstatement. Students whose
appeals are approved will receive financial aid on probationary status for the
next term of enrollment and will have their academic performance reviewed at
the end of that term for continued eUgibiUty.

Student Financial Aid Policy

Each year the Financial Aid Office receives more apphcations for financial
assistance than funds are available. Funding for Federal Pell Grant and Federal
Stafford Loans are available throughout the academic year. However, grant
assistance is awarded on a first-come, first-serve basis. In awarding, first
priority is given to students pursuing their first undergraduate degree.
Transient, non-degree seeking and unclassified students are not eligible for
financial assistance.

33

All institutional and state grant programs (LaGrange College Grant, Lettie Pate
Whitehead, Clark and Ruby Baker Grant, Academic and Merit Scholarships,
HOPE Scholarship, Governor's Honor and Georgia Tuition Equalization
Grant) require full-time enrollment. Students enrolling less than full-time in a
degree-seeking or teacher certification program are eligible for a Federal
Stafford or Federal Perkins Loan and Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant. Pell ehgible students may receive a prorated amount of
their Pell Grant award based on their enrollment status. Students interested in
only Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant, or academic, merit, and HOPE
scholarships are not required to complete a Free Apphcation for Federal
Student Aid (FAFSA). However, HOPE Scholars are required to complete a
Georgia Tuition EquaUzation Grant Apphcation to confirm residency.

Students completing a Free Apphcation for Federal Student Aid and receiving
financial aid assistance must report any scholarships, grants, or loans received
from outside sources. This includes employer reimbursement or educational
benefits. Veteran Administration Educational Benefits (for veterans and/or
their dependents or spouse), Veteran or Vocational Rehabihtation Educational
Assistance. These resources must be considered in awarding Federal, State,
and institutional financial aid programs. LaGrange College reserves the right
to cancel or reduce financial aid awards in the event that these resources result
in financial aid in excess of financial need.

A student's enrollment status will be based on the credit hours for which the
student is registered and attending at the conclusion of late registration. All
financial aid awards will be calculated using final registration information.
The chart below indicates the enrollment status for financial aid programs.

Enrollment Status

Undergraduate

Full-time

12 or more hours

Three-Quarter Time

9-11 credit hours

9-11 credit hours

9-1 1 credit hours

Sources of Financial Aid

LaGrange College in an effort to recognize and reward academic excellence
provides academic scholarships to ehgible freshmen and transfer students. All
students accepted for admission are considered for academic scholarships. The
most prestigious are competitive and are awarded during the Scholar Weekend
Competition held in February.

Competitive Scholarships

Charles H. Candler, Jr. Presidential Scholarship is a four-year, renewable
academic scholarship awarded to incoming freshmen on the basis of academic
achievement in high school, SAT or ACT test scores, and interviews with the
Scholarship Selection Conmiittee. Recipients of this prestigious award receive
full tuition, mandatory fees, and room and board.

34

The Thompson Scholarship is a four-year, renewable academic scholarship
awarded to incoming freshmen on the basis of academic achievement in high
school, SAT or ACT test scores, and interviews with Scholarship Selection
Conmiittee. Five scholarships are awarded annually in the amount of $8,000.

The Founders Scholarship is a four-year, renewable academic scholarship
awarded to incoming freshmen on the basis of academic achievement in high
school, SAT or ACT test scores, and interviews with the Scholarship Selection
Conmiittee. Ten scholarships are awarded annually in the amount of $7,000.

The LaFayette Scholarship is a four-year, renewable academic scholarship
awarded at the Scholar Weekend Competition to incoming freshmen on the
basis of academic achievement in high school, SAT or ACT test scores, and
interviews with the Scholarship Selection Committee. The annual scholarship
amount is $5,500.

LaGrange College Fine Arts Scholarships are scholarships awarded to
students who excel in the areas of Art and Design, Music, and Theatre Arts.
Scholarships are awarded based on academic promise, audition and portfoUo.
The departments' Scholarship Committee determines scholarship recipients.

Sandra Kratina Nursing Scholarship is a renewable academic scholarship
awarded to students pursuing careers in Nursing. Scholarships are awarded
based on academic excellence, promise, character and interview. Aimual
scholarship awards range from $3,000 to $5,000. The Division of Nursing
determines scholarship recipients.

Academic Achievement Scholarships

LaGrange College Academic Achievement Scholarship is a four-year,
renewable academic scholarship awarded to incoming freshmen on the basis of
academic record, ACT or SAT test scores, extracurricular activities, and
admission essays. The scholarship levels are: Quadrangle Scholarship, which
range from $3,000 - $4,500 per year; Hilltop Scholarship, which range from
$2,000 - $2,999 per year; Gateway Scholarship, which range from $1,000 -
$1,999. These scholarships are funded by the General Endowed Scholarship
fund. The Office of Admission determines the recipients of these scholarships.

LaGrange College Methodist Scholarships are available to active members
of the United Methodist Church. These scholarships are non-need based and
are awarded based on academic excellence, church activities, essay and
recommendation from the minister. The Office of Admission determines the
recipients of this scholarship.

Phi Theta Kappa Scholarship is a two-year, renewable academic scholarship
awarded to qualified transfer students who are U.S. citizens or a permanent
resident aliens fully inducted into Phi Theta Kappa Honor Society. Recipients
must hold Associates of Arts or Associate of Science degree from an
accredited two-year college and have earned a minimum grade point average
of 3.5. This scholarship is $6,000 annually.

35

Transfer Scholarships are awarded to students transferring to LaGrange
College from a college or university with a minimum of 30 semester hours and
a minimum grade point average of 3.0 or higher. The number of scholarships
varies with awards ranging from $2,000 - $3,000 per year.

Troup County Scholarship is a four-year, renewable academic scholarship
awarded to incoming freshmen who reside in Troup County and have a 3.0 or
better high school grade point average, a SAT score of 1000 or ACT score of 22 or
better. The Office of Admission determines the recipients of this scholarship.

Federal Financial Aid Programs

Federal Pell Grant is awarded to undergraduate students pursuing a first
bachelor's degree. The student's Expected Family Contribution, Cost of
Attendance, and enrollment status determines the Pell award. Students
enrolHng less than full-time quaUfy for a prorated amount of Pell Grant based
on their enrollment status.

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant is awarded to
undergraduate students with exceptional financial need. Priority is given to
students eUgible for Federal Pell Grant.

Federal Work-Study provides employment opportunities for undergraduate
and graduate students with financial need to defray educational expenses. Jobs
are available on campus and off-campus in community service activities.
Student wages are at least the federal minimum wages and are paid monthly.

Federal Perkins Loan is a low interest, repayable loan awarded to
undergraduate and graduate students with exceptional financial need. The
interest rate is 5% and no interest accrues on the loan while the borrower is
enrolled half-time and during the grace period. Repayment begins nine months
after graduating or withdrawal from school. This loan program has
cancellation provisions for critical fields of study. Contact the Financial Aid
Office for more information.

Federal Stafford Loan is a low interest, repayable loan available to
undergraduate and graduate students regardless of income. The interest rate is
variable on Stafford loans but will not exceed 8.25%. The interest rate is
adjusted each July 1 . Federal Stafford Loans allow for a six (6) month grace
period before the borrower begins repayment. Borrowers have a maximum of
ten (10) years to repay their student loan. I^ans are available through banks,
credit unions, and other lending institutions. The only qualification for
receiving a Federal Stafford Loan is to meet the eligibility requirements for
financial assistance. The student is not subject to credit approval for this loan.
All eligible financial aid participants may borrow from the Federal Stafford
Loan program.

36

The Stafford Loan Program is composed of two loan types, subsidized and
unsubsidized. A subsidized loan is awarded on the basis of financial need.
Subsidized loan borrowers will not pay interest on the loan while enrolled in
school, during the grace period or during authorized periods of deferment. The
federal government pays the interest. An unsubsidized loan is not awarded on
the basis of financial need. Any student regardless of income may participate
in this loan program. However, interest does accrue while the student is
enrolled in school, during the grace period, and during periods of deferment.
The borrower has the options of paying the accrued interest or having the
interest capitalized. Capitalization adds the interest to the principal amount of
your loan. This option will increase your loan indebtedness.

The annual maximum awards from the Federal Stafford Loan Program are
based on the borrower's classification and dependency status as indicated in the
chart below.

Classification

Dependent

Independent

Freshmen
Sophomores
Jmiior and Seniors

$2,625.00
$3,500.00
$5,500.00

$ 6,625.00*
$ 7,500.00*
$10,500.00*

Annual Loan Limits

*Only the dependent student amounts may be subsidized. The additional
$4,000 for freshmen and sophomores and the additional $5,000 for juniors and
seniors are unsubsidized funds.

The Federal Stafford Loan Program has a maximum aggregate (lifetime) limit
on the amount of funds a student may borrow. The aggregate loan limit for
undergraduate dependent students is $23,000. An undergraduate independent
student may borrow a maximum of $46,000 ($23,000 subsidized and
$23,000 unsubsidized.)

Federal Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS) is available to the
parents of a dependent student to defray remaining educational expenses after
all other financial aid resources are exhausted. Eligible applicants may
borrower up to the cost of attendance less other financial aid. The interest rate
will not exceed 9%. Unlike the Federal Stafford Loan program, PLUS
borrowers must be credit worthy to qualify for this loan and repayment begins
within 60 days of the loan disbursement. If the parent borrower is denied a
PLUS, the borrower may appeal to the lender if an extenuating circumstance exists.

37

Student Loan Repayment Chart

Federal Stafford Loan at Maximum Interest Rate of 8.25%

Amount Borrowed

# of Payments

J Pa;

yment
$50
$50

Total

$2,625
$3,500

66
96

$643
$1,290

$5,500

120

$68

$81

$92

$123

$2,595

$6,625

120

$3,126

$7,500
$10,000

120
120

120

120
120
120
120
120

-'^
^^^
^^^

$3,539
$4,718

$15,000
$18,500 *
$20,000
$25,000

$184
$221
$245
$307

$7,077

$8,493

$9,437

$11,796

$30,000
$35,000
$40,000

$368
$429
$491

$14,155
$16,514

$18,873

Federal PLUS Loan at Maximum Interest Rate of 9%

IfflcAiffi Borrowed

# of Payments

Payment

''foW

Interest

$2,625
$3,500

67
100

$50

"~ $50
$70

$724
$1,482

$5,500

120

$2,861

$6,625

120

$84

$3,446

$7,500

120

$95

$3,900

$10,000
$15,000
$18,500
$20,000

$25,000 *"

1

$190
$235
$253
$317

$5,201

$7,802

$9,622

$10,402

$13,003

$30,000

$380
$443
$507

$15,603

$35,000

120

$18,203

$40,000

120

$20,804

38

Amount Borrowed

# of Payments

$2,625

11

$3,500

110

$5,500

120

$6,625

120

$7,500

120

$10,000

iiiiiiliiiiiir

120

$15,000

120

$18,500

120

$20,000

120

$25,000

120

$30,000

120

$35,000

\^^v^^m^-.

120

$40,000

120

Federal Perkins Loan at Maximum Interest Rate of 5%

Payment Total
Interest

$40 $448

'**** $40 $863

$58 $1,500

$70 $1,807

$80 $2,046

$106 $2,728

$159 $4,092

$196 $5,047

$212 $5,456

$265 $6,820

$318 $8,184

$371 $9,550

$424 $10,911

Loan Repayment

Student loans are excellent sources of financial assistance in defraying
education costs. However, borrowers should always remember that they are
obhgated to repay these loans. LaGrange College encourages students to
borrow responsibly. The chart on the previous page provides typical
repayment information of student loans and assumes that Unsubsidized
Stafford Loan borrowers paying accrued interest while enrolled and during
their grace period.

Georgia Student Assistance Programs

The State of Georgia provides several financial aid programs to assist residents
of Georgia. Recipients of these programs must meet financial aid ehgibility
and Georgia residency requirements. For most state grants, a Georgia resident
is one who has physically lived in the state for a minimum of 12 consecutive
months for some purpose other than to attend school and intends to remain in
the state indefinitely. An applicant for financial aid will be considered a
resident of Georgia if he/she can demonstrate that he or she has physically
resided in the state for twelve consecutive months prior to the first date of
enrollment and can provide documentation of intent to remain indefinitely.
Acceptable documentation of intent to remain indefinitely includes but is not
Umited to a Georgia driver's hcense, voter registration card, automobile
registration or other definitive evidence. Residency is established twelve
months from the date the documentation was issued. The residency of the
supporting parent drives the residency of a dependent student. The Director
of Financial Aid makes final determination of residency.

39

G^rgia LEAP Grant is a State of Georgia need-based grant awarded to
Georgia residents who qualify for Federal Pell Grant and have substantial
financial need. The annual amount is contingent upon appropriations by
Congress and the Georgia Legislature.

Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant is a non-need-based grant awarded to
Georgia residents attending a private college or university as a full-time student
The annual amount is contingent upon funding by the Georgia Legislature.

The HOPE Scholarship Program has provided scholarship assistance for
Georgia residents since 1993 as a result of the Georgia Lottery and the efforts
of former Governor Zell Miller. Georgia residents who graduated from high
school on or after June 1996 with a 'B' average are eligible for $3,000 per year
scholarship to attend a Georgia private college or university. HOPE Scholars
attending a private college or university must be full-time to quaUfy. HOPE
scholars must maintain a 3.0 grade point average for continued eligibility.
HOPE Scholars will be evaluated at increments of 30, 60, and 90
semester hours.

Students who did not graduate from high school as a HOPE Scholar may
become eligible for the HOPE Scholarship after completing 30, 60, or 90
semester hours. This is provided the student's cumulative grade point average
is a 3.0 or better; the student was a Georgia resident at the time of enrollment
at a Georgia college or university and at the time the student becomes eligible
for the HOPE Scholarship. The calculation of grade point averages for HOPE
purposes must include all courses attempted since graduating from high school.

HOPE Promise Scholarship provides forgivable loans to undergraduate
students who plan to teach in Georgia upon completing their education degree.
Applicants must be of junior standing with a 3.0 or better grade point average.
Georgia residency or full-time attendance is not a requirement.

Law Enforcement Personnel Dependents Grants provides non-repayable
grants of up to $2,000 per year to eUgible Georgia residents who are dependent
children of Georgia law enforcement officers, prison guards, or firemen who
were permanently disabled or killed in the line of duty.

Service Cancelable Stafford Loans provide forgivable Stafford loans to
Georgia residents who are pursuing degrees in areas where there is a critical
shortage of quahfied professionals. The terms and conditions of a service
cancelable loan are the same as for a Federal Stafford loan except the smdent
may cancel the loan in full by working one year at an approved Georgia
location for each academic year funding was received. The cancellation
benefit will be principal and accrued interest. The only approved critical field
at LaGrange College is nursing. Funding in this program is Umited. Awards
are made on a first-come, first-serve basis.

40

LaGrange College Financial Assistance Programs

LaGrange College assists students in defraying the cost of attending our
institution by offering institutional grants, scholarships and student
employment to ehgible students.

LaGrange College Grant is available to undergraduate degree seeking
students enrolled full-time. Eligibility is based on financial need and academic
promise. Recipients of this grant must maintain at a minimum cumulative
grade point average of 2.0 or better.

LaGrange College HOPEMatch is awarded to enrolling freshmen, beginning
with Fall 2002, who graduate from high school as a HOPE Scholar or from an
out of state high school with a 3.0 or better grade point average. The award is a
maximum of $3,000 per year. Students awarded academic scholarships will
receive the greater of the HOPEMatch or the academic award.

Lettie Pate Whitehead Grant is available to female students enrolled full-
time with financial need. EUgible recipients must reside in Georgia, Alabama,
South CaroUna, Tennessee, Florida, Mississippi, or Louisiana. The funds are
made possible by an annual gift from the Lettie Pate Whitehead Foundation.

LaGrange College Methodist Scholarships are available to active members
of the United Methodist Church. These scholarships are non-need based and
are awarded based on academic excellence, church activities, essay, and
recommendation from the minister.

LaGrange College Work Aid Program provides students, regardless of
financial need, with opportunities to earn additional money for school through
employment in campus departments and conununity service activities.

Disbursement of Financial Aid

All financial aid funds (with the exception of loans) are disbursed and applied
to the student's account by the Business Office at the beginning of each
semester as payment toward tuition, room and board, if applicable, and other
authorized charges. Financial aid funds are for educational expenses.
Therefore, students who fail to enroll or attend classes are not ehgible for their
financial aid award. Disbursements will only be made to students who have
submitted all required documents for disbursement, are registered and have
begun attendance in all classes, are meeting Satisfactory Academic Progress
standards, and are enrolled for the appropriate number of credit hours to
estabUsh ehgibiUty for individual financial aid programs. Financial aid
disbursements are based on the recipient's enrollment status at the conclusion
of late registration. Below are individual enrollment and ehgibiUty
requirements for disbursement of financial aid programs.

41

Federal Pell Grant and Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant

These programs do not require full-time em-ollment. However, awards are
prorated based on the recipient's enrollment status.

HOPE Scholarship and Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant

Recipients of these grants must maintain full-time enrollment and regular class
attendance for 14 days beyond the conclusion of late registration to estabUsh
ehgibihty for these grants. Students who withdraw or are administratively
withdrawn from a course resulting in an enrollment status of less than full-time
before the end of the eUgibiUty period will forfeit funds for that semester.

LaGrange College Grant, Academic, and Merit Scholarships

LaGrange CoUege Grant and Lettie Pate Whitehead Grant recipients must
enroll full-time to receive these funds and maintain a 2.0 or better grade point
average to qualify for these funds. Academic and Merit Scholarship recipients
should refer to their scholarship letter regarding renewal criteria.

Student Loans

Recipients of Federal Perkins and Federal Stafford Loans must be enrolled at
least half-time on the day of disbursement to quaUfy for their loan proceeds.
Borrowers who fail to register half-time or drop below half-time will have their
loan funds returned to the lender and future disbursements cancelled. New
borrowers and transfer students are required to complete Federal Stafford
and/or Federal Perkins Loan entrance counseUng prior to the disbursement
of their loan proceeds. Most Federal Stafford loans are disbursed via
electronic funds transfer (EFT) and credited directly to the student's account.
Federal Stafford Loan borrowers whose lender issues paper checks will be
notified by the Business Office of the availabiUty of the check for
endorsement. Federal Perkins borrowers must sign their promissory note and
accept each disbursement of their loan before the funds will be credited to their
student account.

Effective October 1, 2002, first-time, first-year, Stafford Loan borrowers
are subject to a 30-day delayed disbursement requirement, which means
that these students must maintain a minimum of half-time enrollment for
30 days from the first day of classes before their loan proceeds may be
disbursed. Borrowers who officially withdraw from all courses or drop
below half-time enrollment before the expiration of the 30 days will forfeit
loan eligibility. Also, loan proceeds for Stafford Loan borrowers who
enroll for only a single semester must be delivered in two installments.
The first disbursement will be made at the beginning of the semester and
the second disbursement will be made at the midpoint of the semester.
Students subject to either of these requirements can obtain a payment
waiver in the amount of their loan disbursement(s) from the Business
Office. No interest will be assessed.

42

other Grants and Loans

Scholarships, grants, and loans from external sources will be disbursed as
specified by the donor.

Work Programs

Participants in Federal Work-Study and LaGrange College Work Aid programs
are paid monthly. Payroll checks are available on the 10'*^ day of each month
in the Business Office. Signed timesheets are due in the Financial Aid Office
on the last working day of the month.

Disbursement of Excess Financial Aid

Students with residual financial aid funds after tuition, fees, room, board, and
other authorized charges are paid will receive a refund of the remaining credit
balance within 14 days of the first day of classes or 14 days from the date the
credit occurs (if after final registration). All refunds must be retrieved from the
Business Office and requires a picture ID before disbursement. If the student
wishes to leave the credit balance on their account for subsequent terms, he/she
must sign an authorization form with the Business Office.

If there are residual financial aid funds as a result of a PLUS loan, the refund
will be issued only to the parent borrower unless otherwise specified.

Student Financial Aid and Federal Tax Implications

Students receiving scholarships and grants that exceed their tuition, fees, books
and supplies should be aware that these funds are taxable under federal and state
tax law. It is important that students maintain records of their grants and
scholarships and documentation of educational expenses for reporting purposes.

Federal tax law allows for only qualified scholarships and grants to be
excluded from income. Qualified scholarships are any amount of grant and
scholarship received that is used for tuition, fees, books, supplies and
equipment required for course instruction. Scholarships and grants that are
specifically designated for educational expenses other than those described
under quaUfied scholarships (room, board, transportation, or living expenses)
are taxable.

For information, please read IRS Publication 520, "Scholarships and
Fellowships," for more details on repeating requiremaits or consult a tax professional.

43

Suspected Fraud

Institutions are required to report cases of suspected fraud to the
Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Education, or, if
more appropriate, to the state or local law enforcement agency having
jurisdiction to investigate these allegations. Fraud may exist if the
institution beUeves the appUcant misreported or altered information in
order to increase their financial aid eUgibiUty or fraudulently obtained
federal funds.

LaGrange College Bookstore beneath Pitts Dining Hall

44

STUDENT LIFE

The Student Life staff is concerned with providing those services which assist
individuals in their personal growth. Their purpose is to provide assistance
which facilitates the development of the total person. At LaGrange College, the
emphasis is upon the intellectual, social, physical and spiritual development of
each student.

Student Life involves a wide variety of programs and activities. The broad
range of available services is an outgrowth of complex student needs:
orientation, activities, student government, organizations, health services,
wellness programs, parking, food service, discipline, leadership development,
personal counseUng, career development and placement, fraternities and
sororities, and all residence programming. The Student Life staff is conmiitted
to creating a positive climate within which personal growth and development occur.

Aims of Student Development Services

To faciUtate the transition from high school to college.

To develop and sustain through student-involvement activities,
organizations and services a campus life encouraging the cultural,
intellectual, social, physical and religious development of all students.

To assist students in discovering life goals and exploring career
opportunities.

To create an enviroimient which stimulates qualities of self-discipline and
personal responsibility.

To provide a suitable context whereby the student can explore new ideas,
skills and life styles, thus gaining the insight and experience necessary to
make intelligent choices.

To provide opportunity for the student to develop the understanding and
skills required for responsible participation in a democratic community
through involvement in self-government.

To serve a supervisory role in campus disciplinary concerns; to develop,
with campus community involvement, and to distribute the necessary rules
and regulations for a harmonious and productive college community.

To mediate, where necessary, conflicts between individuals and campus
community standards.

To provide a comfortable, clean, safe enviroimient that enhances the
personal growth as well as the academic pursuits of resident students.

To collect retention data and to suggest/plan programs and strategies to
increase retention based on data collected.

45

Residence Programs
Resident Classification

All students taking twelve or more hours are required to live in college
housing, so long as appropriate campus housing is available. The Dean of
Students may exempt a student for one of the following reasons:

1 . The student is married.

2. The student is residing exclusively with parents or legal guardian in the

parent's primary residence.

3. The student is a veteran with at least two years of active miUtary service.

Students are assigned rooms of their choice in so far as faciUties permit.
(Roonmiates are assigned by mutual preference whenever possible.) The
college reserves the right of approval of all room and residence hall
assignments. Also, the college reserves the right to move a student from one
room or residence hall to another room or residence hall during the year.
Resident students are required to subscribe to the board plan. (See student
handbook, page 43.)

Room Deposit

A room and tuition deposit of $200 is required of all resident students. The
room deposit ($100) is not a prepayment to be applied to residence hall charges
but will remain on deposit with the College to be refunded, provided the
student's account with the College is cleared, upon one of the following: (1)
change of status from resident student to commuter student, (2) formal
withdrawal, or (3) graduation. The room reservation/damage deposit serves as
a room reservation while the student is not occupying college housing and is
refundable if a student cancels his/her reservation by the following dates: May
1 for fall semester, December 1 for spring semester. It serves as a damage
deposit while the student is occupying college housing and is refundable when
the student leaves the college housing minus any unpaid assessments and/or
any debt owed to the College. Complete residence information and regulations
can be found in the student handbook.

Residence Hall Activities

Each housing unit has a hall council which functions as a governing body and
also a coordinating committee to plan activities within the residence halls such
open houses, movie nights, decorating contests and other special events. The
Hall council representatives are elected by their respective residence hall floors.

46

student Government and Other Organizations

The Student Government Association exists to serve as a medium for student
expressions, to coordinate campus activities, to promote good citizenship and
to govern within the parameters granted by the President of the College. The
SGA is an important part of student life. Upon acceptance into the College, a
student automatically becomes a member of the association. All students are
encouraged to become active members, so that the association is a truly
representative body of student thought and opinion, voicing the needs and
concerns of the student body.

The SGA is charged with responsibiUty of planning and presenting students
programs. They sponsor concerts, dances, movies, and many other special events.
Student pubUcations are supported by the LaGrange College; these include the
newspaper, yearbook, and a magazine.

All clubs and organizations are sanctioned by LaGrange College. These
include:

Social Sororities

Alpha Omicron Pi
Kappa Delta
PhiMu

Social Fraternities

Service Clubs

Religious Organizations

Honorary Organizations

Delta Tau Delta
Kappa Sigma
Pi Kappa Phi

Alpha Phi Omega

Hilltoppers

The Environmental Club

Habitat for Humanity

Baptist Student Union
Interfaith Council
Wesley Fellowship
Fellowship for Christian Athletes

Alpha Psi Omega (drama)

Delta Mu Delta (business administration)

Delta Omicron, Gamma Phi Chapter

(music honor students)
MBA Association

Lambda Alpha Epsilon (social work)
Phi Alpha Theta (history)
Omicron Delta Kappa (leadership)
Omicron Delta Epsilon (economics)
Psi Chi (psychology)
Sigma Tau Delta (Enghsh)

47

Phi Eta Omega (pre-health professions)
Kappa Delta Pi (Education Honor Society)
Departmental/Special CRIS- Campus Recreation Interest Groups

and Intramural Sports
Student Nurses Association
Art Student League
Business and Economics Society
Student Education Association
Association of Computer Machinery
Student Publications The Hilltop News (paper)
The Scroll (magazine)

The student handbook is published by the Student Development Office and
contains guideUnes and regulations for successful campus life.

AtMetic Program

LaGrange College is a member of the NAIA and is a probationary member of
the NCAA Division III. College colors are red and black. Intercollegiate teams
compete in women's soccer, basketball, cross country, volleyball, softball,
swimming and tennis and men's baseball, basketball, cross country, golf,
soccer, swin^ning and tennis. It is the philosophy of LaGrange College that the
team participants are attending college primarily for a quahty education, and
no athletic scholarships are offered. The coaching staff is a group of highly
qualified teachers who stress the educational aims of the College.

LaGrange College is committed to a full program of non-scholarship athletics
that encourages the student-athlete to reap the benefits of educationally sound
activity that encourages and promotes a strong academic regime. Students are
given the opportunity to participate fully in their given sport and to compete
with other teams locally, statewide, and regionally.

Philosophy Statement for Intercollegiate Athletics

Intercollegiate athletics at LaGrange College provide students with an integral
complement to their total educational experience. Recognizing the importance
of athletics to the individual student while seeking to strike an appropriate
balance between the Ufe of the mind and participation in co- curricular
offerings, the college is committed to providing a program of intercollegiate
athletics that is student-centered for both participants and spectators. The
college beheves that the primary function of intercollegiate athletics at a small
church-related, hberal arts college is one of a high quality co-curricular
complement to its overall mission. As such, academics have priority over
athletic or other co-curricular pursuits.

LaGrange College seeks to recruit and retain student athletes who understand
the balance of priorities between academics and co-curricular programs,
whether the latter are athletics, the performing arts, or other student activities.
The college employs coaches who understand that balance of priorities, and its

48

coaches seek to recruit students who will be successful student-athletes.
Because the college awards no financial aid based upon athletic ability, the aim
of student-athlete recruitment by coaches is not solely for athletic success but
rather for student contribution to the college's enrollment goals, although by no
means do those have to be mutually exclusive.

The college embraces a commitment to instill and develop the values of
superlative ethical conduct and fair play among its athletes, coaches,
spectators, and other constituents. Further, LaGrange College recognizes that
student-athletes are role models to their peers as well as representatives of the
college, and the college actively encourages student-athletes to conduct
themselves in a manner which befits those roles.

LaGrange College is committed to gender equity and values cultural diversity.
The College will invest sufficient resources to ensure that medical and athletic
training services are available to all athletes at appropriate times. It shall strive
to ensure that all individuals an all teams are treated with the same level of
fairness, resources, and respect so that all athletes are afforded and an equal
opportunity to develop their potential as a student-athlete.

Campus Recreation and Intramural Sports (CRIS)

The Campus Recreation and Intramural Sports program provides opportunities
for wholesome recreation and competition among members of the campus
community. Teams representing campus organizations and independents
compete in organized tournaments and events throughout the year. Competitive
events include flag football, volleyball, basketball (regulation, 3 on 3,
H*0*R*S*E), domino's dash, softball, badminton, tennis, water volleyball and
pickle ball. Winners of the campus tournaments in some of these events are
eligible to represent LaGrange College in state or regional tournaments.
Special awards are presented to the men's and women's groups with the highest
participation rates and best record for the entire year. In addition, male and
female " Athletes of the Year" are selected.

Many oppormnities are available for recreational use of the facilities in the
LaGrange College Aquatics Complex: recreational swimming and lap
swimming all year round in the indoor pool; the aquarius water work-out
stations, water aerobics or aqua exercise or aqua exercise class (non-credit);
diving on the one-meter and three-meter diving boards.

The facilities and equipment of the Physical Education Department also are
available for student recreational use when these are not scheduled for
instructional, athletic, or intramural sports use. The use of outdoor equipment
(canoes, sailboats, backpacks, tents, stoves, lanterns) requires the payment of a
small deposit which is refunded upon the safe return of the equipment. The
fitness center, gymnasium, and pools are available for student/faculty/staff use
during posted hours. A valid LaGrange College ID is necessary for admittance
to all facilities.

49

Religious Life

College is a point of transition. Regardless of the student's age or reason for
being on campus, college is a turning point. It is a time of exciting intellectual
and social growth. During their collegiate experiences, students will wrestle
with new ideas, discover new interests, and explore issues of intimacy and
identity. In contrast, the struggle to define identity and personal values is an
opportunity for spiritual growth and faith development. Therefore, Religious
Life programs at LaGrange College offer students a chance to examine their
faith, to assess what is important, and to forge a system of values that will
sustain them through their adult years.

Growing out of its history of service and its affiliation with The United
Methodist Church, LaGrange College is committed to creating a caring and
ethical conmiunity that challenges student's minds and inspires their souls. As
a result, the College offers a number of opportunities for students, faculty and
staff members to celebrate hfe and explore God's intention for human living.
Included in these opportunities are occasions for worship, fellowship, and
service. Chapel services are scheduled every Sunday at 10:00 p.m., and there
are special worship services throughout the year. Book discussion groups and
student forums are scheduled throughout the year. The Alternative Spring
Break Initiative during the College's Spring Break allows interested students,
faculty and staff members to experience hfe and service in another culture.

Office of the Chaplain

The College employs a full-time chaplain who is available for counseling and
informal conversation. The Chaplain engages with many different people
throughout the campus community. In all the Chaplain does, the goal is to
enable a clearer understanding of what one believes, of how one relates to
one's own faith and to those of other faiths. As such, much of the Chaplain's
work is done in conversation with individuals and small groups for questions
on matters of faith on campus; offering Uturgical/sacramental services;
assisting students with vocation discernment, and addressing pressing moral,
ethical and theological questions.

Mission of the Chaplain's Office

The mission of the Office of the Chaplain is to lead the members of the college
community in fostering a sustaining vision for a caring and ethical community
through faith development, worship, and vocational discernment. This vision
is manifested by:

Efforts within college conmiunity to discern the ways in which one is
called to respond to his/her individual dreams from God.

Efforts that help students grow as a "sign and instrument" of the Peaceable
Realm for common good.

Efforts to enrich humanity and the world through the articulation of ethical
and reUgious values and their imphcations.

50

Programs, Exhibitions and Forum Lectures

A balanced and comprehensive program of lectures, music performances,
dramatic presentations, workshops and other activities contribute to student
enrichment. Tuesdays and Thursdays from 1 1:00 a.m. until 12:20 p.m. are
reserved for programs, exhibitions, and forum lectures.

Traditional Activities

Homecoming and Parents Day Fall weekend featuring concert, and

culminating with crowning of Queen.

May Day Step sing and concert

Greek Week Week of activities centering around

campus Greek life

Quadrangle Dance Spring Formal scheduled around

Valentine's Day

There are a number of activities planned by the SGA in both terms. Please
consult the Student Handbook for specific dates.

Student Conduct

LaGrange College, as a church-related college, is committed to an honorable
and seemly standard of conduct. As an educational institution the college is
concerned not only with the formal in-class education of its students, but also
with their welfare and their growth into mature men and women who conduct
themselves responsibly as citizens.

Regulations of the college are formulated to meet changing student needs
within the framework of college policy. These regulations become effective
when the student enrolls. Some regulations may not be agreeable to everyone
because they have been formulated to meet the needs of the entire group. This
however, does not lessen the individual's obhgation to uphold them.
Regulations do not have as their primary purpose the punishment of the
individual. The regulations are formulated to insure the right of all conmiunity
members to have the best possible Uving and learning conditions.
The College reserves the right to dismiss at any time a student who, in its
judgment, is undesirable and whose continuation in the school is detrimental to
himself or his fellow student.

Furthermore, students are subject to federal, state and local laws as well as
college rules and regulations.

A student is not entitled to greater inmiunities before the law than those
enjoyed by other citizens generally. Students are subject to such disciplinary
action as the administration of the college may consider appropriate, including
possible suspension and expulsion for breach of federal, state or local laws, or
college regulations. This principle extends to conduct off campus which is
likely to have adverse effect on the college or on the educational process or

51

which stamps the offender as an unfit associate for the other students. A
complete description of student conduct policies, rules and regulations can be
found in the student handbook.

Sexual Harassment Policy

All members of the College community have the right to be fi-ee from sex
discrimination in the form of sexual harassment. Sexual harassment may take
two forms: (1) creating a hostile environment, and (2) quid pro quo .

A hostile, demeaning, or intimidating environment created by sexual
harassment interferes with an individual's full and free participation in the hfe
of the College.

Sexual harassment quid pro quo occurs when a position of authority is used to
threaten to impose a penalty or to withhold a benefit in return for sexual favors,
whether or not the attempt is successful. Sexual harassment may involve
behavior by a person of either gender against a person of the same or opposite
gender. It should be noted that the potential of sexual harassment exists in any
of the following relationships: student/student, faculty/student, student/faculty,
and faculty/faculty. Here and subsequently "faculty" refers to faculty, staff,
and administration. Because of the inherent differential in power between
faculty and students, sexual relationships between faculty and students are
prohibited.

Sexual harassment may result from many kinds of behavior. These behaviors
may range from the most egregious forms, such as sexual assault, to more
subtle forms. Exphcit behaviors include but are not Hmited to requests for
sexual favors, physical assaults of a sexual nature, sexually offensive remarks,
and rubbing, touching or brushing against another's body. More subde
behaviors may be experienced as intimidating or offensive, particularly when
they recur or one person has authority over another. Such behaviors may
include but are not hmited to unwelcome hugs or touching, inappropriate
staring, veiled suggestions of sexual activity, requests for meetings in non-
academic settings, and risqu^ jokes, stories, or images.

Accusations of sexual harassment which are made without good cause shall not
be condoned. Such accusations are indeed grievous and can have damaging
and far-reaching effects upon the careers and lives of individuals.

Any member of the College community having a complaint of sexual
harassment may raise the matter informally and/or file a formal complaint.
The informal process is an attempt to mediate between the parties in order
to effect a mumally agreeable solution without entering into the formal
hearing process.

52

Informal Procedures

The following informal procedures may be followed:

Clearly say "no" to the person whose behavior is unwelcome.

Conmiunicate either orally or in writing with the person whose behavior is
unwelcome. The most effective conmiunication will have three elements:

1 . a factual description of the incident(s) including the time, place, date,
and specific behavior

2. a description of the complainant's feelings, including any
consequences of the incident

3. a request that the conduct cease

Speak with a department chair, dean, director, counselor, or chaplain who
may speak to the person whose behavior is unwelcome. The name of the
complainant need not be disclosed. The purpose of such conversation is
the cessation of the unwelcome behavior.

In the case of harassment of a student, it may be appropriate first to seek
the advice of his or her advisor.

Formal Procedures

To initiate a formal grievance procedure the complainant shall submit a written
statement to the President of the College. The President, after such
consultation as is deemed appropriate, will appoint a three-member Review
Committee from among the membership of the Institutional Planning Council,
the Academic Advisory Council, or other College committees as the President
deems appropriate. Members of the Review Committee will then meet to
discuss the complaint. Unless the Committee concludes that the complaint is
without merit, the parties to the dispute will be invited to appear before the
Committee and to confront any adverse witnesses. The Committee may
conduct its own inquiry, call witnesses, and gather whatever information it
deems necessary to assist in reaching a determination as to the merits of the
accusation. Once a determination has been reached, the Committee shall
report its findings to the President of the College.

Possible outcomes of the investigation are (1) that the allegation is not
warranted and cannot be substantiated, (2) a negotiated settlement of the
complaint, or (3) that the allegation is substantiated requiring a
reconmiendation to the President that disciplinary action be taken.

Faculty

In the case of a faculty member subject to the provisions of the Parts A or B of
the 1977 tenure settlement, the Tenure Committee will be involved. Discipline
or dismissal of a faculty member will follow the procedure outlined in the
LaGrange College Tenure Regulations.

53

For those faculty members subject to the provisions of the 1999 tenure policy,
the Promotion and Tenure Committee will be involved according to the
procedures defined in the 1999 tenure poUcy.

Appeals

Faculty, staff, administration, and students can appeal a final decision
regarding a complaint to the Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees.

Special Circumstances

If the President of the College is the accused, the case is referred to the
Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees.

If the chairperson of the Review Committee is the accused, the complaint shall
be submitted to the President of the College. If any member of the Review
Committee is the accused or for reason of prejudice must be recused, the
President of the College shall appoint another member.

Student Health Services

All students must have proof of medical insurance. For those not having
coverage through individual or group plans, LaGrange College makes available
accident and sickness coverage through a private carrier at reasonable rates.
Application forms are available at registration or through the Business Office.

For a description of health services available to LaGrange College students,
refer to the student handbook.

Career Planning and Placement Center

The LaGrange College Career center provides services to students, alumni and
staff. The counselor assists students with the total career development process.

From their first year at LaGrange College, students are encouraged to use
Center's resources to identify and prioritize their values, interests, and skills
and to recognize the impact they have on career decisions.

The Career Center provides resources to support students in locating
part-time employment, internships, fellowships and graduate assistantships,
summer jobs, and full-time, career employment. Additional resources and
training provide students with job search skills (resume preparation, interview
skills, etc.) as well as graduate school appUcation skills (e.g., test preparation,
online resources).

LaGrange College is a member of the Georgia Consortium of College which
each year provides a Career Fair in Atlanta that enables our seniors and recent
graduates to meet with employers from over one hundred industries and agencies.

54

Personal and Academic Counseling

An important part of the philosophy of LaGrange College is that each student should
have advice and counseling throughout his/her academic career. The counseling
office, located at the end of Smith Hall directly behind the patio, offers a variety of
counseling services to assist students in reaching their academic and personal goals.
The counseling office does this by providing short-term personal counseling in the
following areas: resolving conflicts, adjustment to college life away from home,
relationships with friends and family members, reducing stress, feelings of
depression, eating disorders, and alcohol or substance abuse. The counseling office
also provides study skills workshops, maintains the campus-tutoring center, and
offers one on one academic coaching. In addition, the counseling office works with
students who have documentation of a learning disability to ensure that the students
receive the accommodations they need to help reach their academic goals. The
counseling office also strives to help students make the most of themselves as
developing persons, to be more effective in their relationships with others, to
understand feelings and behavior, and to enhance positive traits. Discussions are
confidential in keeping with professional standards.

Vehicle Registration

To insure efficient control of traffic and parking on campus and the safety of
all persons and vehicles, every vehicle must be registered and must have an
affixed current decal. These decals are issued to students, along with a copy of
existing parking regulations. There is a fee. Failure to adhere to published
poUcies may result in vehicles being towed.

Student Appeal of Decisions

Recognizing that decisions must be made and that some students may feel
aggrieved by some decisions, LaGrange College provides the following
procedures:

A student must first attempt to resolve an issue with the college staff member
first rendering a decision. If this does not resolve the issue, a decision rendered
by a college staff member may be appealed by a student as follows:

I. Student Life:

(a) A discipUnary decision rendered either by a duly constituted student
judicial board or to the Dean of Students. Disciplinary decisions
rendered originally by the Dean of Students may be appealed in
writing to the Vice President and Dean for Student Life and Retention
who shall seek, in an informal conference, to settle the grievance to
the satisfaction of the two parties involved. If no resolution can be
found, the Vice President will deliver the appeal to the Student Affairs
Committee of the faculty for its determination.

55

(b) Other grievances in the area of student Hfe may be appealed to the

Dean of Students. If the grievance involves an original decision I

rendered by the Dean of Students, the decision may be appealed as above.

n. Financial Aid. See the Financial Aid Section.

in. Academic Matters. See the Academic Regulations and Procedures Section.

56

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

AND ACADEMIC SUPPORT

SERVICES

In order to promote and support the administrative, academic and research
interests and responsibilities of students, faculty and staff, substantial
information technology is provided at LaGrange College. This technology
consists of a networked system of workstations and services designed to
encourage and improve the computer Uteracy of the user environment.
Contributing to the personal and professional growth of all members of the
College community, this technology is accessed in all areas of the LaGrange
College campus.

William and Evelyn Banks Library

The Wilham and Evelyn Banks Library provides information access on every
level of the building. Computer workstations are reserved near the public
service desk on the entry level for library research and for viewing or listening
to DVDs and CDs. Additional workstations are positioned in both the
Education and the Music & Art areas of the library. The Multi-Media Center
serves as a Ubrary instruction classroom but is also available for students
needing multi-media appUcations, word processing, database, and Internet
access. The Multi-Media Center is equipped with a scanner, computer
projector, a laser printer, and a color inkjet printer.

Comfortable seating is provided throughout the library to create an inviting
environment for study and research. The present library building was
constructed in 1962 and will soon be replaced with a new state-of-the-art
faciUty that will also house Information Technology.

Henry Tutoring Center

The Tutoring Center is located on the fifth floor of Henry residential hall. The
hours of operation are Monday through Thursday and Sunday evenings from 6
p.m. until 9 p.m. starting the second week of each semester. The tutors are
selected by faculty recommendation according to expertise in the subject area.
Although the SatelUte Writing Center provide the center's foundation, the
tutoring center also employs tutors for chemistry, biology, anatomy, history,
and literature. If a student is having a problem with a subject that is not
offered at the tutoring center, the student can come to the counseling office and
every effort will be made to offer assistance in that area.

57

The Writing Center

Lx)cated on the ground floor of Banks Library, the Writing Center offers a
congenial place for writers of all levels and abilities to talk with other writers
about their work in any academic discipUne. Open weekday mornings,
afternoons, and evenings, the Center welcomes anyone who wishes to engage
in constructive talk about any aspect of the composition process. Because the
Center operates on the dual assumption that all of us are learners as well as
teachers and that learning is, to some extent, a social process, conversation and
collaboration (always within the purview of the Honor Code) constitute the
basis for all of the Center's efforts.

The Writing Center exists to serve students who would like individuahzed help
with their writing. Dr. Laine Scott, a faculty member from the Department of
English, supervises a staff of undergraduates who have proven to be especially
proficient in their writing skills. Students may either drop in or schedule
appointments for individual writing conferences to discuss topic generation
and development, brainstorm with another writer, or polish a final draft.
During those hours when no staff is available, students may take advantage of
the Center's additional resources: handouts offering solutions to specific
writing problems, reference books for grammar and documentation, and
computers with Internet connections, linked to the printer in the Multi-Media
Lab next door.

To stress the importance of Writing Across the Curriculum (WAC), the
Writing Center has also developed satellite writing programs for professors
teaching courses in economics, psychology, biology, and history. Students in
these classes are encouraged to work with Writing Center mtors on their course
writing and research projects. The overriding philosophy of the Writing Center
is to make the writing process, in all its various facets, a rewarding experience
for writers at every level of proficiency.

In addition to these campus-wide faciUties, many departments and divisions
maintain technology resources to support their mission.

Henry Hall houses a computer lab open 24 hours a day, adjacent to the
Tutoring Center. This laboratory contains networked workstations and
printers, and is reserved for student use.

Smith Hall contains a multipurpose teaching laboratory. This laboratory, used
by many departments, including Business and Computer Science, is available
for student use when not being used for teaching.

Technology resources are integral to the graphic design concentration in Art
and Design at LaGrange College. All graphic design students are taught
fundamental computer techniques, page layout and illustration programs, basic
system information and the ethics regarding the use of digital information.
Advanced students learn digital imaging and system information output

58

options and other advanced techniques. All students are encouraged to develop
a personal creative approach to using the computer as well as to using
thoughtful, intelhgent design.

In the Business Division, technology is used to enhance learning and teach
tomorrow's managers how to derive the maximum benefit from information
technology. Students majoring in Business Management and Accountancy at
LaGrange College have ready access to a computer lab and computer stations
in Smith Hall. These resources are used extensively across the business
curriculum for instructional purposes, assignments, and research projects.

The Chemistry and Physics programs share a resource room that contains
workstations that are connected to the campus network. All classrooms and
the physics laboratory have network/Internet access and share computer
projection equipment. The Chemistry Instrumentation Center includes
computers that control most available instruments. This center also contains a
molecular modeling workstation made available by a grant from the Georgia
Pacific Corporation. The Physics Laboratory includes computerized lab
stations, which include sensors for measurement of various physical
phenomena. Each of the physics computers is connected to the Internet, and is
provided with a full complement of software for general- purpose use outside
of the physics laboratory hours. Use of computers is integral to significant
portions of the chemistry and physics curricula.

Computer Science is located in Smith Hall. The Smith Hall Computer Lab
contains computers loaded with compilers, integrated development systems,
Web development software, as well as basic word processing, spreadsheet,
database, and presentation software. Students have access to workstations with
Oracle, Linux, and Windows network operating systems. These labs provide
computer science majors access to instruction and use of the technology
necessary to succeed in their chosen field in today's technological world.

The Education multimedia technology labs have been specifically designed
for the education major. These labs support instruction and hands-on use of
technology in order to enable the pre-service teacher to integrate the use of
multimedia equipment into a classroom teaching situation. The Multimedia
Production Lab is equipped with Macintosh and PC computers, a color
scanner, a video camera, a digital camera, monitorsA^CR's, an LCD panel,
printers and more. Laminating, binding and poster- making equipment is also
available for use in this lab. CompUmenting the multimedia lab is a teaching
lab. This lab provides an environment equipped with workstations containing
current commercial educational software. The laboratory is open for student
use when not scheduled for classes.

The research facilities of the Department of History and Political Science

programs are excellent. The computer laboratory is a facility funded in part by
a National Science Foundation grant. Comprised of Macintosh computers, the
user enjoys full Internet and World Wide Web access. The laboratory has
available a variety of applications for various educational, research, and

59

writing tasks and an archive of information on many topics, especially in
political science.

In an effort to meet the ever-changing technological needs of a liberal arts
education, the Department of Mathematics maintains a multi-media equipped
lecture room. The Jolly Lecture Room located in the Science building houses
an LCD projector and sound system for computer and video projection.
Student desks are wired to the campus network and can accommodate up to 72
concurrent connections.

Nursing education and practice are as driven by technology as are other
aspects of life and work today. The Nursing Computer Lab contains
workstations with computer-based interactive and tutorial programs. Students
learn independently, at their own pace, and can vicariously "practice" their
profession. In addition, the Division of Nursing resources permit learning and
use of computer skills that support other skills and knowledge outside of (but
needed for) nursing. These skills include writing, reading, and the seeking of
knowledge from the vast array of possibiUties found on the Internet.

Psychology students have access to a computer lab in the Callaway Academic
Building. In addition, several computers are available in the Psychology
Laboratory for use in laboratory and tutorial assignments in connection with
psychology courses.

LaGrange College Policy for the Responsible
Use of Information Technology

The purpose of this pohcy is to ensure a computing environment that will
support the academic, research, and service mission of LaGrange College.
Simply stated, continued and efficient accessibility of campus computing and
network facihties depends on the responsible behavior of the entire user
conmiunity. The College seeks to provide students, faculty, and staff with the
greatest possible access to campus information technology resources within the
limits of institutional priorities and financial capabilities and consistent with
generally accepted principles of ethics that govern the College community. To
that end, this pohcy addresses the many issues involved in responsible use of
the College's information technology, including systems, software, and data.
Each authorized user of information technology assumes responsibihty for his
or her own behavior while utilizing these resources. Users of information
technology at LaGrange College accept that the same moral and ethical
behavior that guides our non-computing environments also guides our
computing and networking environment. Any infraction of this policy may
result minimally in loss of computer and network access privileges, or may
result in criminal prosecution.

60

1

Use

All users of the College information technology resources agree to abide by the
terms of this pohcy. Information technology resources include, but are not
limited to. College owned computers and information technology hardware,
the College campus network, information sources accessible through the
campus network, and Internet access. When accessing any remote resources
utiUzing LaGrange College information technology, users are required to
comply with both the poUcies set forth in this document and all applicable
policies governing the use and access of the remote resource. The College,
through a review and amendment process directed by the Instructional and
Information Round Table (IITR), reserves the right to amend this policy. As far
as possible, changes will be made only after consulting with the user
community. LaGrange College computing resources and associated user
accounts are to be used only for the College activities for which they are
assigned or intended. The computing systems are not to be used for any non-
college related commercial purpose, public or private, either for profit or non-
profit. Unless placed in public domain by its owners, software programs are
protected by Section 1 1 7 of the 1976 Copyright Act. It is illegal to dupUcate,
copy, or distribute software or its documentation without the permission of the
copyright owner. Copyright protection of text, images, video and audio must
also be respected in all uses of College technology resources. The LaGrange
College Campus Network must not be used to serve information outside of
LaGrange College without written permission approved by the IITR.

User Accounts

Many technology resources at LaGrange College are accessed through user
accounts. No user accounts should be used to execute computer software or
programs or attempt to gain access to resources other than software, programs
or resources specifically granted and offered for use by LaGrange College. All
users are responsible for both the protection of their account passwords and the
data stored in their user accounts. Sharing a password is prohibited. Users must
change their password periodically to help prevent unauthorized access of their
user account. When working on computers that are in general access areas
(laboratories and pubHc access), users must log off or lock the computer before
leaving to protect the security of their data and the network. Leaving the web-
based email page (Outlook Web-CUent) open on an accessible computer,
especially outside of campus, leaves the account available to anyone who
passes by, and allows the changing of the users password giving the passerby
access to the LaGrange College Network. Users must close the browser or log
off the web-based email, before leaving a computer. If a student becomes
locked out of their account or for other reasons needs to have their password
reset, they must make the request in person to an Information Technology staff
member and present a valid LaGrange College ID. Any suspected
unauthorized access of a user account should be reported immediately to the
Executive Director of Instructional & Information Technology or another

61

College authority. User accounts will be deactivated when the user's
affiUation with the College is terminated and all files and other data will be
removed from those accounts.

College Email Accounts

The College provides email accounts for students, faculty and staff. All course
information and other official College conmiunication will only be sent to
campus email addresses. Email must not be used for purposes inconsistent
with the mission of the College. Users may not conceal, mask or misrepresent
their identity when sending email or other electronic messages. Transmission
of abusive, harassing or hbelous electronic messages is forbidden. DeUberate
transmission or propagation of malicious programs such as viruses, worms,
Trojan Horses or participation in denial of service attacks are subject to
disciplinary and possible criminal action.

LaGrange College maintains faculty and staff mail groups (distribution lists or
aUases) for the purposes of communications concerning the operation of the
College. The College maintains a Community mail-Ust for communications of
a less formal nature. Users must make appropriate use of the subject line in
postings to all College related mail groups (distribution lists or aliases) and
mail-lists (list servers). Announcements to faculty and staff about campus
events should be made through FYI. These announcements should be sent to
the Communications and Marketing staff for inclusion in FYI. A single
reminder close to the date of the event may be made to the faculty and staff
mail groups. Exceptions to this poUcy may be made by approval of the
Instructional and Information Technology Round Table. Daily reminders of
an upcoming event are inappropriate. Examples of messages appropriate for
the FYI/email reminder procedure are Cultural Enrichment Events, Faculty
Meetings, Staff Council Meetings, Faculty-Staff Coffees, and Sports Events.
Messages not directly related to the operation of the College should be posted
to the Community mail-list. For example, items for sale, contests, fund-raisers,
sports scores, humorous items and commentaries belong on the Community
mail-Ust rather than being sent to the faculty and staff mail groups. By default,
all faculty and staff will be members of the Community mail Ust. Members
can subsequently unsubscribe from and re-subscribe to Community mail list as
they desire. Instructions for subscribing and unsubscribing are available on the
helpdesk (helpdesk.lagrange.edu).

Posting of messages to the email group containing all students must be cleared
through the appropriate Vice President's Office. Use of the electronic signs on
the Patio and in the Dining Hall, posters and flyers are suggested alternative
means of reaching all students. Messages to the student body should not be
made through the faculty mail group. Messages to faculty containing variations
on *Please announce to your class," are ineffective in reaching all students.

62

Campus Computing Facilities

Microcomputer labs on the LaGrange College campus are available for general
use by students, faculty and staff except during the periods when the rooms
have been reserved for teaching purposes. Additional computers are placed in
public access areas for student, faculty and staff use. It is the responsibiUty of
every user to use lab and pubUc access facilities in a responsible manner.
Accidental damage or damage caused by other parties should be reported as
soon as possible so that corrective action can be taken. Use of laboratory or
public access facihties to view material that may be considered offensive to
others, which includes but is not Umited to racially hateful and sexually
expUcit material, is considered a form of harassment. The viewing of harassing
material is inconsistent with the Mission of LaGrange College. Viewing such
harassing material in a lab or public access areas can result in disciplinary action.

Personal Web Pages

Any authorized user or group at the College may have a personal home page
on a LaGrange College World Wide Web server, provided that the graphical
images, multimedia information, text, or the intent of the home page do not
refute the mission of LaGrange College. Users must sign a Registered
Information Provider Agreement before webpages are placed on the server.
Groups must designate an individual as their Registered Information Provider,
who is responsible for the content of their web pages. Registered Information
Provider Agreements must be renewed annually. Failure to renew will result
in removal of content from the web server. No individual user is authorized to
create and serve a website on the World Wide Web utilizing College computer
resources. Applications for personal web pages should be made to the Director
of Information Technology.

Student Computer Configurations

Access to the LaGrange College Campus Network is available in dormitory
rooms for students who bring to campus, personal computers meeting the
minimum specifications defined by Information Technology. These
specifications are revised annually and will be made available to all new
students. The Campus Network will allow students to access the World Wide
Web (WWW) and email. By accessing the College Network, students agree to
abide by this usage policy. Students must not change network configurations
specified by Information Technology. The Information Technology staff will
only support software installed by Information Technology personnel, and does
not provide support for personally owned computer equipment other than
verifying that the network link is functional.

Students are responsible for all network traffic originating fi-om their network
access. Students should employ appropriate and up-to-date anti-virus software.

63

LaGrange College Campus Network

The College provides network access in classrooms, laboratories, the library,
offices, pubhc access locations and student dormitory rooms. While the
College is conmiitted to free speech and open access to information and
communication, these must be tempered by the need to respect others' rights to
speech, access and communication. Each user is expected to balance their
needs with the needs and expectations of the College community as a whole.
The College reserves the rights to Umit bandwidth to users and access to non-
academic, resource intensive appHcations if they threaten to interfere with
academic uses of the campus network.

Users on the network must not attempt to conceal, mask or misrepresent their
identity or the identity of computers when using the network. Users shall not
employ software or hardware that interferes with the operation or security of
the network. Users shall not interfere with the administration of the campus
network nor shall they attempt to breach any network or resource security
system. In administering the network, network activities of users may be
monitored as to type and quantity.

Users are responsible for all network activities originating from resources
provided to them by the College.

Data Security

Within institutional priorities and financial capabiUties, LaGrange College
provides reasonable security against unauthorized intrusion and damage to
data, files and messages stored on its computer systems. The College maintains
facilities for archiving and retrieving data stored in user accounts. If a user
needs to recover data after an accidental loss. Information Technology staff
should be contacted and every reasonable attempt will be made to recover the
lost or corrupted data. Neither the College nor any Information Technology
staff can be held accountable for unauthorized access by other users, nor can
they guarantee data protection in the event of media failure, fire, criminal acts
or natural disaster.

Information Resource Use by Guests and Alumni

Use of physical faciUties for information technology by guests (individuals not
currently enrolled as students or currently employed as faculty or staff
members of LaGrange College) and alunmi is allowed only within WiUiam and
Evelyn Banks Library and under the supervision of hbrary staff. Additionally,
such access is allowed only when existing resources are not being fully utilized
by LaGrange College students, faculty, or staff. The use of technological
resources may be extended to alumni and friends of LaGrange College without
the imposition of a "user fee." A "per printed page" user fee estabhshed by
Banks Library will be assessed for use of College printing resources.

64

User Awareness:

Because Information technologies change at so rapid a rate, updates to the
Responsible Use Policy may be made between printings of College
publications. It is the responsibility of the user to keep informed of the
guideUnes in this policy, which will be available on a LaGrange College
website (http://panther.lagrange.edu).

p

w^

fe;

it

lbs '^^

'%

^'s

Hk

m

11 11

f^te^

^^B

m^

Ki M

iW^S^\

\^m&

Louise Anderson Manget Building

65

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS AND
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

Introduction

Faculty members and the staff of LaGrange College implement academic and
non-academic programs toward the fulfillment of the mission of the College.
Undergirding all of the academic programs at LaGrange is the fundamental
commitment to the Uberal arts. Therefore, LaGrange College is first and
foremost a Uberal arts college. The underlying philosophy of liberal learning is
found in all parts of the curriculum of the College but is most obvious in the
structure of the Liberal Studies Core Curriculum, that part of the curriculum
that serves as foundation and complement to the major. All baccalaureate
majors share the same Liberal Studies Core Curriculum, which represents just
under fifty percent of a student's formal study at the College.

The curriculum is designed to provide the components of a hberal arts
education that historically have proved to be of lasting value. Those
components include skills such as strategies for college success, writing,
computation, speaking, problem solving, computer utilization, and analytical
thinking. Additionally, there are knowledge components including history,
social studies, science, literature, reUgious heritage, modem foreign languages,
and health.

These skills and knowledge areas, while being taught and learned in specific
courses, are integrated into the total college experience, and the desired result
is that students will be better able to function within social institutions, to use
science and technology, and to use and understand the role of the arts in
culture. They, Hkewise, will be better able to conmiunicate, to solve problems,
and to analyze and clarify their own value system.

The Majors

A major is defined as a primary program of study in which the student
completes a designated number and sequence of courses within a specific
discipUne, department or subject area. A major may or may not offer
concentrations for focused course work within the major.

A student may choose to pursue one of four baccalaureate degrees: the
bachelor of arts, the bachelor of science, the bachelor of music, or the bachelor
of science in nursing. Most students pursue one of these baccalaureate degrees.

66

: Students enrolled in the Evening College may pursue the bachelor of business

administration or an associate of arts in Liberal Studies. Please refer to the
I Evening College Bulletin for more details about this program.

LaGrange College also offers graduate programs. In these programs, students
may complete the Master of Arts in Teaching, the Master of Education in
I Curriculum and Instruction, or the Master of Business Administration. Please
refer to the Graduate Bulletin for more information about these programs.

Bachelor of Arts

Art and Design

Biochemistry

Biology

Chemistry

Computer Science

Education
Early Childhood
I Middle Grades

English

History
I Human Services

I Mathematics

Music

Political Science

Psychology

Rehgion

Spanish

Theatre Arts

Bachelor of Science

Accountancy
Business Management
Chemistry
Computer Science
Mathematics

Bachelor of Science in Nursing

Nursing
Bachelor of Music

Creative Music Technologies

Performance (voice, piano, organ, guitar, percussion)

Church Music

67

Interdisciplinary Major

The Interdisciplinary Major at LaGrange College allows highly motivated
students to pursue a self-designed, individualized program leading to a
Bachelor of Arts degree in Interdisciplinary Studies.

1

To be eligible to pursue the interdisciphnary major, a student must exhibit a
high-level of maturity and self-direction. A grade point average of 3.3 or
permission of the Academic Dean is required at the time of submission of the
proposal The major may be declared upon completion of 27 semester hours,
but no later than 66 semester hours.

Policies and Procedures:

1) The proposed major must stem from at least two separate disciplines, but
no more than three, and be supportable by the existing resources of the
college.

2) The student must select an advisor in each discipline with one agreeing to
serve as the principal advisor.

3) The student must research and select classes totahng at least 36 semester
hours that relate to the proposed major and justify the inclusion of each
course. At least 30 semester hours must be from courses at the 3000 level
or above.

4) The proposal must include a clear sense of where the interdisciplinary
major would lead the student (graduate school or career possibiUties). The
proposal should also state why the Interdisciphnary Studies Major better
suits the student's needs than existing majors/minors offered at LaGrange
College.

5) The final major curriculum will be determined by the student in
consultation with all advisors. All general education requirements must be
met for graduation. The major must culminate in a capstone paper or
project approved by all advisors and supervised by the principal advisor.
The student must register for INDV 4499 during his or her senior year.

6) The smdent must complete the Interdisciplinary Studies Proposal Form,
which may be acquired from the registrar's office. The proposed major
must be approved by all advisors, the curriculum committee and the
Academic Dean. It must also be filed with the registrar's office. Any
changes to the approved curriculum must have the approval of all
advisors, the curriculum committee and the Academic Dean. An
amendment form with these approvals must be submitted to the
registrar's office.

68

Master of Education in Curriculum and Instruction

(See Graduate Bulletin)
Master of Arts in Teaching

(See Graduate Bulletin)
Associate of Arts (See Evening College Bulletin)
Liberal Studies

Major Requirements, Time Restrictions

Course work requirements in major programs necessarily change in response to
evolving curriculum concerns and changing student needs. Students' major
requirements are governed by the Bulletin in force at the time of the declaration
of the major. The declaration of major is initiated in the Registrar's office.

At the discretion of the department chair, students may be required to
demonstrate proficiency and/or currency in the subject matter if the major
course work is older than five (5) academic years. Normally credit hours
earned in the major may not be applied to the completion of the major, if the hours
earned are older than eight years, dated from the student's initial matriculation.

Students who have been out of school longer than two years must again declare
their majors.

Independent Study in the Major

In certain majors, independent study courses are offered. These courses are
limited to upper-class major and minor students who have completed at least
two-thirds of their particular major or minor program, and who wish to pursue
a special problem or course of reading beyond that taken up in any formal
course and lying within the capabilities of the library and laboratories. In order
to be eUgible for independent study, the student must have at least a 3.0
average in major courses. Total credit which can be earned through
independent study normally will not be more than six semester hours. Written
permission to enroll in such a course must be obtained from the instructor, the
chair of the department concerned, and the Vice President for Academic
Affairs and Dean. A descriptive syllabus including the method of evaluation
must be submitted with the petition.

Assessment in the Major

The faculty members who are responsible for instruction in the major programs
have identified specific objectives for a major in that discipline. There is an
assessment, devised by the faculty in the discipline, that determines the extent
to which the objectives have been met by the student. That assessment is a
requirement for students who graduated in June 1990, or who will graduate
thereafter. The assessment styles are varied. Students should carefully explore

69

with their adviser in their intended major the nature of the assessment. A
satisfactory assessment in the major is a requirement for the degree. The chair
of the department offering the major must certify satisfactory completion of the
assessment component.

Students who fail to complete satisfactorily the assessment in the major and
exhaust reassessment opportunities at the departmental level may appeal the
decision of the department as described in the Academic Procedures and
Regulations section.

Advice and Counseling in the Major

All students are assigned an academic adviser. Prior to the declaration of a
major a student is advised by his or her Freshman Cornerstone instructor.
Subsequent to declaring a major, the student and the department chair work
together in planning a program. The ultimate responsibility for selecting the
proper courses in order to complete the desired degree is the responsibility
of the student

Outside Waights G. Henry,
Jr. Residence Hall

70

CORE PROGRAM
IN THE LIBERAL ARTS

As a Methodist related institution, LaGrange College offers an educational
experience which emphasizes the inter-relatedness of knowledge and the
importance of understanding and evaluating human experience. The Core
Program in the Liberal Arts (also known as the Common Core Program) uses
an interdisciplinary approach to develop the students' creative, critical and
communicative abiUties. The specific objectives of the Core Program are
noted elsewhere in this Bulletin (see "Core Program Curriculum).

The Core Program is designed to be integrated with other courses during the
first three years of the student's experience at LaGrange College. The forty-
eight semester hours included in the Core Program are arranged in three
divisions: foundation studies, integrative studies, and exploratory studies. The
twelve hours of integrative studies, which bring an interdisciphnary focus to
the humanities, the social sciences, and quantitative reasoning, are central to
the entire Core Program. Other interdisciphnary courses required in the Core
Program are Freshman Cornerstone I and Dimensions of Well Being. No
transient credit will be allowed for any Rhetoric and Composition course
(ENGL 0100, 1101 or 1 102) or for the Integrative Studies courses
(Quantitative Reasoning, Humanities I and H, The American Experience).

Foundation Studies

Course Taken

Freshman Comerstone (CORE 1101)

Freshman Comerstone Laboratory (CORE 1 102)

Rhetoric and Composition (ENGL 1101, 1102)

Mathematics (MATH 1101, 2105, 2221, or 2222)
(Entry level by placement)

World Languages and Culture (2 sequential
courses in languages: FREN, GERM, SPAN)

Laboratory Science I and n

(BIOL 1101-1102, 1148-1149; CHEM 1101-

1102;PHYS 1101-1102; PHYS 1121-1122)

Dimensions of Well Being (CORE 2000)

71

Min. Credit

Year

3

Freshman

1

Freshman

6

Freshman

3

Freshman

6

as best scheduled

8

as best scheduled

3

as best scheduled

30 hours

Integrative Studies

Course Taken

Quantitative Reasoning (CORE 1110)
(either MATH 1 1 14 or a second MATH
course of those listed above may be substi-
tuted for some majors)

Humanities T and Humanities n (CORE
2001,2002)

The American Experience (CORE 3001)

Exploratory Studies

Course Taken

Fine Arts (any beginning level class in the
Fine Arts Division Courses that satisfy this
requirement are marked with an asterisk (*j
in the Art, Music, and Theatre Sections of
the Bulletin)

Rehgion (RLGN 1101, 1102, 1103, 1104,
or 1105)

The American Experience (CORE 3001)

Min. Credit

3

6

3

12 hours

Min. Credit

3

Year

as best scheduled

Sophomore
Junior

Year

as best scheduled

as best scheduled

Junior

6 hours

TOTAL CORE PROGRAM

48 hours**

** Although not considered a part of the Core Program, each student is
required to pass 3 interim term courses (one three semester hour course per
term) as part of the graduation requirements. Students may elect to complete 4
interim terms, and are encouraged to do so. Most interim term courses offer a
Pass/No Credit grade option. The total hours needed for graduation is 108
semester hours.

Please read carefully the next section titled Placement

Placement

Appropriate placement in certain courses is essential. During the first few days
on campus all students will participate in placement evaluation inventories.
These inventories are necessary for (1) planning for majors and careers, (2)

72

providing the comparison levels for subsequent assessment of the Core
Program curriculum, and (3) determining current skill levels for placement
purposes. Placement in mathematics and English is based on skills assessment.
Students who are not predicted to be successful in Mathematics 1101 are
required to enroll in Mathematics 0100. This is a pre-Core Program
mathematics course, and credit in this course does not count toward the
fulfillment of the 48 hours of core requirements, but does count toward hours
required for graduation.

English placement is based on scores obtained on the Scholastic Aptitude Test
(SAT). Based on scores obtained, students are placed either in English 0100, a
pre-Core Program course in grammar and composition, or in EngUsh 1101. Like
Mathematics 0100, English 0100 does not count toward the fulfillment of any of 48
hours in the Core Program, but does count toward graduation requirements.

Students entering LaGrange College with two (2) years of high school level
foreign language are placed in an intermediate level course of that language; or
if the students choose, they may start the study of another language at the
beginning level. Any student for whom English is not the native language may
have the language requirement waived by submitting a written request to the
Registrar fi-om the student's advisor, the Director of International Student
Services, or the Chair of the Humanities Division. The waiving of the
language requirement does not diminish the need to complete the minimum
108 hours required for graduation.

Core Program, Time Restrictions

There is no time limit on the credit or validity of coursework in the Core
Program. It should be noted, however, that students who have not been
enrolled at LaGrange College for four years, or who transferred from
LaGrange College and subsequently return, enter the college under the
Bulletin in force at the time of re-entry.

Credit-by Examination and Exemption

Students may be eligible for credit and/or exemption in certain areas through
Advanced Placement (AP) Tests or the College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) and other recognized testing procedures. To determine the test scores
that qualify for college credit and/or exemption, students should contact the
Registrar. This information is also available in the individual department
sections of the Bulletin. Credit by examination (AP or CLEP) may reduce the
48 semester hour requirement of the Core Program by the number of credit
hours earned by this process. If no credit is earned, but exemption is granted,
then the hours granted for exemption may be used for free electives to earn the
minimum 108 semester hours required for graduation.

73

Assessment of the Core Program

Prior to graduation, students take an inventory, The Academic Profile,
designed to determine the extent to which they have achieved the objectives of
the curriculum of the Core Program. The optimal time to take The Academic
Profile is during the semester following the completion of CORE 3001, the
American Experience (usually either second semester of the junior year or first
semester of the senior year). Meaningful participation in this testing program
is a requirement for graduation with a baccalaureate degree.

Minors

Academic minors may be earned in most departments. A minor must include
at least 12 semester hours, 6 of which must be in 3000-level or above courses.
Some departments do not designate the courses required for the minor, but the
courses selected must be approved by the chair of that department.

The Patio fountain in front of Pitts Hall

74

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
AND PROCEDURES

Honor Code

Students at LaGrange College sign the Honor Code, which states,

As a member of the student body of LaGrange College, I
confirm my conmiitment to the ideals of civihty, diversity,
service, and excellence. Recognizing the significance of
personal integrity in establishing these ideals within our
community, I pledge that I will not lie, cheat, steal, nor
tolerate these unethical behaviors in others.

The Honor Council, composed of ten students, deals with students accused of
violating the Honor Code. The Honor Council is selected each spring by the
outgoing Chair of the Honor Council, The Dean of Students, and the Vice
President for Academic Affairs and Dean. A member of the faculty serves as
advisor. In endorsing the Honor Code, the faculty agreed to report any
suspected violation of the Honor Code to the Honor Council, either through the
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean or the Chair of the Honor
Council. Members of the faculty are therefore expected to report all suspected
violations of the Honor Code. The Honor Code assumes that any student
witnessing or otherwise having knowledge of an Honor Code violation will
report the violation to the course instructor, the Chair of the Honor Council, or
the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. (For a complete
description of the Honor Code, please see the Student Handbook.)

The following are violations of the Honor Code:

1 . Lying in any academic matter.

2. Cheating by either giving aid to or receiving aid from a student or
other source without the consent of the faculty member or plagiarizing
(using another person's words or ideas without documenting them
properly).

3. Failure to report a violation of the Honor Code.

4. Failure to appear before the Honor Council as requested by written
notice.

5. Failure to maintain confidentiaUty regarding an Honor Council case.
Sanctions include:

assigning a grade of zero to the related academic work (assignments, tests,
case study, etc.);

75

lowering the final grade in the course by one letter or

a grade of "F' in the course;

suspension for one academic term; or

dismissal from the College.

An investigation and hearing shall be confidential and those within the
bounds of confidentiality shall not divulge anything that is said or done with
regard to these proceedings to anyone outside the bounds of confidentiaUty.
Should anyone outside the bounds of confidentiality receive information
which is considered to be confidential, he or she will automatically be bound
by confidentiality. Those within the bounds of confidentiality include
Council members, the faculty advisor to the Council, the Vice President for
Academic Affairs and Dean, the President, accusers, the accused, witnesses,
persons interviewed during the investigation, victims, and the College's
attorney. In addition, the accused may include within the bounds of
confidentiality his or her parents, faculty, staff, minister, personal or
legal counsel.

All tests at the College are conducted under the Honor Code. Accordingly,
instructors may leave the room during the examination and students are on
their honor to do their own work. The Honor Code should be abbreviated on
the outside of the test and signed by the student before handing in the
examination. The student should leave all books and materials not pertaining
to the test either in the hall outside the classroom, or next to the wall in front
of the classroom. Students should take the test in the designated classroom,
except under extenuating circumstances or by prior arrangement.

Work prepared out of class should be that of the individual. Any assistance
from fellow students, books, periodicals, or other materials should be
carefully acknowledged. Instructors should give specific guidance regarding
what constitutes a violation of the Honor Code. If any doubts about
plagiarism arise, a question should be raised by the instructor.

A student should never copy a section of an old term paper and submit it as
his or her own, and the student should be guided in the use of these materials
by the wishes of the instructor. The instructor should provide specific
written and/or verbal guidehnes regarding the use of these materials.

As early as possible in the term, the instructor should make clear to his or
her classes how the specifications of the Honor Code apply to class
requirements. For example, what constitutes a legitimate use of source
material, especially material on the Internet, should be made clear. With all
their devotion to declared ideals, students are still subject to the pressures of
academic competition. They deserve the protection and encouragement of
the faculty.

76

Orientation and Counseling

All new students are introduced to LaGrange College through an orientation
program which takes place at the beginning of each semester. The orientation
program is designed to acquaint the new students with various phases of the
hfe of the College including traditions, procedures, and regulations. Students
profit from a proper introduction to the opportunities and responsibilities of
college hfe.

One course in particular serves to further the College's orientation and
counsehng efforts. Freshman Cornerstone, a course designed to focus on the
valuing and decision-making processes with a particular emphasis on Christian
influences on ethical behavior, facihtates students' use of skills of comparison,
contrast, analysis, and synthesis of multiple perspectives as they examine an
issue of common concern. The course emphasizes active learning, small group
problem solving, and service learning, including reflection on these
experiences. A laboratory experience associated with the course is designed to
identify and enhance students' abiUties. Assessment of abihties as well as
sessions on study skills, career counseling, computer skill, and Hbrary skills,
among others, are offered to maximize students' success.

Registration

All students should register on the dates specified. All registration procedures
for all terms are under the direction of the Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean. Students have not completed registration until they have cleared the
Registrar, Office of Student Life and the Business Office. Students enrolled for
twelve or more hours must obtain a campus post office box. Communications
to the student will be through email or campus mail.

Each student is assigned to a faculty adviser who assists the student in planning
an academic program. However, the ultimate responsibility for meeting all
requirements rests with the individual student,

A student interested in a particular major should inform his/her general adviser
in order that special prerequisite courses for the major may be scheduled. A
major may be formally declared anytime after the student has earned 18 hours
of credit. The student must declare his/her major in writing to the
Department by the time the student has earned 45 semester hours of credit.
The student will then be assigned to an adviser in the department in which the
student will major.

A student's major program requirements are those described in the College
Bulletin at the time of declaration of the major.

Withdrawal

To withdraw from an individual course, a student must confer in the office of
the Registrar. Failure of a student to withdraw officially through this office

77

may result in the assignment of a "WF." A student who wishes to withdraw
completely from the college must confer with the Director of Counseling.
Except in cases of medical necessity, withdrawals are not permitted the last
week of class.

Medical Withdrawal

Medical withdrawal is defined as complete withdrawal without academic
penalty for reasons of health. Except in circumstances of emergency, a
physician licensed health care provider, or a qualified counselor must
provide a written recommendation for medical withdrawal to the Vice
President for Academic Affairs and Dean. This written recommendation
must be on file prior to approval for withdrawal. Anytime medical
withdrawal is initiated, the student's instructors, the Office of Financial Aid,
and the Business Office will be notified by the Registrar. The re-entry of the
student following medical withdrawal for medical reasons requires a
clearance from the attending physician, Ucensed health care provider, or a
qualified counselor with an evaluation of the smdent's potential to resume
study successfully at LaGrange College. The Vice President for Academic
Affairs and Dean will review this evaluation and make the decision
concerning the student's re-entry.

Academic Standing Probation Regulations

Students are placed on academic probation when the quality of work is such
that progress toward graduation is in jeopardy. The purpose of probation is
to warn. It is not a penalty. Students on probation will be notified, and the
regulations governing probation will be called to their attention.

Freshmen (fewer than 27 hours) must maintain a cumulative grade point
average (GPA) of at least 1 .65 to avoid being placed on probation.
Sophomores (27-53 hours), a 1.75 GPA; Juniors (54-80 hours), a 1.85 GPA;
and Seniors (81 or more hours), a 2.00 GPA. In most cases, students have
two semesters to remove their probationary status. Failure to do so could
result in suspension.

Students are also subject to suspension for failure to earn at least three
semester hours of academic credit in any semester, or for other vaHd
academic reasons (such as violating cheating and plagiarism standards). In
the case of part-time students, the extent of appUcation of these regulations
will be at the discretion of the Vice President for Academic Affairs and
Dean. Normally, all appUcations of the regulations will be based upon a full
academic load.

A letter from the Vide President for Academic Affairs and Dean is sent to
the student providing information on standing. "Probation One" means that
the student's next term will be the first term on probation, etc. "Dean's
Decision" means that the student's academic records have been given to the
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean for action.

78

Class Attendance Regulations

A student is expected to attend all classes, including labs, for all courses for
which he/she is registered. The student is solely responsible for accounting to
the instructor for any absence. An instructor may recommend that the Vice
President for Academic Affairs and Dean drop from class, with a grade of " W"
or "WF", any student whose absences are interfering with satisfactory
performance in the course.

Course Repetition

A student is prohibited from repeating a course in which he has made a "C" or
better (while enrolled at LaGrange College or any institution) without the
approval of the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean, and the
Academic Advisory Council. All courses in which a student receives an
unsatisfactory grade must be repeated at LaGrange College. A student may not
remove from the transcript an unsatisfactory grade earned at LaGrange College
or elsewhere even if he repeats the course.

Acceleration

Students desiring to accelerate their college program may complete
requirements in less than four academic years. This may be accompUshed by
attending summer schools and/or taking an academic overload. Permission to
take an overload in any semester is granted only to those students who have
earned at least a cumulative average of "B" (3.0), except that a student may
take an overload during one semester of his or her senior year without respect
to grade-point average.

Students may be eligible for credit and/or exemption in certain areas through
the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) and other recognized testing
procedures. Advanced placement credit is accepted for those students who
present evidence from their high schools that advanced placement programs
have been completed and appropriate scores earned on the advanced placement
test of the College Entrance Examination Board administered by Educational
Testing Service. The Registrar and department chairs keep up-to-date
standards for AP credit.

Academic Honors

upon graduation, students who have been in residence at LaGrange
College for at least their last 54 hours (90 quarter hours for Evening College
students) and

1 , have attained a quality point average of 3.50 to 3.74 may be granted
the bachelor degree cum laude or

2. have attained a quaUty point average of 3.75 to 3.89 may be granted the
bachelor degree magna cum laude or

79

3. have attained a quality point average of 3.90 to 4.0 may be granted the
bachelor degree summa cum laude.

At the end of each academic semester, students who have maintained a 3.60
cumulative grade point average on a minimum of 12 GPA hours of work will
be placed on the Dean's List.

Upon graduation, students who have been in residence at LaGrange College (as
transfer students in the day program, in the Evening College, or in the Albany
program) for at least 42 semester hours (70 quarter hours) and have attained
a grade point average of 3.50 or higher may be granted the bachelor degree
with distinction.

International Students

Students who are on a student visa in the United States are subject to special
regulations mandated by the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services
(BCIS) of the United States Government. As the institution which issues
documents certifying student status, LaGrange College is subject to BCIS
regulations as a matter of law. BCIS regulations change from time to time, so
students are encouraged to contact the Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean or the Registrar when questions about BCIS regulations arise. Under
current guidehnes, persons with student visas must be enrolled for a full
academic load (at least 12 semester hours) at all times. Federal regulations
concerning "status" for all international smdents on an F-1 visa state that any
student who falls below 1 2 semester hours at any time will be considered out-
of-status and must be reinstated by the Bureau of Citizenship and
Immigration Services.

English proficiency is fundamental to a successful academic course at
LaGrange College. Therefore, in addition to the minimum TOEFL score
required for admission, the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean may
require that a student attend a special, intensive English language course if it is
apparent that a student's EngUsh continues to jeopardize a successful academic
career. If such a requirement is placed on a student, failure to attend the
English language course can result in withdrawal of the student visa.

International students must enroll in an English course each semester they
are in school until they satisfactorily complete their English studies.

International Studies

Increasing international understanding is valued at LaGrange College.
In promoting that understanding, LaGrange College seeks to enroll an
internationally diverse student body. The College serves as a host or
home base institution for short-term international visitors and has
executed cooperative agreements with Nippon Bunri in Oita City, Japan,
Instituto Laurens in Monterrey, Mexico, and Oxford-Brookes University in
Oxford, England.

80

Credit through United States Armed Forces Institute
and Service Schools

Courses taken through The United States Armed Forces Institute and other
recognized military educational programs are accepted in accordance with
the policy governing transfer work when presented on official transcripts from
accredited institutions. Nine semester hours of elective credit will be allowed
for mihtary service credit, including US AFI correspondence courses and
mihtary service school courses as recommended by the American Council on
Education. Academic credit for one activity course in physical education, iq) to a
maximum of four, will be awarded for each two months served in the Armed Forces.

Grades and Credits

The definitions of grades given at LaGrange College are as follows:

A superior

B above average

C average

D below average

F faiUng

I incomplete. This grade is assigned in case a student is doing

satisfactory work but for some reason beyond the student's control has
been unable to complete the work during that term.

P pass

NC no credit or non-credit

W withdrawn. During the first three weeks a student may withdraw from
a class with an "automatic" "W." After this trial period the student
may withdraw, but the grade assigned, "W" or "WF," will be at the
discretion of the professor.

WF withdrawn failing. The grade of "WF" is included in computing the
grade-point average.

AW audit withdrawn

AU audit complete

NR grade not reported by instructor at the time the report issued.

A student may register for a course on a non-credit basis, for which he or she
pays full tuition. To have a grade of "NC" recorded, he or she must fulfill all
course requirements.

A student may audit a course by paying the audit fee. All requests for audit
courses must be approved in writing by the instructor and Vice President for
Academic Affairs and Dean. Only lecture courses may be audited. No new
freshman student may audit any course during the first semester of residence at
LaGrange College.

81

An "I" is a temporary grade, assigned by an instructor within the last three
weeks of the term to students who are doing satisfactory work and who cannot
complete the course due to circumstances beyond their control. Should
conditions prohibiting completion of a course arise within the first eight weeks,
students should withdraw.

An "I" is removed by the date indicated in the academic calendar. Failure to
remove an "I" by the date set initiates the following action: The Registrar will
write a letter to the student using the address on file. The letter indicates that
the student has two weeks to respond. Otherwise the "I" grade will be
converted to an "F".

Grades are assigned and recorded for each course at the end of each term.
Grades are available to students on the web. Transcripts are withheld for any
student who is under financial obUgation to the College.

Academic Forgiveness

Academic forgiveness is a process which allows a student to have his or her
prior academic record adjusted if:

1 . four or more calendar years have elapsed since the period of last
enrollment at LaGrange College;

2. the student applying for forgiveness has successfully completed since
readmission to LaGrange College a minimum of 12 semester hours and
has no course grade lower than "C" since the time of readmission.

The student may petition for forgiveness through the Academic Advisory
Council and, if approved, the College will:

1 . apply toward the student's common core, general education curriculum,
and electives requirements but not necessarily toward the student's
academic major or minor, all those courses in which the student earned a
grade of "C" or better;

2. set the student's cumulative grade point average to 0.0;

3. require the student to successfully complete a minimum of 30 semester
hours after bankruptcy declaration in order to graduate; and

allow all graduation requirements (see LaGrange College Bulletin) to
remain the same and apply equally, except that students who have

4. petitioned for and received academic forgiveness will not be ehgible to
receive honors at graduation.

LaGrange College will maintain the student's complete record, including those
courses excluded from the GPA by the granting of forgiveness. No course
work will be expunged from the student's academic record. The student's
official transcript will clearly indicate that the student has been granted
academic forgiveness. Ordinarily, no transfer or transient credits will be

82

accepted after academic forgiveness. A student may be granted academic
forgiveness only once during his or her academic career at LaGrange College.

Requirements for Bachelor Degrees: A Summary

LaGrange College's Undergraduate Day Program offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the Bachelor of Science degree, the Bachelor of Music degree, and the
Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. To obtain a second bachelor's degree,
at least 27 additional semester hours must be earned beyond the first degree, in
a minimum of two semesters. Baccalaureate degrees require a minimum of
108 semester hours of credit including required course work in the core
curriculum and the major. There is often an opportunity to select course
work electives.

The minimum work required for graduation is 108 semester hours and a 2.0*
quahty-point average in all course work taken at LaGrange College. To be
eligible for the degree, a student must meet all requirements for the degree
(core curriculum, major program, all necessary assessments, 108 semester
hours and 2.0 cumulative grade point average) and make appUcation for the
degree before the beginning of his or her final term. A student who does not
earn a degree in ten full semesters or the equivalent may be denied
further registration.

*2.5 for Education, Nursing, Business Management, and Accounting.

Cultural Enrichment Requirement at LaGrange College

Because the intellectual and cultural opportunities during one's college years
are exceptionally rich, and because exposure to a variety of cultural
experiences, and participation in a Uvely coUegial atmosphere, during one's
intellectually formative years, are vital to the concept of a Uberal education,
LaGrange College is dedicated to assisting in this enrichment by requiring all
students to accumulate a prescribed number of Cultural Enrichment credits
over the course of their careers. Each semester a hst of approved Cultural
Enrichment programs lectures, presentations, events, performances, recitals,
etc. will be pubUshed in a brochure and on the college web page. Many of
these events will occur during the Contact Hour on Tuesdays and Thursdays,
and some will double as required programs in the Core classes. Students will
meet their obUgation according to the following schedule.

83

EARNED HOURS

CULTURAL

UPON ENTRY

EVENTS NEEDED

CLASSU^ICATION

TOLC

TO GRADUA IE

NEW/TRANSFER FRESHMAN

O-USEM.HRS.

40

TRANSFER FRESHMAN

12 - 26 SEM. HRS.

35

1 RANSFER SOPHOMORE

27 - 39 SEM. HRS.

30

TRANSFER SOPHOMORE

40 - 53 SEM. HRS.

25

TRANSFER JUNIOR

54 - 66 SEM. HRS.

20

TRANSFER JUNIOR

67 - 80 SEM. HRS.

15

TRANSFER SENIOR

81 - 108 SEM. HRS.

10

In order to graduate in four academic years a student, at a minimum, should
enroll for 12-semester hours credit in each regular term and one interim term
each year. A student who takes at least 12 semester hours credit is classified as
full-time. The maximum full load is 15 semester hours; anything beyond is
considered an overload. No student whose average is below 3.0 is permitted to
enroll for more than 15 hours in any one term without the written permission of
the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean.

Quality points are earned as follows: A, 4; B, 3; C, 2; D, 1; F, 0. The quality-
point average is computed by multiplying the grade point by the course credit,
summing, and then dividing the total quality points earned by the total GPA
hours. If a student has received credit for a course and repeats that course, he
or she receives no additional credit toward the degree. In computing the
student's average, GPA hours and quahty points are counted on all attempts.

Not more than 54 semester hours of credit earned at a junior college are
counted toward the degree. No credit is granted toward the degree for course
work taken at a junior college after a student has attained junior standing
except that up to 9 hours of transient credit from a junior college may be
granted for courses that are below the LaGrange College 3000-level. (The 54
credit-hour limit still appHes.) A transfer student is not given credit toward
graduation for any Ds earned elsewhere. Transient work for a grade of "C" or
better is acceptable. Academic averages are computed on work done only at
LaGrange College.

There are two ways by which a student must meet residency requirements for
graduation:

(1) The student must be in residence the last 36 credit hours; or

(2) 45 credit hours of the last 54 credit hours must be earned at
LaGrange College

84

i With prior approval of the adviser and the Vice President for Academic
i Affairs and Dean up to nine hours of transient study may be earned at

another accredited institution. Transient credit is only for courses in which

the grade is "C" or better.

Grades earned for transient work are not included in the cumulative grade
average. Normally, after receiving an unsatisfactory grade in a course at
LaGrange College, a student will not be given credit for repeating that
course at another institution. Credits totaUng six hours or more earned as a
transient student during the last 54 hours or final four semesters precludes
that student being granted credit for any course work taken by extension or
by correspondence during the period.

Transient credit for courses within a student's major will only be accepted
from a four- year baccalaureate degree conferring, regionally accredited
institution that offers a major in the specific discipline of the course being
requested for credit. The department chair retains the right to deny the request.

Any regularly enrolled LaGrange College student who desires to take course
work for credit by extension, correspondence, or through on-line vendors
must obtain prior approval in vmting fi-om his academic adviser and from

j the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. Such extension,
correspondence, and on-line credit may in no case exceed six hours (grades
of "C" or better); however, (no credits earned in this manner may be
applied toward the fulfillment of the core curriculum requirements of
LaGrange College. No core course requirements may be met at
institutions other than LaGrange College.) Any course or courses so taken

I must be completed and all grades recorded before the end of the student's
final term, in order to be graduated that term.

A student is classified as a freshman if he or she has earned fewer than 27
! hours of credit. A student is classified as a sophomore if he or she has
j earned 27-53 hours of credit. To be classified as a junior, a student must
I have completed 54 earned hours of credit. A student is classified as a senior
: upon having earned 81 hours of credit. A student should be alert to the fact

that a minimum of 108 hours are required for graduation and that some

majors may require more than 108 hours. Attaining these minimum
I progression requirements may not be sufficient to insure graduation within

the two semesters of the senior year.

No grade below "C" in any course above 1000-level may be applied
toward a major.

Transcripts

I

' Students are entitled to transcripts of their record free of charge. No
transcripts will be issued for any student under financial obligation to the
College. Transcript requests must be made in vmting to the Registrar well in

85

advance of the time the transcript is needed. Transcripts will be issued
promptly; however, at the beginning and end of terms some delay may be
unavoidable. Unofficial transcripts may be obtained from the online student
module of the web.

Student Grade Appeals

The initial determination of a student's grade is entirely the prerogative of the
instructor. However, a student who wishes to contest a course grade or other
academic decision may initiate an appeal by the procedures outlined below.
Grade appeals must be initiated no later than mid-term of the academic term
following that in which the grade was assigned. The date of the academic term
is defined in the College calendar in the front of this Bulletin.

The following procedures govern all student requests for grade changes:

The student should first attempt to resolve the matter by discussing the
question with the course instructor.

If the student and the instructor are unable to reach a resolution, the student
must then submit a written appeal to the Vice President for Academic
Affairs and Dean. The appeal must state the maimer in which the course
syllabus was violated.

The Dean shall then seek an informal conference between the smdent and
the instructor to settle the grievance to the satisfaction of the two parties
involved. If no resolution can be found, the Dean will deliver the smdent's
appeal together with any other pertinent documents provided by the student
and/or the instructor to the Review Subcommittee of the Academic
Standards Committee for its determination.

The Review Subcommittee shall then convene to conduct a preUminary
review of the appeal, after which the Chair of the Review Subcommittee will
set times convenient to the student and the instructor for hearing both sides
of the dispute.

Upon completion of its hearings, the Review Subcommittee will report its
findings to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. The Dean
will in turn inform the principal parties involved of whether the student's
request for a change of grade or other decision was denied or approved.

It is the responsibiUty of the Review Subcommittee to make every
reasonable effort to complete its deUberations prior to the end of the term in
which an appeal was initiated.

Student Appeal of Academic Policy

Students may petition for exception to pubUshed academic poUcy. The
Academic Advisory Council reviews the petition.

86

Graduation Requirements

A student who enters LaGrange College under a given Bulletin generally will
be graduated under the core curriculum, hours requirement, and grade point
average requirements of that Bulletin. Major requirements are those in force at
the time a student formally declares a major. If a student suspends his or her
study and re-enters more than four years later, he or she will graduate under the
requirements of the Bulletin in effect at the time of re-entry.

Students in their last year of college work must have an audit of their course
credits and planned courses examined prior to registration for their final
semester in residence. This is called a "graduation petition." The major adviser
and the Office of the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean assist the
student in completing this petition.*

Students at LaGrange College will participate in the evaluation of the extent to
which institutional education goals are being achieved. This evaluation will be
in both the core curriculum and the major. Students who graduated in June of
1990 were the first to participate in these comprehensive evaluations. Consult
the specific majors for the details.

* No student may participate in Commencement exercises if he or she has
not completed a graduation petition. Also, no student may participate in
Commencement unless all graduation requirements have been certified as
completed by the Registrar and the Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean.

Endowed Lectureship

The Jennie Lee Epps Memorial Lecture was re-established in 1997 by a gift
from Dr. Grace Hadaway Boswell '49 and her husband. Dr. R. Dean Boswell.
Dr. Epps was a faculty member from 1931 until her death in 1961.

The Waights G. Henry, Jr. Endowed Lectureship was established by a gift
ft-om the Neighbors Fund, Inc. in memory of Dr. Henry, president and
chancellor of LaGrange College over a period of 42 years. Income from the
endowment is to be used in funding the Waights G. Henry Lecture for the
benefit of our students and as approved by the trustees of the College.

The Arthur H. Thompson Lectureship brings to the campus a noted scholar
to address the faculty and student body on the interrelationship of a field
knowledge and the Christian reUgion. The endowment was established by
Mrs. Mary Will Thompson, class of 1898, in memory of her husband, who
served as chairman of the Board of Trustees of the College. He expressed his
philosophy in the statement: "The greatest thing in life is the simple faith of an
honest man."

87

The Lorenzo Valla Visiting Scholar Program was established in 1996 by
Mr. and Mrs. Tom Bushar (Linda Doolittle Bushar '96) The program was
named for the 15^^ century Italian humanist and brings to campus a
recognized scholar.

Awards and Recognitions

The Nancy Alford Award is awarded each year to the sorority accumulating
the greatest number of points in the areas of scholarship, leadership,
sportsmanship, and community service.

The Irene E. Arnett Drama Award is presented annually to the member of
the senior class who shows that greatest potential for contribution to the field
of theatre, devotion to the tasks in the theatre, and dedication to the principles
of good theatre- to amuse the heart and hft the spirit to a better understanding
of man and his struggle in this world and towards his God.

The Needham Avery Art Award is a purchase award granted annually in
visual arts, provided by Dr. and Mrs. R.M. Avery in memory of their son.

The Josephine A. Case Scholarship is awarded to a junior for excellence in
art and promise of achievement in that field. This award carries a stipend and is
associated with the Josephine A. Case Collection of American Indian Art
which Mrs. Case and her husband, the late Dr. Leland D. Case of Tucson,
donated to LaGrange College. Both hold honorary doctorates from this school.

The Austin P. Cook Award is presented annually by the Student Government
Association to the organization that made the most positive impact on campus
life during the year.

The Roger Guptill Award is presented annually in memory of the late Dr.
Roger Guptill, minister, teacher, and Christian gentleman, to a senior class
student of the Department of Rehgion preparing for full-time church service.

The Mamie Lark Henry Drama Scholarship is presented annually to a
student in recognition of superior contribution to the Theatre Arts Department.

The Mamie Lark Henry Scholarship Cup is presented each semester to a
sorority with the highest grade-point average the previous semester.

The Waights G. Henry, Jr. Leadership Award is given annually by the
Student Government Association to a student who has actively demonstrated
effective leadership skills. Selection of the recipient is made by a committee
composed of students, faculty, and administrators.

The Evelyn Powell Hoffman Drama Scholarship is provided by her family
in memory of their wife, mother and sister, a graduate of the class of 1930. It
is to be awarded annually to a freshman student through audition. The
selection of the recipient is to be made by the Theatre Arts Department faculty.

88

The Karen Sue Kafrouni Award is presented annually by the History
Department for a member of Phi Alpha Theta and a graduating senior with the
highest academic achievement.

The Mary Hunter Lindsey Award is provided by the late Rev. William
Ohver Lindsey, Sr., in memory of his wife, Mary Hunter Lindsey, class of
1914. It is awarded annually to United Methodist students entering the senior
class in college and preparing for a full-time church ministry. The selection of
the awardees is made by the faculty of the ReUgion Department.

The John Love Scholarship Cup is presented each semester to the fraternity
with the highest grade point average the previous semester.

The Weston L. Murray Award is presented to the senior class member of the
Georgia Delta Chapter of Pi Ganmia Mu who has the highest record of
achievement and contribution in the field of Social Science.

The Meri Meriwether Norris Award was estabhshed in 1998 in memory of
this 1980 alumna by her husband, Dr. Tommy Norris. This award is presented
annually to a nursing student who demonstrates extraordinary compassion.

The Outstanding Achievement in Psychology Award is presented annually
by the psychology department to the senior psychology major who, through
academic excellence and service, has made an outstanding contribution to the
field of psychology.

The Pike Award is provided by Mrs. WilUam C. Key (Ruth Pike) and the late
Mrs. William Franklin Daugherty (Ethel Pike) in memory of Adelia Hunter
and Christian Nathaniel Pike. It is awarded aimually to Methodist or Baptist
students entering the senior class in college and preparing for a full-time
church vocation or majoring in Rehgion or Religious Education.

The Walter Malcolm Shackelford Award is presented annually to a
graduating senior who has majored in Education and has demonstrated
outstanding academic performance, leadership, and service to the College

The Annie Moore Smith Award is a purchase award given annually in visual
arts, provided by Mrs. Rebecca Moore Butler, class of 1924, in memory of her
sister, Annie Moore Smith, class of 1915.

The W. Lee Wilson, Jr. Art Award is presented annually by the Art
Department to a graduating senior who has excelled in the art of photography.
Mr. William L. Wilson established the award in 1998 in memory of his son.

The Jean Young Award in Photography granted annually, was established in
memory of Jean Young who was the first curator of the Lamar Dodd Art
Center. The award is a book on contemporary photography and is presented to
the student who has demonstrated an exceptional commitment to photographic art.

Departmental Awards are presented annually at Honors Day in the spring.
Numerous departmental awards are made at that time.

89

PRE-PROFESSIONAL AND
CO-OPERATIVE PROGRAMS

Pre-professional Programs of Study

LaGrange College has a curriculum and environment that is well suited to
preparation for further study in fields such as law and medicine. These
programs include, but are not necessarily limited to, preparation for the
following areas.

Dentistry

Dr. John Hurd is the general adviser. Students selecting a major other than
Biology should consult early and frequently with Dr. Hurd in addition to their
primary advisors for their majors. The pre-dental student should select a major
as early as possible and work toward the B.A. degree. Some dental schools
accept students with fewer than four years of college training, but most of them
prefer a student with the baccalaureate degree.

The pre-dental student should be familiar with the specific requirements set by
the dental schools to which he or she plans to apply. There is some variation in
the requirements of the various schools, but the minimum requirements set by
most schools of dentistry are:

Inorganic Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours

Biology with lab 8 semester hours

Physics with lab 8 semester hours

English 9 semester hours

All applicants must complete the Dental Admission Test not later than the
October 3 1 testing preceding the year of desired entry.

Engineering

LaGrange College has an engineering-oriented program designed to provide a
broad liberal arts background while preparing the student for a professional
engineering program. Dual-degree programs in engineering have been
established with Georgia Institute of Technology and Auburn University.
Students accepted in the dual-degree program will attend LaGrange College for
approximately three years (81 semester hours if entering under this Bulletin)
while they complete the Core Curriculum and the pre-engineering courses

90

listed at the end of this section. The student will then attend the engineering
institution and complete a major in engineering, a process that generally takes
two to three additional years. After completion of the degree requirements for
both institutions, the student will receive an engineering degree from the
engineering institution and a Bachelor of Arts degree from LaGrange College.

All students considering either the dual degree option should contact the pre-
engineering adviser, Dr. Bill McCoy, prior to registration. Both Georgia Tech
and Auburn are undergoing considerable modification of their academic
programs as a result of the change of calendar systems. Students must
consult the pre-engineering advisor about how this will affect their choice of
elective courses.

In addition to the Core Curriculum, pre-engineering students must complete all
of the following courses before attending the engineering institution:

Calculus I, II, and III Differential Equations

Linear Algebra (Ga. Tech) General Chemistry I and II
General Physics I and II

Please note that calculus based physics (General Physics PHYS 1 121-1 122) is
required. Students must begin the study of calculus as early as possible in
order to be prepared for the physics sequence.

Journalism

The student who plans a career in journalism needs a wide range of courses in
many areas. A recommended basic program would include: ENGL 2260
Journalistic Writing I (3), ENGL 2262 JoumaUstic Writing II (3), ARTD 2201
Graphic Design I: Fundamentals (3), ARTD 2223 Basic Photography (3), plus
experience working on one of the student pubUcations:

The Quadrangle (yearbook)
The Hilltop News (paper)
The Scroll (magazine)

Specific courses to prepare for admission to individual schools should be
selected in consultation with the student's advisor.

Law

The pre-law advising committee is chaired by Dr. Tracy Lightcap and is
composed of Dr. Lightcap, Dr. Frederick Mills, and Dr. Brenda Thomas.
Students considering law school should consult with one of these faculty
members beginning in their freshman year and should meet regularly with
other students interested in pre-law. Law school bulletins and LSAT study
guides are located in the William and Evelyn Banks Library.

91

Students entering law school come from varied undergraduate programs. It is
not really possible to say which major serves as the best preparatory
background for law school. Almost every law school bulletin, however,
suggests that entering smdents must have a strong background in history,
pohtical science and Enghsh as well as some preparation in economics,
business, sociology, psychology and mathematics.

Medicine (M.D.)

Dr. John Hurd is the general adviser. Students selecting a major other than
Biology should consult early and frequently with Dr. Hurd in addition to their
primary advisers for their majors. The pre-medicine student should select a
major as soon as possible and seek the B.A. or B.S. degree. Medical schools
rarely accept candidates with less than the baccalaureate degree.

The student should be familiar with the requirements of the several medical
schools to which he or she plans to apply. Requirements vary somewhat in the
various medical schools, but the minimum requirements of most medical
schools are:

Biology with lab 8 semester hours

General Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry 8 semester hours

Physics 8 semester hours

Every apphcant must take the Medical College Admission Test, preferably in
the spring preceding the submission of his or her application to medical school,
but no later than the fall of that year.

Optometry

The pre-optometry general adviser is Dr. John Hurd. Students selecting a major
other than biology should consult early and frequently with Dr. Hurd in
addition to their primary advisers for their majors. Though selected students
may be admitted to optometry school after three years of preparation, most are
admitted after receiving Bachelors or Masters degrees. Optometry involves
fours years of study after admission to the program and in some areas also
includes a brief internship. Majors in any academic area are acceptable though
the student should include emphasis on the sciences. The pre-optometry
requirements are the same as pre-med plus a course each in statistics and
calculus. Preparation for admission to a specific school can be planned with the
assistance of the advisor. Prospective optometry students must take the
Optometry Admission Test (OAT) in October or February.

Pharmacy

The pre-pharmacy general adviser is Dr. John Hurd. Students selecting a major
other than Biology should consult early and frequently with Dr. Hurd in
addition to their primary advisers for their majors. While the admission

92

requirements vary, the following is standard course work as a minimum:
CHEM 1101-1 102, 2201-2202, BIOL 1101-1102, MATH 2221 and 1114,
PHYS 1 101, ECON 2201-2202, ENGL 1 101-1 102, and 6 semester hours each
of Humanities and Social/Behavioral Science. POLS 1101 and HIST 1111 or
1112 may be required as well as electives to reach 60 semester hours.

Physical Therapy

The pre-physical therapy general adviser is Dr. John Hurd. A few schools
which offer training in physical therapy award a Bachelor's degree after
successful completion of classroom and chnical work. Students are admitted to
such programs after completion of 60 semester hours of work including
approximately 12 hours in Humanities, 12 hours in math and science, 12 hours
in social science plus 24 hours in a major field such as biology.

Specific courses to prepare for admission to individual schools should be
selected in consultation with the adviser. Many schools now offer only a
master's degree in physical therapy. These schools require a bachelor's degree
as well as completion of the pre-physical therapy core.

Veterinary Medicine

Dr. John Hurd is the general adviser. Students selecting a major other than
Biology should consult early and frequently with Dr. Hurd in addition to their
primary advisers for their majors. The pre- veterinary student should be familiar
with the specific requirements of the school to which he/she plans to apply. The
minimum requirements set by most schools of veterinary medicine are as follows:

A candidate must have completed at least 54 semester hours of college credit
by the end of the spring semester before fall matriculation at the veterinary
school. The baccalaureate degree is preferred. The following courses should
be completed prior to entry into veterinary school.

English 6 semester hours

Biology with lab 8 semester hours

Advanced Biological Science 8 semester hours

Physics 8 semester hours

Biochemistry 3 semester hours

Inorganic Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours

The candidate must have worked with a veterinarian, and must have had
hands-on experience working with large and small animals.

Each appUcant will be required to take the Graduate Record Examination
(GRE) and the GRE biology subject test. These tests should be taken in
October or December of the year prior to probable admission to veterinary
school. The results should be received by VMCAS by February 1 of the year
following the appUcation.

93

ACADEMIC DIVISIONS

Arts Kim Barber, Chair

Professors: Anderson, Lawrence, Taunton |

Associate Professors: Barber, M. Brown, Edwards, L. Johnson

Assistant Professors: Mitchell, Reneke

This division contains the Departments of Art and Design, Music, and Theatre

Arts. The B.A. and B.M. degrees are offered.

Core Program and Interim Term Sandie Johnson, Chair

Humanities and Social Sciences David Aheam, Chair

Professors: Cafaro, Homsby, Mills,

Associate Professors: Aheam, Cook, DuHn-Mallory, Plumlee, Slay, Thomas,

Williams, Lightcap, Simmons

Assistant Professors: Cody, Flores, Gulley, Haas, Lingenfelter, O'Connor,

Sankara, Scott, Shirley, Tures

Instructor: Hall

This division offering the B A. Degree contains the following departments:

Enghsh Language and Literature, History, Human Services, Latin American

Studies and Modem Languages, Pohtical Science, Religion and Philosophy

Professional Programs Maranah Sauter, Chair

Professors: Birkeli, Cousins, S. Johnson, Sauter

Associate Professors: Harrison, Hillyer, Wilhamson

Assistant Professors: Alford, Barrett, Bearden, Blair, Frederick, Geeter,

Hampton, Hay, Livingston, Massenzio, Messer, Rosencrants

This division contains the following departments:

Department of Business offering The B. S. in Business Management, B. S. in

Accountancy, minor in Business Management, minor in Accountancy
Department of Education offering: The B.A. M.A.T. and M.Ed, degrees
Department of Health and Physical Education
Department of Nursing offering the B.S.N.

Science and Mathematics Greg McClanahan, Chair

Professors: Evans, Hurd, Kraemer, McClanahan, Riddle, Shelhorse,

Associate Professors: Heam, McCoy, Paschal, Searcy, C. Yin, W. Yin

Assistant Professors: Deibler, Hall, Haas, Heam, Mallory

The Natural Sciences and Mathematics Division contains the Departments of

Biology, Chemistry and Physics, Computer Science, and Mathematics. The

B.A. and B.S. degrees are offered.

94

Course Numbering System and Abbreviations

The projected schedule of classes will be followed insofar as possible, but is
subject to change.

Courses numbered 1 100 through 1 199 are intended primarily for freshmen and
sophomores. Courses numbered 2200 to 2299 are intended primarily for
sophomores; the number may, alternately, mean credit of less than three
semester hours.

Courses numbered 3300 through 3399 and above are intended primarily for
juniors and seniors.

Courses numbered 4400 through 4499 are intended primarily for seniors. The
number in parentheses following the course title indicates the number of
semester hours credit for the course.

Abbreviations

Accounting

ACCT

Art and Design

ARID

Biology

BIOL

Chemistry

CHEM

Computer Science

CSCI

Core

CORE

Economics

ECON

Education

EDUC

Early Childhood

EDUC

Middle Grades

EDUC

English

ENGL

Finance

FNCE

French

FREN

German

GERM

Health and Physical Education

HPED

Physical Education

PEDU

History

HIST

Human Services

HUSV

I ,anguage

LANG

Latin American Studies

LAST

Library Science

LIBR

Management

MGMT

Marketing

MRKT

Mathematics

MATH

Music

MUSI

95

Nursing

NURS

Philosophy

PHIL

Physics

PHYS

Pohtical Science

POLS

Psychology

PSYC

ReUgion

RLGN

Spanish

SPAN

Theatre Arts

THEA

Women's Studies

WMST

96

DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES

Table of Contents

Art and Design 99

Professor John Lawrence

Biology 108

Dr. John Hurd

Business Ill

Dr. Jon Birkeli

Chemistry 127

Dr. Bryan Heam

Computer Science 136

Dr. Fay Riddle

Core Curriculum 144

Dr. Sandie Johnson

Education 146

Dr. Jennifer Harrison

English 153

Dr. Jack Slay

General Science 160

Health and Physical Education 161

Dr. Sandie Johnson

History 168

Dr. Fred Mills

Human Services 173

Professor Anton F lores

Latin American Studies and Modem Languages 179

Dr. Amanda Plumlee

Library Science 187

Professor Loren Pinkerman

Mathematics 188

Dr. Greg McClanahan

Music 196

Dr. Toni Anderson

97

Nursing

Dr. Maranah Sauter

Physics

Dr. Bryan Heam

Political Science

Dr. Tracy Lightcap

Psychology

Dr. Chuck Kraemer

Religion and Philosophy
Dr. David Aheam

Speech

Professor Kim Barber

Theatre Arts

Professor Kim Barber

Women's Studies ,

Dr. Amanda Plumlee

.208
.216

.217
.223
.228
.236
.237
.244

Pitts Hall across the Patio

^^ M

98

ART AND DESIGN

Introduction

The Department of Art and Design offers major concentrations in painting/
drawing, graphic/surface design, printmaking, ceramics/sculpture,
photography, and in art history/museum studies. The courses required of the
studio concentration are specific and scheduling should be determined in
consultation with an art faculty advisor. A student may choose a studio
concentration in more than one area.

Objectives

The following objectives are established as a basis for the Art and Design
Studio Program at LaGrange College:

to develop technical knowledge pertaining primarily to the student's
chosen area of concentration, but not Umited to it.

to assist students in finding and focusing their creative ideas into a

consistent body of work.

to instruct students in the correct means of presenting their work in a

portfoho and culminating a required senior exhibition.

to encourage students to exhibit their work and acquaint them with the

gallery system.

to encourage students to pursue graduate study.

to provide students with a basic understanding of the history of
Western art.

to provide the students with a creative environment by using all available
resources. This would include field trips to galleries and museums, course
work in locations of artistic interest, guest lectures and workshops related
to the exhibitions in the College's galleries.

Requirements for a Studio Concentration major in
Art and Design:

9 hrs. - Art History - ARTD 11 09, 1110, 1 1 1 1 or an Art History elective

9 hrs. - Basic Core - These should be taken during the freshman/sophomore
year as these courses are generally considered to be prerequisites for all other
studio courses - ARTD 1151, 1152, 1153

12 hrs. - Introductory Studio Courses: One course from each of the
following studio disciplines:

Painting or Drawing

Design or Printmaking

Photography

Ceramics or Sculpture

99

9 hrs. - Major Concentration - three additional courses in one of the above
discipUnes including Senior Seminar.

3 hrs. - Senior Seminar - A course in which senior art majors bring into

focus their artistic objectives in a body of work to be presented in an
exhibition. The student will also create an artist statement, resume,
and a slide portfolio.

42 hrs. - total hours required

Assessment

Success in achieving the objectives of the Art and Design major will be
measured in the following ways:

Completion of each major course with a grade of C or better

Exemplary completion of assignments and independent study, and the
presentation of work in scheduled critiques.

An Exit or Senior Exhibition of work done in the student's major studio
discipline.

Requirements for Art History/Museum Studies
Concentration

The Art History/Museum Studies Concentration offers two options. A student
may focus on art history or may choose a combination of art history and
muscology. Courses include art history, graphic design, studio courses, and an
internship. The program also offers hands-on experience in the exhibition
program and the regular collection of the Lamar Dodd Art Center.

Requirements for a Concentration in Art History:

6 hrs. - Art History Survey I and H - ARTD 1 109, 1 1 10

15 hrs. - Art History courses - Modem Art, The Art of Greece and Rome,
Art of the Renaissance, Art of the Seventeenth and Eighteenth
Centuries in Europe and America, Art of the Nineteenth
Centuryin Europe and America. - ARTD 1 1 1 1, 3103,
3105,3106,3107

12 hrs. - Studio Courses

3 hrs. -Internship or Independent Study in Art History

3 hrs. - Senior Seminar - A course in which senior art history and museum
studies students work on research and writing skills. They also
prepare a resume and focus on applying for graduate school.

39 hrs. - total hours required

100

Requirements for a major in Art History/Museum Studies Concentration:

6 hrs. - Art History Survey I and H - ARTD 1 109, 1 1 10

12 hrs. - Art History electives - Modem Art, The Art of Greece and Rome,
Art of the Renaissance, Art of the Seventeenth and Eighteenth
Centuries in Europe and America, Art of the Nineteenth
Century in Europe and America. - ARTD 1111, 3103, 3105, 3106

12 hrs. - Studio Coursework - Three courses in elective studio

3 hrs. - Graphic Design - ARTD 2201

6 hrs. - Museum Studies I and H - ARTD 3102, 3102

3 hrs. - Internship
42 hrs. - total hours required

Assessment

Success in achieving the objectives of the Art History/Museum Studies
Concentration will be measured in the following ways:

Sophomore review

Completion of each major course with a grade of C or better

Participation in the Art History Forum or other public presentation of
research

Awards

The Art and Design Department presents four awards annually during Honor's
Day Convocation. These are purchase awards that allow the college to acquire
works of art by the award recipients. The faculty of the Art and Design
Department presents these awards to students for superior performance and a
proven commitment to their craft.

Minor

A minor in Art and Design, Art History/Museum Studies consists of 18
semester hours: at least one course in art history, at least one course at the
1000 level, and 4 other courses selected in consultation with your minor
advisor.

101

Course Descriptions (ARTD)

ARTD 1109 Art History Survey I. (3) * Fall

A course in the visual arts of western civilization from the Paleolithic period
through the 16^*^ century. Cultures surveyed will include Egyptian,
Mesopotamian, Greek, Roman, Early Christian, Byzantine, Medieval, Gothic
and the Early Renaissance.

ARTD 1110 Art History Survey H. (3) * Spring - alternate years
This course will survey the history of Western art and architecture from the
High Renaissance to the beginning of the 20^^ century, including the styUstic
movements of the Baroque, Rococo, Neoclassicism, Romanticism, ReaUsm,
Impressionism, Expressionism, and Cubism.

ARTD 1111 Modem and Contemporary Art History. (3) * Spring-
alternate years.
This course traces the development of 20th century painting and sculpture
beginning with Picasso and cubism and includes the movements of surreaUsm,
futurism, abstract - expressionism, pop, op, minimahsm, conceptual art, super
reahsm, and neo-expressionism. While emphasis is given to painting and
sculpture, developments in architecture, photography, and crafts are also included.

ARTD 1151 Basic Drawing. (3) * FaU

A course in drawing fundamentals, including Une, value, composition,
perspective, and chiaroscuro. A variety of drawing media will be explored.

ARTD 1152 2-D Design. (3) * Spring

A study of the basic design elements and principles. Emphasis will be on
creative problem solving and development of unified designs. A study of color
theory and relationships will be included.

ARTD 1153 3-D Design. (3) * Fall

This course will explore the fundamentals of three-dimensional form using
various materials such as wood, clay, plaster, paper, etc. Craftsmanship,
creative thought, and transformation of ideas into form while becoming
famiUar with proper use of tools and equipment is also emphasized.

ARTD 2201 Graphic Design I: Fundamentals. (3) Fall
An introduction to the fundamentals of graphic design, including typography,
and layout. Basic Macintosh computer skills will be covered, including
working with fonts, system basics, printers and service bureaus, and
understanding file formats.

102

ARTD 2211 Life Drawing. (3) Spring, alternate years
A course in the study of human anatomy and the expressive potential of the
human form. Drawing from the model, both nude and clothed, and from the
skeleton using a variety of drawing media.

Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing) or permission of instructor

ARTD 2222 Graphic Design II: Logos and concepts. (3) Spring
A course exploring the development of graphic ideas through projects in
advertising, layout, corporate identity, magazine and poster design. Students
will be exposed to basic concepts of logo design.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2201

ARTD 2223 Basic Photography. (3) * Fall

An introductory course in black and white photography. The course includes
the mechanics of the camera, film exposure for zone placement, film
processing, and printing from the negative as well as a survey of the history
of photography.

ARTD 2224 Photography H. (3) Spring

A course in studio and large format photography using both black / white and
color materials. Projects are assigned in Ughting, exposure controls using sheet
film with the 4 X 5 and 8x10 view camera, film processing, printing, and
advanced techniques of photographing the still life, portraits, architecture,
landscape, and in conmiercial appUcations of photography.

ARTD 2227 Ceramics-Methods and Materials. (3) * Fall
This course is an introduction to ceramic methods and techniques. It will
explore both wheelthrowing and hand building used in forming vessels and
sculpture. This will include using the potter's wheel, slabs, coils, textures to
create form. Glazing, decoration, and firing methods such as raku, pitfire and
standard reduction will also be emphasized.

ARTD 2229 Ceramics-Wheelthrowmg. (3) * Spring
This course is an introduction to basic wheelthrowing techniques, beginning
with centering and opening then progressing to pulling basic cylindrical forms,
teapots and bottles. Glazing, decoration, and firing methods such as raku,
pitfire, and standard reduction are also included.
Prerequisites: none

ARTD 2271 Acrylic Pamtmg. (3) Fall
An introduction to painting with acryhcs. Projects will explore the
fundamentals of composition and modehng with color and light, as well as
abstraction and mixed media.

Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing) or permission of instructor

103

s

ARTD 2272 Sculpture I. (3) * Spring

The projects in this class will address both traditional and contemporary issues
in sculpture such as figure modeling, carving, found object sculpture, narrative
imagery, enviroimiental sculpture, and metal working.

ARTD 2273 Printmaking I. (3) * Fall

A course in the basics of intaglio and reUef printmaking techniques, selected

print and book arts media, and the development of creative imagery.

ARTD 2275 Oil Painting. (3) Spring

An introductory course in painting with oils, including color mixing, glazing,

modehng, and composition.

Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing) or permission of instructor

ARTD 3101 Museum Studies I. (3) FaU

In addition to textbook study, students are actively engaged in the activities of
the Lamar Dodd Art Center: cataloguing the collection, organizing and
hanging exhibitions, and overseeing the gallery's daily activities. Students
visit area museums not only to view their collections and special exhibitions,
but also to learn fi-om museum personnel about the functioning of a museum.

ARTD 3102 Museum Studies U. (3) Spring

This course traces the history of museums, discusses contemporary practice in

museums, and examines current issues in the Muscology. It explores the

museum's mission and its role in society through case studies and exhibitions

in a variety of museums: art, Uving history, history, children's, and

ethnographic.

Prerequisites: ARTD 3101 (Museum Studies I)

ARTD 3103 The Art of Greece and Rome. (3) Spring

This course focuses on the art of Greece and Rome, emphasizing the historical

and cultural context of the works studied.

Prerequisite: ARTD 1 109 (Art History Survey I) or permission
of instructor

ARTD 3105 Art of the Renaissance. (3) Fall
This course focuses on the painting, sculpture, and architecture of the
Renaissance, considering the works in their historical and cultural context.
Prerequisites: ARTD 1110 (Art History Survey II) or
permission of instructor

104

ARTD 3106 Art of the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries in

Europe and America. (3) Spring

This course examines works of painting, sculpture, and architecture created in

Western Europe and in the United States during the seventeenth and eighteenth

centuries and explores the cultural and historical circumstances of their

creation.

Prerequisites: ARTD 1110 (Art History Survey II) or permission
of instructor

ARTD 3107 Art of the Nineteenth Century in Europe and America.

(3) Fall

This course focuses on the painting, sculpture, photography, and graphics of

the nineteenth century in Europe and America.

Prerequisites: ARTD 1110 (Art History Survey II) or
permission of instructor

ARTD 3222 Digitallmaging. (3) Spring

A course deahng with the art of computer technology, with emphasis on
photographic image manipulation. Emphasis will be placed on developing
creative personal imagery.

Prerequisite: ARTD 2201 or permission of instructor

ARTD 3301 Applied Surface Design. (3) Fall
An overview of the basics of surface design for commercial and large scale
use. Areas of exploration include historical influences and the development of
pattern, abstraction, modular units, and color relationships.
Prerequisite: ARTD 1152

ARTD 3311 Advanced Life Drawmg. (3) Spring

Advanced work with the figure in projects exploring composition and

subjective expression.

Prerequisite: ARTD 2211

ARTD 3323 Photography DI. (3) Fall

Advanced work in black and white photography to illustrate social and
narrative issues relevant to the photographer's concerns. Emphasis will be
placed on documentary photography, its history, and the stylistic techniques of
contemporary photojoumaHsm. Projects deahng with reportage, illustration,
documentation and the photographic essay will be assigned.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2223 or consent of instructor

ARTD 3324 Photography IV. (3) Spring

Independent studio experience in advanced large format photography. Each
student will create a series of projects based on the concepts presented in
ARTD 2224.

Prerequisite: ARTD 2224

105

ARTD 3327 Intermediate Ceramics. (3) Fall
This course will emphasize ceramic design using hand building and/or
wheelthrowing techniques. Projects are flexible in their construction method
in order to accommodate different abiUty levels and interests. Projects with
commercial potential such as lamp bases, teapots, covered jars, and tile, etc.
will be explored. Glazing, decoration and firing methods such as raku, pitfire,
and standard reduction are also emphasized.

Prerequisite: ARTD 2227, 2229 or consent of instructor

ARTD 3329 Advanced Ceramics. (3) Spring

This course is designed to allow the student to independently explore methods

and techniques covered in previous ceramic classes.

Prerequisite: ARTD 2227, ARTD 2229, 3327

ARTD 3341 Internship. (3-9) Fall, January, Spring
A supervised experience in an off campus professional environment such as a
photography studio, a surface or graphic design studio, or a museum or gallery
administrative office.

ARTD 3351 - 3352 Studio Concentration. (3-6) Fall and Spring
An independent studio experience where the advanced and senior status art
major brings into focus and produces a body of work in one or two discipUnes.
The student may take from 3 to 6 hours of credit in this course depending on
the student's interest. The course includes discussion and readings in
contemporary theory and criticism, field trips to museums and galleries, the
creation of a personal artist statement, group critiques, writing a vitae, and
business and graduate school opportunities.

ARTD 3355 Advanced Drawing. (3) Spring, alternate years
An exploration of advanced problems in drawing. Topics may include color,
concepts of space, and experimental approaches to various drawing media.
Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing)

ARTD 3371 Intermediate Painting. (3) Fall
Advanced work in either acrylics or oils. Projects will allow for the
development of personal imagery, experimental approaches to the media, and
other advanced concepts.

Prerequisite: ARTD 2271 or 2275

ARTD 3372 Sculpture Methods H. (3) Spring

This course is designed to allow the student to independently explore ideas,
methods and techniques covered in previous sculpture classes.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2272

106

ARTD 3373 Printmaking H. (3) Fall

A continuation of Art 2273 including advanced exploration of color prints and
other selected print and book arts media.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2273

ARTD 3375 Advanced Painting. (3) Spring
' A further exploration of either oils or acryUcs. Students develop a series of
paintings that explore specific imagery, materials, or techniques.
Prerequisite: consent of instructor

* Denotes courses in Art and Design tliat may satisfy Fine Arts
requirements in Core Curriculum

107

BIOLOGY

Specific Objectives for the Major

The biology faculty works with their majors to help them develop an
understanding and working knowledge of the life phenomenon from the
subcellular through the organismic level. All majors will have the opportunity
to learn about the diversity of living organisms and the significance of these
organisms to the natural ecosystem and to man's economy. All majors will
learn about the human as a model for anatomy, physiology, histology and
embryonic development, as a host of parasites and as a product of organic
evolution. Biology students will also gain an understanding of Hfe on a smaller
scale as they encounter patterns of inheritance, gene action, microbiology, Hfe
at the cellular level and the impact of microorganisms.

Method of Accomplishing Objectives

The student is presumed to have accomplished the general and specific
objectives by satisfactorily completing the courses which constitute the major.
A major in biology consists of the following courses: Biology 1 101-1 102,
2201-2202, 3301-3302, 4401-4402 and Chemistry 1101-1102. The student
may choose from Math 2105 (precalculus). Math 2221 (calculus I), Math 1114
(statistics), and Core 1110 (quantitative reasoning) to satisfy the math
requirement for the Biology Major. Typically a student who starts in Biology
1101 and 1 102 as a freshman will take the Organismic Biology block as a
sophomore, the Human Biology block as a junior and the Cell and Molecular
Biology block as a senior. It is recommended that the student take Biology
1101 and 1 102 as a freshman or sophomore. Students who are preparing for
entrance into graduate school or professional schools may need to take
additional chemistry, math and physics courses as indicated in the Pre-
Professional and Co-operative Programs section of this catalog.

Demonstration of Accomplishment of Objectives

The smdent will demonstrate that he has accomplished the objectives of the
major by passing the departmental exit exam at the 70% level or higher. The
Biology department continues to use the success of its graduates in the job
market and in advanced study as a gauge of the appHcability of its goals and
the success of its students in attaining these goals.

Career Options

Graduates of the College who have majored in biology typically pursue careers
in teaching, pharmacy, medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine or physical
therapy. In addition, many graduates find employment in industry-some in
laboratories, some in management and others in research and development.
Most careers require further formal study in graduate or professional schools.

108

Course Descriptions (BIOL)

BIOL 1101 General Biology I. (4) Fall, Spring

This is the beginning Biology course for majors and non-majors. It is a pre-
requisite to all other biology courses except for Human Anatomy and
Physiology. General Biology deals with the phenomenon of Ufe as is
manifested in all types of Uving organisms. The origin of Ufe, chemistry of
life, cellular and tissue organization, metaboUsm, cell division, genetics, gene
action and functioning of the organ systems are among topics covered in
General Biology. There are no pre-requisites to General Biology I.

BIOL 1102 General Biology n. (4) Spring

This course is a continuation of General Biology I.
Prerequisite: BIOL 1101

BIOL 1148 Human Anatomy and Physiology I. (4) Fall

A study of the structure and function of the human body. Designed for nursing
majors. May be taken as core science requirement and may be substituted for
BIOL 1 101 as a prerequisite to BIOL 2320.
Prerequisite: none

BIOL 1149 Human Anatomy and Physiology H. (4) Spring

A continuation of Human Anatomy and Physiology I.
Prerequisite: none

BIOL 2201 Organismic Biology L (4) Fall

Organismic Biology deals with the organisms, populations and ecosystems as
the targeted level or organization. Organic evolution as a source of diversity of
organisms, schemes of classification of organisms and the biology of the
organisms themselves are the chief targets of this course. Population dynamics
and ecological interactions are also included.
Prerequisites: BIOL 1101 and 1102

BIOL 2202 Organismic Biology H. (4) Spring

This course is a continuation of Organismic Biology I.
Prerequisite: BIOL 2201

BIOL 2320 Medical Microbiology. (4) Spring

A study of human disease caused by pathogenic microbes and helminthes.

Laboratory activities focus on bacteria as model organisms.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1101 and 1 102, or BIOL 1 148 and 1 149

109

BIOL 3301 Human Biology I. (4) Fall

An examination of the human body emphasizing embryology, anatomy,
physiology, histology, neurobiology and evolution. Designed for upper-level
Biology majors.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1101 and 1102

BIOL 3302 Human Biology n. (4) Spring

A continuation of Human Biology I.
Prerequisite: BIOL 3301

BIOL 4401 CeU and Molecular Biology L (4) Fall

A study of moq^hology, physiology, heredity, classification, ecology,
pathology and host defense at the cellular level, with laboratory activities
involving prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Senior status required.
Prerequisite: BIOL 1102

BIOL 4402 CeU and Molecular Biology H. (4) Spring

A continuation of BIOL 4401 .

Prerequisite: BIOL 4401

BIOL 4495 Independent Study/Internship (1-4) On demand

Although not required as part of the biology major nor available as a substitute
for any of the biology major courses, this course provides an opportunity for
students, on an individual basis, to pursue in-depth study of a particular
biology topic or to gain added experience and insight through internship in off-
campus settings.

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor and the Academic Dean

Albany Campus

110

BUSINESS

Introduction

The Business Department of LaGrange College is committed to academic
excellence through degree programs designed to prepare students for a wide
variety of careers in business. The liberal arts education that students receive
at LaGrange College provides the foundation for critical thinking,
communication, and the leadership skills needed for a successful professional
career. The department seeks to enhance the College's hberal arts curriculum
by offering coursework and internship opportunities that give students a
fundamental understanding of business and provide them with the knowledge
and skills needed for effective decision making in a dynamic, global, and
technologically oriented environment.

Objectives

As a hberal arts college, LaGrange College is dedicated to the strengthening of
students' creative, critical, and communicative abiUties. The Business
Department offers several degree programs within this context. While the
primary objective of each of these programs is to support the liberal arts
mission of the institution, each major is designed to provide a different
business emphasis that will complement the liberal arts while at the same time
providing professional preparation in the business discipUnes.

All of the business programs emphasize the global business perspective. As
we move into the 21st Century, fewer and fewer businesses operate completely
within the United States' borders. Today's student must have a global
perspective in order to compete in the international arena. Additionally, each
course also emphasizes ethics in decision-making. As a church-related
institution, LaGrange College is dedicated to graduating students with
character and integrity. The business curricula support those values.

Programs

The following programs are available:

Bachelor of Science (BS) in Accountancy

Bachelor of Science (BS) in Business Management

Minor in Accountancy

Minor in Business Management

Bachelor of Arts (BA) in Business (See separate LC Evening College
Bulletin)

The Bachelors programs are accredited nationally by the Association of
Collegiate Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP).

Ill

Accountancy and Business Management Majors

U possible, students should declare a major in Accountancy or Business
Management during the spring semester of their freshman year. This
early declaration of a major is especially important for students desiring to
pursue the B.S. in Accountancy degree because of the necessary sequencing
of courses prerequisite to the upper level accountancy courses. Business
majors (B.S. in Accountancy and B.S. in Business Management) should note
that the applicable requirements for the major, including required courses,
are those in effect when they declare their major, not those in effect at the
time of their matriculation.

In addition to the course requirements, students pursuing a Bachelor's degree
offered by the Business Department must sit for a comprehensive
Department Assessment Test (DAT).

Program Requirements for the BS in Accountancy

The B.S. in Accountancy gives students the accounting foundation needed
for effective decision making in an organization. Today's accountants must
be able to communicate, synthesize and innovate; they not only provide the
information upon which the business world depends, but also make crucial
decisions and act as trusted advisors. The Accountancy major builds upon
the Uberal arts skill base to give students the business and accounting
knowledge they will need. The student planning to work in the accounting
function will receive the necessary skills and knowledge to pursue the CMA
and CFM professional designations and be prepared for the fifth year of
study for the CPA.

To declare a major in Accountancy the student must have a GPA of
2.50/4.00 or better. Students may declare Accountancy as their major at any
point; however, in order to remain an Accountancy major, they must meet
the following criteria:

1 . Completion of ACCT 2200 and ACCT 2201 with a grade of 'B' or
better.

2. Completion of all other major requirements with a grade of 'C or better.

3. Maintain an overall and major GPA of at least 2.50/4.00.

Exceptions to the above criteria may be made at the discretion of the
Business faculty. Any accountancy major whose overall GPA or major GPA
falls below a 2.50/4.00 will be placed on probation and has one semester in
which to remove the probationary status. Failure to do so will result in being
dismissed from the Accountancy program.

Students pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree in Accountancy must
complete 63 semester credit hours above the general education requirements,
including the following:

112

Two classes from the following three: ACCT 4401, ACCT 4415, ACCT 4440

Accountancy and

Economics, Management,

Math

Finance

and Marketing

and Electives

ACCT 2200

ECON 2200

MATH 1114

ACCT 2201

MGMT3351

Elective

ACCT 3301

MGMT 3370

Elective

ACCT 3302

MGMT 3377

ACCT 3354

MGMT 4440

ACCT 4410

MRKT 3380

ACCT 4430

Business Elective

ACCT 4488

FNCE 3353

Accountancy majors must complete all of the general requirements except
CORE 1110, Quantitative Reasoning. MATH 1 1 14 may substitute for this
requirement.

Students planning to sit for the CPA examination are required by Georgia law
to complete 150 semester credit hours. Although a total of 1 17 hours are
required for a BS degree in Accountancy, it is recommended that for students
pursuing Ucensure as a Certified Public Accountant (CPA), 120 semester hours
be completed in their first four years of study. The Accountancy Program
Director will assist students in determining how they should acquire the final
30 semester hours needed.

Reminder: Students are required to take at least three (3)
Interim courses.

* A total of 117 hours are required for a B,S. degree in Accountancy,

113

Recommended Progression Grid for Accountancy
Majors, business and accounting classes only

Sophomore Year
FaU Semester

Interim

Sophomore Year
Spring Semester

3

ACCT 2200 Acct. for
Decision Makers I

3

ACCT 2201 Acct. for
Decision Makers II

3

ECON 2200 Economic
Principles

3

MGMT 3370 Mgmt. And
Org. Behavior

3

MATH 1114 Statistics

6

Hours

9

Hours

Jwiior Year
Fall Semester

Interim

Junior Year
Spring Semester

3

ACCT 3301 Intermediate
Financial Acct. I.

3

ACCT 3302 Intermediate
Financial Acct. II

3

FNCE 3353 Corporate
Finance

3

ACCT 4410 Tax

3

MGMT 3351 Legal and
Ethical Environment

3

Business Elective

3

MRKT 3380 Principles
of Marketing

3

Elective

12

Hours

12

Hours

Senior Year
Fall Semester

Interim

Senior Year
Spring Semester

3

MGMT 3377 Careers

3

MGMT 4440 Management
Simulation

3

ACCT 4440 AIS

3

ACCT 3354 Fin. Stmt.
Analysis

3

ACCT 4430 Advanced
Accounting

3

ACCT 4401 Auditing

3

Elective

3

ACCT 4488 Research

12

Hours

12

Hours

114

Program Requirements for the BS in Business
Management

The B.S. in Business Management degree program is designed to help
students develop ideals that are ethically sound and socially desirable, cultivate
an awareness of the social, poUtical, and economic developments to which
businesses must adapt, develop sound judgment and effective conmiunication
skills, and develop individual interests and talents. Coursework provides both
the theoretical and practical foundation needed for those entering businesses,
as well as government and not-for-profit organizations. There is sufficient
theoretical and quantitative rigor in this program so that the student will be
well prepared to embark on a professional career.

To declare a major in Business Management the student must have a GPA of
2.50/4.00 or better. To remain a major in good standing, the student must
complete all major requirements with a grade of 'C or better and maintain an
overall GPA of no less than 2.50/4.00.

Exceptions to the above criteria may be made at the discretion of the Business
faculty. Any Business Management major whose overall GPA falls below a
2.50/4.00 will be placed on probation and has one semester in which to remove
the probationary status. Failure to do so will result in being dismissed from the
Business Management program.

Students pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Management must
complete 54 semester credit hours of business coursework (above the general
education requirements) for a total of 108 semester hours. The required
courses for the B.S. in Business Management include the following:

ACCT 2200 ACCT 2201 ECON 2200

MGMT 335 1 FNCE 3354 MGMT 3370

MGMT 3377 MGMT 3385 MGMT 3388

MRKT 3380 MGMT 4440 MATH 1 1 14

MATH 1 1 17 or ENGL 3312 Major Elective

MATH 1121 (or approved elective)

Major Elective Major Elective Elective

Business Management majors must complete all of the general requirements
except CORE 1110, Quantitative Reasoning. Either MATH 1117 or 1121
will be substituted for this requirement.

115

Recommended Progression Grid for Business
Management Majors*

Sophomore Year
Fall Semester

Interim

Sophomore Year
Spring Semester

3

ACCT 2200 Acct. for
Decision Makers I

3

ACCT 2201 Acct. for Deci-
sion Makers II

3

ECON 2200 Economic
Principles

3

MATH 1114 Statistics

6

Hours

6

Hours

Junior Year
Fall Semester

Junior Year
Spring Semester

3

MGMT 3370 Mgmt.
And Org. Behavior

3

FNCE 3354 Business Per-
formance Analysis

3

MRKT 3380 Principles
of Marketing

3

MGMT 3388 Research Meth-
ods

3

MGMT 3351 Legal and
Ethical Environment

3

Elective (in major)

3

MATH 1117 or 1121

9

Hours

12

Hours

Senior Year
Fall Semester

Senior Year
Spring Semester

3

ENGL 3312 Business
Communications

3

Elective (in major)

3

MGMT 3377 Careers

3

MGMT 4440 Management
Simulation

3

MGMT 3385 MIS

3

Elective (in major)

3

Elective

12

Hours

9

Hours

Reminder: Students are required to take at least three (3)

Interim courses.
* A total of 108 hours are required for a B.S. degree in Business
Management,

116

Accountancy and Business Management Minors

Program Requirements for the Minor in Accountancy

The department offers a Minor in Accountancy, which will significantly
increase the employment options of business management majors. With the
accountancy minor, business management majors will develop a deeper
understanding of financial reporting and the use of financial information.

A minor in Accountancy consists of the following 18 hours of coursework:

ACCT 2200
ACCT 2201
ACCT 3301
ACCT 3302
ACCT 4410
FNCE 3353

Courses in the minor must be completed with a grade of 'C or better.

Program Requirements for the Minor in Business Management

A Minor in Business Management is available to any LaGrange College
student, regardless of major. Courses cover the basic functional areas of
business. The minor is designed to help students develop the abihty to
recognize and solve business and organizational problems and understand the
role of business in the community, nation, and the world. Such exposure
should enhance the student's employment opportunities.

A minor in Business Management consists of the following 15 hours
of coursework*:

ACCT 2200
ECON 2200
MRKT 3380
MGMT 3370
MGMT 4440

* Exceptions must be approved by Business Department faculty.
Courses in the minor must be completed with a grade of 'C or better.

Course Descriptions

Note that most courses have prerequisites and, generally, 2200-level courses
are introductory. Prerequisites are shown after the course description.

All major and minor courses must be completed with a grade of 'C or
better. (Note: All B.S. in Accountancy students must complete ACCT
2200 and ACCT 2201 with a grade of 'B' or better.)

117

Accountancy (ACCT)

ACCT 1199 Survey of Accounting Concepts. (3) On demand
A survey course in the principles of accounting for students not majoring in
business or accounting. Topics to be covered include understanding financial
statements, cash reconcihations, budgeting, and decision making. Credit is not
given for both ACCT 1 199 and either ACCT 2200 or ACCT 2201 .

ACCT 2200 Accounting for Decision Makers I. (3) Fall
Focuses on business events and examines these events from both an external
financial reporting perspective and an internal management decision-making
perspective. Provides an introduction to the use of accounting information in
the operation of a business utilizing management simulation software. Projects
faciUtate self-discovery of knowledge and development of a variety of
professional skills and attitudes.

ACCT 2201 Accounting for Decision Makers n. (3) Spring
This course provides an introduction to accounting as a device for reporting
business activity. The underlying principles of accounting are studied, in
addition to the preparation and use of financial statements.
Prerequisite: ACCT 2200

ACCT 3301 Intermediate Financial Accounting I. (3) Fall
Decision-making impUcations of information provided to external stakeholders
including investors, creditors, customers, and regulators, and regulation theory
and practice as appUed to accountancy. Topics include regulation of
accountancy procedures for external reporting, current problems in reporting
financial position, income determination, and an integration of current
professional pronouncements.

Prerequisite: ACCT 2201

ACCT 3302 Intermediate Financial Accounting 11. (3) Spring
Continuation of Intermediate Financial Accounting I.
Prerequisite: ACCT 3301, FNCE 3353

ACCT 3354 Financial Statement Analysis. (3) Spring
This course focuses on the structure and analysis of financial statements
prepared in accordance with US GAAP, providing students with a framework
for using financial statement data in a variety of valuation and business
analysis contexts.

Prerequisites: ACCT 4430

J

118

ACCT 4401 Auditing and Accounting Ethics and Liability. (3) On

demand

This course focuses on the legal and ethical environment in which the
accounting professional practices and in which financial statements are
prepared and presented. Students will consider the conflict between profit
motive and accurate and complete financial reporting, examining the
participation in the financial reporting process by internal accountants, internal
auditors, other business managers, and the independent auditors engaged to
attest to the accuracy and completeness of management's financial statements.
These conflicts will be discussed in relation to the business's responsibility to
employees, investors, and other stakeholders. Traditional auditing practices
will also be studied to determine the efficiency and the effectiveness of such
methods.

Prerequisites: ACCT 3301

ACCT 4410 Federal Income Tax Concepts and Practice. (3) Spring
This course introduces students to U.S. Federal income tax concepts and
principles and the application of such concepts to business operating, investing,
and financing activities. Ethical and legal issues confronting tax practitioners
are discussed throughout the course. Students engage in tax research utilizing
professional databases and gain expertise in technical writing.
Prerequisite: ACCT 3301, FNCE 3353

ACCT 4415 Accounting for Internal Decision Makers. (3) On demand
Decision making implications of information provided to organization
managers. Concepts from economics, statistics, and psychology emphasize the
use of quantitative techniques to manage uncertainty and risk. Topics include
planning and control techniques, construction of static and flexible budgeting,
and product costing mechanisms.
Prerequisite: ACCT 2201

ACCT 4430 Advanced Accounting. (3) Fall
This is an intensive course that integrates the disciplines of accounting,
finance, and taxation with respect to selected complex business transactions.
The first half of this course focuses on the accounting, financial, and tax
principles used to record and evaluate corporate investments. Topics may
include asset and stock acquisitions, purchase accounting, historical cost versus
mark-to market valuation issues, taxable and tax-free reorganizations,
consolidation accounting, and the taxation of consolidated groups. The second
half of this course focuses on the accounting, financial, and tax aspects of
foreign trade and investment by U.S. companies. Topics may include foreign
investment risk, foreign currency transactions and risk management, foreign
statement translation, and international transfer pricing issues.
Prerequisite: ACCT 3302, ACCT 4410

119

ACCT 4430 Advanced Accounting. (3) FaU

This is an intensive course that integrates the disciplines of accounting, finance,
and taxation with respect to selected complex business transactions. The first
half of this course focuses on the accounting, financial, and tax principles used
to record and evaluate corporate investments. Topics may include asset and
stock acquisitions, purchase accounting, historical cost versus mark-to market
valuation issues, taxable and tax-free reorganizations, consoUdation accounting,
and the taxation of consolidated groups. The second half of this course focuses
on the accounting, financial, and tax aspects of foreign trade and investment by
U.S. companies. Topics may include foreign investment risk, foreign currency
transactions and risk management, foreign statement translation, and
international transfer pricing issues.

Prerequisite: ACCT 3302, ACCT 4410

ACCT 4430 Advanced Accounting. (3) Fall

This is an intensive course that integrates the disciplines of accounting, finance,
and taxation with respect to selected complex business transactions. The first
half of this course focuses on the accounting, financial, and tax principles used
to record and evaluate corporate investments. Topics may include asset and
stock acquisitions, purchase accounting, historical cost versus mark-to market
valuation issues, taxable and tax-free reorganizations, consolidation accounting,
and the taxation of consolidated groups. The second half of this course focuses
on the accounting, financial, and tax aspects of foreign trade and investment by
U.S. companies. Topics may include foreign investment risk, foreign currency
transactions and risk management, foreign statement translation, and
international transfer pricing issues.

Prerequisite: ACCT 3302, ACCT 4410

ACCT 4440 Accounting Information Systems. (3) On demand
An introduction to the systems, procedures, and processes management employs
to control operating activities and information reporting systems.
Prerequisite: ACCT 2201

ACCT 4460 Internship in Accounting. (1-3) On demand
This course represents a unique opportunity for a quahfied student to expand
his/her understanding of the practical appUcations of accounting concepts by
entering into a specific "help rendered learning accompUshment" contract with
a cooperating area enterprise. The contract will specifically identify the
student's obligations and duties, the nature and extent of the host enterprise's
commitment to assist the student in further extending his/her knowledge of
enterprise operations, and the basis on which the student's learning
accomplishments will be measured. No more than 6 credit hours may be applied
toward the student's graduation requirements.

Prerequisites: Accountancy major with demonstrated superior

capabihties and prior approval of the contract by the

department faculty

120

I

ACCT 4480 Special Topics in Accounting. (3) On demand
A series of special topic courses will provide students with exposure to issues
and concepts not covered in their regular course work. Most topics will
include work with "real-world" organizations.

Prerequisite: ACCT 2201 and consent of instructor

ACCT 4488 Research and Current Topics in Accounting. (3) Spring
This course provides a conceptual understanding of the accounting process and
the background skills to do research in the authoritative accounting Uterature.
Students will gain proficiency using PARS. Current topics in accounting will
be researched and discussed.

Prerequisite: ACCT 4430

Economics (ECON)

ECON 2200 Principles of Economics. (3) Fall
An introduction to the science of economics and its analytical tools. This
course is devoted to providing the student with a thorough understanding of the
basic principles of a) microeconomics: the study of the economic behavior of
individual households and firms and the determination of factor prices, and b)
macroeconomics: the study of the determination of the aggregate levels of
income, output, employment and prices and the examination of fiscal and
monetary poUcy.

ECON 2201 Principles of Microeconomics. (3) On demand

An introduction to the science of economics and its analytical tools. This

course is devoted to providing the student with a thorough understanding of the

basic principles of microeconomics: the study of the economic behavior of

individual households and firms and the determination of factor prices.

ECON 2202 Principles of Macroeconomics. (3) On demand

A general introduction to determination of the aggregate levels of income,

output, employment and prices and the examination of fiscal and monetary policy.

ECON 3310 Managerial Economics. (3) On demand

Focuses on the use of microeconomic principles using mathematical and

statistical tools to make/analyze business decisions.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200 and MATH 1 1 14 or 1 117

or 1121

ECON 3333 Financial Markets. (3) On demand
An in-depth look at the functions of the international monetary system, the
currency exchange market and the international money and capital markets and
the role these markets play in the firm's financial decisions.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200 and MATH 1 1 14 or
1117 or 1121

121

ECON 4481 Special Topics in Economics. (3) On demand

A series of special topic courses providing the student with exposure to issues

and concepts in economics not covered in other course work.

Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor

Finance (FNCE)

1

FNCE 3353 Corporate Finance. (3) Fall

The first half of this course focuses on various methods used by corporate
managers to evaluate alternative investment opportunities, including
discounted payback, internal rate of return, discounted cash flow and
"economic value added" analyses. The second half of the course focuses on
the methods used to finance corporate investments in assets, including capital
structure, cost of capital, bankruptcy risk, informal workout and Chapter 1 1
reorganization issues. Relevant legal, accounting and tax issues are integrated
throughout the course content.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2201

FNCE 3354 Business Performance Analysis. (3) Spring

A comprehensive survey of the basic tools and models used in contemporary

financial statement analysis.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2201

FNCE 3356 Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures. (3) On demand
This course focuses on analyzing and valuing current and potential investments
with primary emphasis on business acquisitions and divestitures. Students will
prepare Excel spreadsheets utilizing various methods of valuing an on-going
business. Relevant legal, accounting and tax issues are integrated throughout
the course content.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2201

FNCE 3357 Investments. (3) On demand

This course provides students with an introduction to the tools for analyzing
the potential returns and risks of individual securities and how to combine
them efficiently into portfolios. The subject matter will be presented primarily
from the viewpoint of the individual investor. The course will also examine
the market equiUbrium pricing of capital assets, risk-adjusted evaluations of
portfolio performance, the efficiency of the capital allocation process in
security markets, the formulation of investment pohcies and strategies, and
other investment-related topics.

Prerequisites: ECON 2200, FNCE 3353

FNCE 3358 Seminar in Finance I. (1) On demand
A one-hour seminar in fundamental analysis and portfoUo management.
Prerequisite: FNCE 3357 and consent of instructor

122

I

FNCE 3359 Seminar in Finance 11. (1) On demand
A one-hour seminar in fundamental analysis and portfolio management.
Prerequisite: FNCE 3357 and consent of instructor

FNCE 4482 Special Topics in Finance. (3) On demand

A series of special topic courses providing the student with exposure to issues

and concepts in finance not covered in other course work.

Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor

Management (MGMT)

MGMT 2215 Business Fundamentals. (3) On demand
This course is designed to provide a broad overview of fundamental concepts
related to the field of business including the core areas of Accounting,
Economics, Finance, Management, Marketing, and Information Systems. A
variety of historical, ethical, and practical issues relating to business in both the
domestic and international sectors will also be covered.

MGMT 3322 Business Ethics. (3) On demand

A study of current social problems faced by business with particular attention
paid to the background factors giving rise to those problems, various proposed
solutions, and the approach that is currently being followed.

Prerequisites: Senior standing, ACCT 2200, ECON 2200,
MGMT 3370, or consent of instructor

MGMT 3351 Legal and Ethical Environment of Busmess. (3) Fall
This course addresses the legal and ethical implications of business decisions.
Topics may include legal organization, employment, discrimination, contracts,
workplace, safety, product Uability, and antitrust issues. Cost-benefit analysis
will be used as a tool to evaluate business decisions in Ught of existing legal
rules and social responsibiUty.

MGMT 3370 Management and Organizational Behavior. (3) Spring
A study of the science and art of management with special emphasis on
motivating and leading individuals in an organization.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200, or consent of instructor

MGMT 3372 Operations Management. (3) On demand
A study of the appUcation of the science of management in the operations
management environment. Primary emphasis placed on the theories,
principles, and tools that improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the
operations manager.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200, or consent of instructor

123

MGMT 3374 Interpersonal Relations in Organizations. (3) On demand
A study of human interaction in the organization context. Topics to be covered
include self-concept, frames of reference, values and attitudes, barriers and
breakdowns in conmiunications.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200, MGMT 3370, or consent
of instructor

MGMT 3376 Managing Human Resources. (3) On demand
The study of the basic principles and functions of effective personnel
administration and human resource management. Extensive use is made of the
case method of study. Students gain experience looking at personnel
problems, individually and as members of groups.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200, MGMT 3370

MGMT 3377 Career Management (3) Fall, Spring
This course is designed to help guide students through the process of preparing
for a career. Topics to be covered include experiences and activities that
enhance employabiUty, resume preparation and cover and thank you letter
development, identifying skills needed for a job, question and answer
preparation, and effective interviewing techniques.

Prerequisites: declared junior or senior managemait or accountancy major

MGMT 3385 Management Information Systems. (3) Fall
This course is designed for future managers who need to understand and
critically evaluate the role and potential contribution of information technology
for their organizations, and understand and effectively apply various
computerized support systems to make better decisions.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200, or consent of instructor

MGMT 3388 Research Methods. (3) Spring

Focuses on the survey research process and the analysis of data. Covers topics
such as problem definition, research design, sampling techniques,
questionnaire development, data collection methods and data analysis.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2201, ECON 2200, MGMT 3370, MRKT 3380

MGMT 4401 Entrepreneurship. (3) On demand
A study of the application of the science of management to the development
and management of the small business enterprise. Opportunities,
characteristics, and problems with the small business will be evaluated.
Students will be required to develop a business plan for a small business and
when possible students will be given an opportunity to work on special projects
with small businesses in the community. The class requires active
participation by students in and out of the classroom.

Prerequisites: ACCT or FNCE 3354, MGMT 3370, MRKT 3380

124

MGMT 4440 Management Simulation. (3) Spring
This is the capstone course for majors in business. It incorporates the use of a
computer-based simulation in an effort to integrate all of the functional areas of
business into one comprehensive course. Students are required to work in
groups as managers of a simulated company and make the necessary
marketing, finance, economic, accounting, and management decisions to run
their company effectively. The student's grades are a function of individual
and group performance.

Prerequisites: Senior standing, completion of all course requirements
in major, or consent of instructor

MGMT 4460 Internship in Business. (1-3) On demand
This course represents a unique opportunity for a quaUfied student to expand
his/her understanding of the practical applications of enterprise operations by
entering into a specific "help rendered learning accomplishment" contract with
a cooperating area enterprise. The contract will specifically identify the
student's obhgations and duties, the nature and extent of the host enterprise's
commitment to assist the student in further extending his/her knowledge of
enterprise operations, and the basis on which the student's learning
accompHshments will be measured. No more than 6 credit hours may be
apphed toward the smdent's graduation requirements.

Prerequisites: Business major with demonstrated superior capabilities

and prior approval of the internship contract by

department faculty
MGMT 4470 Advanced Research in Business. (1-3) On demand
Research project or paper in business or economics. A student must present a
course description/project proposal in writing to the faculty member chairing
the research for approval by the end of pre-registration during the quarter prior
to enrolUng for the course. No more than 3 credit hours per term and a
maximum of 6 credit hours may be appHed toward the student's graduation
requirements.

Prerequisites: MGMT 3388 and prior approval by department faculty

MGMT 4483 Special Topics in Management. (3) On demand

A series of special topic courses providing smdents with exposure to issues and

concepts not covered in their regular course work.

Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor

125

Marketing (MRKT) ^

MRKT 3380 Principles of Marketing. (3) Fall ^^

An introduction to the important principles of marketing management and the
role of marketing in a contemporary society, in business enterprises and in the
nonprofit organization. Considers the planning, operation and evaluation of
marketing and promotional efforts necessary to the effective marketing of
consumer and industrial offerings.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200

MRKT 3381 Advanced Marketing. (3) On demand
Provides training in marketing decision making. Uses case studies simulating
actual business settings to help students develop analytical abihties and
sharpen their communication skills. Covers topics that range from techniques
used to analyze a market to the development of a total marketing strategy.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ACCT 2201, ECON 2200, MRKT 3380

MRKT 4484 Special Topics in Marketing. (3) On demand

A series of special topic courses providing students with exposure to issues and

concepts not covered in their regular course work.

Prerequisites: Senior standing, MRKT 3380, and consent of instructor

126

CHEMISTRY

Introduction

Chemistry is often referred to as the central science, because chemical concepts
are used throughout the other sciences. Therefore, in addition to being a major
in its own right, the study of chemistry is a part of many curricula. The
Chemistry Department focuses its introductory chemistry course as an element
in a liberal education, a service to other departments and the beginning of a
comprehensive study of chemistry. The department offers B.A. and B.S.
majors as well as a minor which can lead to a variety of future occupations.
Students with a major in chemistry have gone on to traditional pursuits such as
graduate school in chemistry or biochemistry, pharmacy, medical school and
law school (patent law and corporate law), as well as becoming laboratory
technicians and salespersons for chemistry and related industries.

The B.A. degree offers a broad background in chemistry while allowing ample
time for extensive coursework in other fields. The B.A. is appropriate for
those interested in one of the medical or law-related professions, teaching, or
for students desiring the broadest possible education with an emphasis in
natural science. The B.S. program is designed for those going on to graduate
school in a chemically related field (chemistry, biochemistry, molecular
biology, chemical physics, environmental science, or forensics) or those
seeking employment as chemists after graduation. The B.S. degree is generally
more highly valued at professional schools because entrance standards are
high. While the B.S. degree is more demanding of a student's time, there is
sufficient time for electives outside the sciences.

Objectives

The specific objectives for the respective degrees are as follows:

The Bachelor of Science Degree

Students who earn the B.S. degree with a major in chemistry will be
appropriately competent in the following areas:

Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding

The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical and graphical
presentation of chemical concepts

EquiUbria and stoichiometry

Periodic Relationships

Thermochemistry

Chemistry laboratory skills, including data organization and analysis

t Recognition, structure and reactivity of the major organic functional groups

127

Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds by
physical and instrumental methods

Volumetric and gravimetric analytical theory and practice

Analytical instrumentation theory and practice

Thermodynamics

Chemical dynamics

Quantum mechanics and spectroscopy

Either advanced inorganic chemistry, advanced organic chemistry, or
biochemistry

Knowledge of the research process in chemistry

Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following Bachelor of
Science curriculum in chemistry:

General Chemistry 1101, 1102 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry 2201, 2202 8 semester hours

Analytical Chemistry 225 1 4 semester hours

Physical Chemistry 3301, 3302, 3303L 8 semester hours

Junior Seminar, Chemistry 3371 1 semester hour

Senior Seminar, Chemistry 4471 2 semester hours

Instrumental Analysis 445 1 4 semester hours

Chemistry Elective (3000 or 4000 level) 4 semester hours

Additionally, a research experience is required. This should be taken between
the junior and senior years or during the first semester of the senior year. This
may be done on campus, in industry, or in a research university summer
program. Students may elect to earn 4900 credit for this required activity.
Supporting required courses include the following:

Mathematics 222 1 , 2222 8 semester hours

Physics 1121, 11 22 8 semester hours

Library 4500 2 semester hours

A Computer Science programming course 3 semester hours

The scheduUng of the B.S. curriculum is important. To be prepared to take the
physical chemistry sequence, students should take calculus during the freshman
year and physics during the sophomore year. It is highly recommended that
students take general chemistry during their freshman year.

128

The following would be a typical sequence of courses for the B.S. chemistry
degree:

First Year
Second Year

Third Year

Fourth Year

FaU

CHEMllOl
MATH 2221

CHEM 2201
PHYS 1121

CHEM 3301

LIBR 4500

Computer Progranmiing

Chemistry Elective or

Spring

CHEM 1102
MATH 2222

CHEM 2202
PHYS 1122

CHEM 3302, 3303L
CHEM 3371

CHEM 4451
CHEM 4471
Chemistry Elective

Students who earn the B.S. degree will have demonstrated their attainment of
the specific objectives by appropriate scores on the cun^ent American Chemical
Society (ACS) Examinations on the following three topics: General, Organic,
and Physical. The students will additionally attain an appropriate score from
one of the following examinations: Analytical, Instrumental, Inorganic, or
Biochemistry. The passing score will be at or above the 40'^ percentile of the
national norms for these exams or at an appropriate level, as determined by the
Chemistry Department, based on the accumulated data of the performance of
LaGrange College students on these exams. The results which are in the best
interest of the students will be used. These exams will be given at the end of
the appropriate courses and will be offered to students up to three additional
times prior to the time of the student's scheduled graduation. The student must
attempt a retest at least once a semester until successful completion of the
exam. In the event that a student needs to repeat an exam for the second, third,
or final time, evidence of preparation must be presented. Reexamination
cannot be scheduled earlier than two weeks following a previous examination.

The Bachelor of Arts-Chemistry

Students who earn the B.A. degree with a major in chemistry will be
appropriately competent in the following areas:

Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding

The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical, and graphical
presentation of chemical concepts

Equilibria and stoichiometry

Periodic relationships

Thermochemistry

Chemistry laboratory skills, including data organization and analysis

Recognition, structure and reactivity of the major organic functional groups

129

Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds by
physical and instrumental methods

Either advanced inorganic chemistry, advanced organic chemistry, or
biochemistry

Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following courses required

for the Bachelor of Arts curriculum in chemistry:

General Chemistry 1101, 11 02 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry 2201, 2202 8 semester hours

Analytical Chemistry 225 1 4 semester hours

Physical Chemistry 3301 3 semester hours

Junior Seminar, Chemistry 3371 1 semester hour

Senior Seminar, Chemistry 4471 2 semester hours

Chemistry Elective 4 semester hours
Required supporting courses include the following:

Physics 1 101, 1 102 or 1121, 1 122 8 semester hours

Math 1 121 or 2221 3 or 4 semester hours

Library 4500 2 semester hours

The scheduUng of the courses for the B.A. in chemistry can be flexible. The
following is a proposed sequence to fulfill the requirements for the major.

First Year

Fall

MATH 2105

Spring

MATH 1121

Second Year

CHEMllOl

CHEM 1102

Third Year

CHEM 2201

CHEM 2202

PHYS 1101

PHYS 1102
CHEM 3371

Fourth Year

CHEM 3301
ITRR 4500

CHEM 4471
CHEM 2251

Chemistry Elective or Chemistry Elective

Students who earn the B.A. degree will have demonstrated their attainment of
the specific objectives by appropriate scores on the current American Chemical
Society (ACS) Exams for (1) General Chemistry and (2) Organic Chemistry.
The passing score will be at or above the 40* percentile of the national norms
for these exams or at an appropriate level, as determined by the Chemistry
Department, based on the accumulated data of the performance of LaGrange
College students on these exams. The results which are in the best interest of
the students will be used. These exams will be given at the end of the
appropriate courses and will be offered to students up to three additional times
prior to the time of the smdent's scheduled graduation. The smdent must

130

attempt a retest at least once a semester until successful completion of the
exam. In the event that a student needs to repeat an exam for the second, third,
or final time, evidence of preparation must be presented. Reexamination
cannot be scheduled earlier than two weeks following a previous examination

The Bachelor of Arts-Biochemistry

Students who earn the B.A. with a major in biochemistry will be appropriately
competent in the following areas:

Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding

The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical, and graphical
presentation of chemical concepts

Equihbria and stoichiometry

Periodic relationships

Thermochemistry

Physical measurements of chemical systems

Chemistry laboratory skills, including data organization and analysis

Recognition, structure and reactivity of the major organic functional groups

Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds by
physical and instrumental methods

In-depth study of biological molecules and metaboUsm

Techniques of biotechnology

Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following courses required
for the Bachelor of Arts-Biochemistry:

General Chemistry 1101, 11 02 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry 2201, 2202 8 semester hours

Physical Chemistry 3301 3 semester hours

Junior Seminar, Chemistry 3371 1 semester hour

Biochemistry, Chemistry 4421, 4422 8 semester hours

Senior Seminar, Chemistry 4471 2 semester hours

Math 1 1 14 or 1 121 3 semester hours

Physics 1101, 11 02 8 semester hours

Library 4500 2 semester hours

Suggested but not required Biology 8 semester hours

Students who earn the B.A. with a major in biochemistry will have
demonstrated the attainment of the specific objectives by appropriate scores on
the current American Chemical Society (ACS) Exams for (1) General
Chemistry, (2) Organic Chemistry and/or (3) Biochemistry. The passing score
will be at or above the 40* percentile of the national norms for these exams or

131

at an appropriate level, as determined by the Chemistry Department, based on
the accumulated data of the performance of LaGrange College students on
these exams. The results, which are in the best interest of the students will be
used. These exams will be given at the end of the appropriate courses and will
be offered to students up to three additional times prior to the time of the
student's scheduled graduation. The student must attempt a retest at least once
a semester until successful completion of the exam. In the event that a student
needs to repeat an exam for the second, third, or final time, evidence of
preparation must be presented. Reexamination cannot be scheduled earlier
than two weeks following a previous examination.

The scheduling for the B.A. degree in biochemistry is also flexible. The
following is a proposed schedule to meet the requirements for the degree.
This degree provides a flexible yet strong program for the pre-health
professional requirements.

First Year
Second Year
Third Year

Fourth Year

Fall

CHEMUOl

CHEM 2201
PHYS 1101

CHEM 3301
CHEM 4421
LffiR 4500

Spring

MATH 1121 or MATH 1114

CHEM 1102

CHEM 2202
PHYS 1102
CHEM 3371

CHEM 4422
CHEM 4471

A suggested schedule to meet the Pre Health Professional Requirements and
earn a B.A. degree in biochemistry is the following:

First Year

Second Year

Third Year

Fourth Year

Fall

CHEM 1101
BIOL 1101

CHEM 2201
PHYS 1101
MATH

BIOL 4321
CHEM 3301

LIBR 4500
CHEM 4421

Spring

CHEM 1102
BIOL 1102

CHEM 2202
PHYS 1102
MATH

BIOL 4322
CHEM 3371
MCAT, PCAT,
VCAT, DAT, etc.

CHEM 4471
CHEM 4422

The 4000 series Biology and Chemistry could be switched during the third and
fourth year depending on the interest of the student.

132

Declaration of Major

Before declaring a major in chemistry, a student must successfully (C or better)
complete the introductory sequence (CHEM 11 01, 1102). A student may
declare a major after one term of chemistry with permission of the chair of
the department.

Minor

A minor in chemistry shall consist of CHEM 1 1 01 , 1 1 02, 2201 , 2202 and
two additional chemistry courses from the following: CHEM 2251, 3301,
3302, 442 1 , 4422, 443 1 , 445 1 . Smdents must demonstrate proficiency in
general chemistry by passing the ACS General Chemistry Examination as
stated above.

Chemistry Awards

The CRC Freshman Chemistry Award is awarded annually on Honors Day to
the student with the most outstanding achievement in the CHEM 1 101, 1 102
General Chemistry sequence.

A.M. Hicks Award for outstanding achievement in organic chemistry, is
awarded annually on Honors Day to the student taking organic chemistry who
has attained the most outstanding record. The award is made in honor of Dr.
A. M. Hicks who was a long time faculty member and chair of the department.

Course Descriptions (CHEM)

Chemistry is a laboratory science and the department views the laboratory
experience as an essential component of those courses with an associated
laboratory. Consequently, students must achieve a passing grade in both the
lecture and laboratory portions of the course to obtain a passing grade in
the course.

CHEM 1101 General Chemistry L (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) FaU

A study of the foundations of chemistry including stoichiometry, atomic
structure and periodicity, molecular structure and bonding models, and
thermochemistry.

Prerequisite: MATH 1 101 or placement in 2105 or higher.

CHEM 1102 GiieralCheiiiistayIL(3hrs.lec,31irs.Iabperwed) (4)Spring
A continuation of CHEM 1 101; a study of the gas, Uquid, and sohd phases,
chemical thermodynamics, kinetics, equiUbria, acid/base equihbria, oxidation-
reduction reactions and electrochemistry.

Prerequisites: CHEM 1101,MATH 1101 ot placement in 2105 or higha".

133

CHEM2201 Orgaiikaii]istiyL(3hrs.kc^3hrs.labperwed() (4) FaU

A study of the fundamentals of organic chemistry with respect to the bonding,
structure, nomenclature and reactivity of various classes of organic compounds
including aromatic compounds.

Prerequisite: CHEM 1102

CHEM2202 (>gankaiaiiistryIL(3hrs.kc^3hrs.labperwedi) (4)Sping
A continuation of CHEM 2201 including spectroscopy, synthesis, carbonyls,
and biomolecules.

Prerequisite: CHEM 2201

CHEM 2251 Ai]alytkaiaiai]istiy(3hr&lec^3hrs.labperwed^) (4)FaU
A study of the theory and practice of volumetric and gravimetric quantitative
analysis, chemical equilibrium, and acid/base chemistry.
Prerequisite: CHEM 1102

CHEM 3301 Physical Chemistry I. (3 hrs. lee. per week) (3) Fall
An overview of thermodynamics, dynamics and quantum chemistry.

Prerequisites: CHEM 2202 or permission of instructor, MATH 1114
or MATH 2105 or placement in MATH 2221

CHEM 3302 Physical Chemistry H. (3 hrs. lee per week) (3) Spring
Selected topics in thermodynamics, dynamics and quantum mechanics will be
studied in additional depth. Statistical mechanics will be introduced.
AppUcation of mathematics at the calculus level will be appUed to these topics.
Prerequisites: CHEM 3301 and MATH 2222 or MATH 1 121

CHEM 3303L Physical Chmiistry Laboratoiy (6 hrs. lab per week) (2) Spring
Laboratory techniques in physical chemistry will be apphed to
thermodynamics, dynamics and quantum chemistry.
Pre- or co-requisite: CHEM 3302

CHEM 3371 Junior Seminar (1 hr class per week) (1) Spring
A course that acquaints the student with the chemical hterature as well as
presentation and discussion of scientific data and information. In addition,
students will explore career opportunities, prepare a portfoho, and develop
career plans. Note: Course is graded on a pass/no credit basis.
Prerequisite: Junior standing

CHEM 4421 Biochemistry I (3 hrs. lee., 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall
An introductory course in the principles of biochemistry, with emphasis on the
structure and function of biomolecules, membrane structure and function and
an introduction to metabohsm and bioenergetics.

Prerequisite: CHEM 2202 or permission of instructor.

134

CHEM 4422 Biodi^nistry 11 (3 hrs. lec^ 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring
A continuation of CHEM 4421 with emphasis on cellular metaboUsm,
fundamentals of molecular genetics, and current topics in biochemistry.
Prerequisite: CHEM 4421

CHEM 4431 Inorganic (3 hrs. lee. per week) (3) On demand
An in-depth examination of atomic and molecular structure. Symmetry
concepts are introduced and used.

Prerequisite: CHEM 3301 or consent of the instructor.

CHEM 445 1 Instrumental Analysis (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring
A study of instrumentation and advanced analytical techniques.
Prerequisite: CHEM 3301 or permission of instructor

CHEM 4471 Senior Seminar. (1 hr. class per week) (2) Spring
A capstone course which is thematic. Emphasis is on integration of the
student's experience in chemistry and the presentation of chemical literature in
seminar and written form.

Prerequisite: Senior standing

CHEM 4800 Special Topics. (1-4 hours) On demand

A special topics course that may be designed to provide the student with

exposure to topics and concepts not covered in the regular course offerings.

CHEM 4900 Independent Study.

This course can vary and may be used to satisfy the research requirement for
the B.S. major and provide research experience for B.A. majors.

Going up to the Hill

135

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Introduction

1

The Computer Science Department at LaGrange College has several goals.
With the goal of computer Uteracy for our general student population, courses
are offered to acquaint students with microcomputer appUcations and
networks. For students who want further smdy in computer science, the
following options are available:

A minor in computer science

B. A. degree in computer science

B. A. degree in computer science with a concentration in business

B. S. degree in computer science

Objectives

Graduates from the B.A. and B.S. degree programs at LaGrange College
should be able to do each of the following:

Write programs in a reasonable amount of time that work correctly, are well
documented, and are readable.

Determine whether or not they have written a reasonably efficient and well-
organized program.

Know which general types of problems are amenable to computer solution
and the various tools necessary for solving such problems.

Assess the imphcations of work performed either as an individual or as a
member of a team.

Understand basic computer architectures.

Pursue in-depth training in one or more appUcation areas or further
education in computer science.

In addition, students in the B. S. degree program should be able to do research,
be able to convey technical ideas in a clear writing style, and have the
mathematical background necessary for scientific problem-solving. Students
in the B.A. degree program with a concentration in business should have the
knowledge of the functional areas of business necessary for working in that
environment.

In order to be a major in computer science, a student must maintain a GPA of
2.25 or better. Students pursuing a B.S. degree must have a 3.0 average in
those courses required for the major. All of the 1000-level or above courses in
computer science, mathematics, and business that are required for the B.A. or
B.S. degree or the minor must be completed with a grade of C or better.

136

The computer science curriculum at LaGrange College is based of the
recommendations of the A.C.M. (Association for Computing Machinery). In
addition, our students have the opportunity to take courses that will make them
more attractive in the job market. These courses include programming
languages (such as C++, COBOL, Visual Basic, and Java), PC support and
troubleshooting (including an A+ course), database administration (Oracle),
network administration (Windows NT), and web programming (including
JavaScript, Peri, CGI, HTML, DHTML, XML, CSS, and Macromedia
apphcations).

The accomphshment of these objectives will be demonstrated by the following:

1. Satisfactory performance on a programming test. This test will be based
on the concepts learned in CSCI 1990 and 2990 and must be taken at the
end of the semester in which the student completes CSCI 2990. The test
will be offered once at the end of every semester in which CSCI 2990 is
offered. The test must be satisfactorily completed by the end of the
semester in which the student reaches senior status, but under no
circumstances will a student be allowed to take the test more than four
times prior to and including that semester. If the test has not been
completed satisfactorily by that time, the student will not be allowed to
continue in either the B.A. or the B. S. degree programs in computer science.

2. Satisfactory performance by the student in delivering a presentation at a
regularly scheduled Computer Science Department seminar. This
presentation will be developed with the approval of and possible input
from the computer science faculty. If the student does not arrive at the
scheduled time for the seminar or does not perform satisfactorily in the
seminar, the department reserves the right to impose additional
requirements to substitute for the seminar. A student who fails to fulfill
these requirements will not be allowed to graduate.

3. Satisfactory completion of an assessment portfolio to be kept on each
computer science major. The purpose of this portfolio will be to aid in
assessing the professional development of each student and the growth of
the student's progranmiing skills as the student progresses through the
computer science curriculum. Each portfoUo will include the programming
test described in item (1) above, a program selected by the instructor from
CSCI 3250, three additional examples of the student's work, a copy of the
student's resume, material from the departmental seminar presentation
made by the student and described in item (2), a copy of the student's web
page, and a personal information sheet (including forwarding address and
phone number, e-mail address, and plans after graduation). The three
examples of the student's work mentioned above must be approved for
inclusion by faculty consensus. Maintaining the portfoUo is the
responsibiUty of the student. Additional information about the portfolio is
available from the department.

137

4. Attendance at Computer Science Department seminars. Each student will
be required to attend at least 50% of these seminars each semester. A
student who fails to attend 50% of the seminars will be required to submit
a short written report for each seminar under the 50% missed. Details
concerning such written reports are available from the department. Failure
to attend 50% of the seminars and submit such reports will result in the
student not being certified as a computer science graduate.

Career Opportunities

Students who complete the computer science major have a wide range of
employment opportunities. These include positions in programming, PC
support and troubleshooting, database administration, network administration,
and web programming. Graduates of the computer science degree program at
LaGrange College have secured positions as I.T. department managers, I.T.
security specialists, systems analysts, database administrators, webmasters,
web designers, PC support speciahsts, as well as other positions. Companies
employing these graduates include Milliken and Co., Interface, Duracell,
Hitachi, Walt Disney World (I.T. security), Chick-Fil-A (I.T. department),
WestPoint Stevens, Total Systems Services, BellSouth, Texas Instruments,
General Motors, and others.

In addition, a number of graduates have gone on to graduate school in areas
such as computer science, computer engineering, electrical engineering, and
management information systems.

Course Requirements

Core requirements for all students pursuing a minor, B.A., or B.S. in
Computer Science (12 semester hours):

CSCI 1990

CSCI 2990

One of the following: CSCI 2500 or 2850

CSCI 3000

Requirements for the minor in Computer Science (6 additional hours):

Two additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above

Requirements for the B.A. Degree (30 additional hours):

CSCI 3050 CSCI 3250

CSCI 3700 CSCI 3990

Four additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above

MATH 1114 MATH 1121

138

Requirements for the B.A. with a concentration in Business (39 additional
Hours):

CSCI 3990

Five additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above

MATH 1114

MATH 1121
The five courses required for a minor in business management: ACCT 2200;
ECON 2200, MGMT 3370, MRKT 3380, and MGMT 4440

Requirements for the B.S. Degree (41 additional hours):

CSCI 3050

CSCI 3250

CSCI 3990

CSCI 4100

CSCI 4250

CSCI 4900

Four additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above

MATH 1114

MATH 2221

MATH 2222

PHYS 1 101/1 102 or 1 121/1 122 required as the laboratory science

courses in the Core Program

Course Descriptions (CSCI)

CSCI 1610 Introduction to Editing and System Languages. (2) On demand

This course is designed to assist and familiarize the student with the UNIX
operating system. The course is designed for computer science students and
for those who need to learn a UNIX-Uke operating system.

CSCI 1630 Introduction to Microcomputers. (2) On demand

This course is designed to assist and familiarize the student with the operation
of a personal computer. The course covers personal computer applications
such as word processors and spreadsheets. It also briefly covers how to
use the Internet.

CSCI 1700 Microsoft OfiBce and Information Systems. (3) On demand

An introduction to information systems software. Microsoft Office
Professional will be the primary software utiUzed.

CSCI 1990 Introduction to Algorithmic Design. (3) Fall, Spring

Problem solving and algorithmic design using the language Java. Structured
progranmiing concepts, debugging and testing documentation.

139

CSCI 2050 PC Maintenance and Troubleshooting. (3) Fall Semester

in even-numbered years
A study of basic computer hardware, how to install hardware components, and
how to diagnose hardware problems. In addition, the course will include a
study of the basics of Windows and DOS necessary for maintaining computer
hardware. The course is designed to begin to prepare students for A+
certification, as well as for the benefit of those who just wish to upgrade and
diagnose hardware and operating system problems on their own computers.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1630 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 2500 Visual Basic (3) Fall Semester in odd-numbered years
The smdy of Visual Basic, an event-driven (as opposed to procedural) language.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990or consent of instructor.

CSCI 2850 COBOL Programming I. (3) Fall Semester in even-

numbered years
The study of COBOL, a language used primarily in business data processing
appUcations. Emphasis on information retrieval problems. Team project
required.

Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 2860 COBOL Programming 11. (3) On demand

Advanced programming concepts with a strong emphasis on ISAM files and
interactive programming.
Prerequisite: CSCI 2850

CSCI 2900 Advanced Java Programming. (3) Spring Semester

in odd-numbered years
The study of Java, an object-oriented language that is designed to faciUtate
Internet-based applications.

Prerequisite: CSCI 1990or consent of instructor.

CSCI 2990 Algorithmic Design. (3) Spring

A continuation of CSCI 1990. Further development of techniques in Java for
program design, program style, debugging and testing, especially for larger
programs. Introduction to algorithmic analysis. Introduction to the basic
aspects of string processing, recursion, internal search/sort methods, and
simple data structures.

Prerequisite: CSCI 1990

CSCI 3000 Introduction to Computer Systems. (3) Spring

Computer structure and machine language, assembly language programming.
Addressing techniques, macros, file I/O, program segmentation and linkage,
assembler construction, and interpretive routines.

140

CSCI 3050 Introduction to Computer Organization. (3) Spring

Basic logic design, coding, number representation and arithmetic, computer
architecture, and computer software.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990

CSCI 3150 Introduction to File Processing. (3) On demand

Concept of I/O management (fields, keys, records, and buffering). File
organization, file operations, and data structures. Time and storage space
requirements. Data security and integrity.

Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or 3250 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 3250 Data Structures. (3) Fall

Review of basic data structures such as stacks, queues, lists, and trees. Graphs

and their appUcations. Internal and external searching and sorting. Memory

management.

Prerequisite: CSCI 2990 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 3310 Organization of Progranuning Languages. (3) Spring

semester in odd-numbered years
An introduction to the structure of programming languages. Language
definition structure, data types and structures, control structures and data flow.
Run-time considCTation, interpretative languages, lexical analysis and parsing.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 3350 Digital Computer Architecture. (3) On demand

Structures for the central computer are studied; arithmetic logic units, machine
language features, information transfer, memory hierarchy, channels, etc.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3050

CSCI 3400 Computer Networks L (3) Fall SemestCT in odd-numbered years

An introduction to the Computer NetWare Administration (CNA) using
NetWare 4.x. It includes an in-depth study of the NetWare Directory Services
(NDS). Also covered will be NetWare installation and management, the
NetWare 4 file system and printing. The material covered represents
essentially that suggested by Novell for its CNA certification.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 3450 Computer Networks II. (3) Spring Semester in even-

numbered years.
A continuation of CSCI 3400 including Windows NT.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3400

CSCI 3500 Web Programming. (3) Fall

The study and practice of the planning, construction, and programming of web
pages. Graphics, sound, video, and animation will also be discussed.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor.

141

i

CSCI 3700 Discrete Mathematical Structures in Computer Science

(3) Spring Semester in even-numbered years
An introduction to the mathematical tools for use in computer science. These
include sets, relations, and elementary counting techniques. Algebra and
algorithms, graphs, monoids and machines, lattices and Boolean algebras,
groups and combinatorics, logic and languages will also be involved.
Prerequisites: MATH 1121, 2221, or consent of instructor.

CSCI 3990 Object-Oriented Programming. (3) Fall Semester in odd-

numbered years
Object-oriented programming and design in the language Java.
Prerequisites: CSCI 1990 and 2990.

CSCI 4050 Database Management Systems Design. (3) Fall Semester

in even-numbered years
Introduction to database concepts using SQL and Oracle. Data models,
normaUzation, data description languages, query facilities. File organization,
index organization, file security, and data integrity and rehabiUty.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990

CSCI 4100 Numerical Methods. (3) Spring Semester in odd-

numbered years
Introduction to numerical analysis with computer solution. Taylor series, finite
difference calculus, interpolation, roots of equations, solutions of linear
systems of equations, matrix inversion, least-squares, numerical integration.
Prerequisites: MATH 1121, 222 1 , or consent of instructor

CSCI 4150 Advanced Program Design. (3) On demand

A formal approach to techniques in software design and development.
Includes structured programming concepts, organization and management of
software development. A large-scale software project will be developed by
students working in teams.

Prerequisite: CSCI 3250

CSCI 4200 Theory of Programming Languages. (3) On demand

Review of grammars, languages, and their syntax and semantics. Scanners,
parsers, and translation.

Prerequisite: CSCI 3310

CSCI 4250 Algorithms. (3) Spring Semester in even-numbered years

A smdy of problems and their algorithmic solution. Algorithms will be chosen
from areas such as combinatorics, numerical analysis, systems programming,
and artificial intelhgence. Domain independent techniques will also be
included.

Prerequisite: CSCI 3250

1

142

CSCI4300 Con[q)iiter Graphics. (3) Fall Semester in even-numbered years

An overview of graphical concepts and applications on the computer. These
include programming graphics, graphical manipulation software, animation,
web graphics, and graphics in multimedia presentations.

Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or consent of instructor

CSCI4500 Operating Systems. (3) Fall Semester in odd-numbered years

A course in systems software that is largely concerned with operating systems.
Such topics as process management, device management, and memory
management are discussed, as are relevant issues associated with security and
protection, networking, and distributed operating systems.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 4510 - 4520 - 4530 Special Topics. (3) On demand

This series of courses will provide the student with material not covered in the
courses above. Topics such as telecommunications, microcomputer
interfacing, artificial intelUgence, automata theory, survey of modem
languages, fourth-generation languages, operating systems, and object-oriented
design will be covered.

Prerequisite: Determined by topic.

CSCI 4700 Research in Computer Science. (1-3) On demand

Research project or paper in computer science. Designed for those students
who need it to fulfill a research component of the B. S. degree in computer
science. Student must present a course description in writing to the department
chairman to be approved by the end of pre-registration during the semester
prior to enrolling for the course.

CSCI 4900 Formal Languages. (3) Spring Semester in even-numbered years.

An introduction to the basic theoretical models of computabihty. Finite
automata, Turing machines, computabihty, decidabiUty, and Godel's
incompleteness theorem.

Prerequisite: CSCI 3250, 3310, or 3700

CSCI 4950 Independent Study. (3) On demand

143

CORE PROGRAM CURRICULUM

The goals and curriculum of the Core Program in the Liberal Arts have been
described previously. The specific objectives of this program are to:

Instill critical thinking skills.

Develop effective communication skills, including use of written, oral,
creative, and technological tools and skills.

Develop effective computational, scientific, and quantitative reasoning
abiUties.

Use knowledge about the humanities as well as the social behavioral
sciences to interpret and evaluate information.

Understand the Christian influences on ethical behavior.

Encourage active involvement in one's community and its concerns.

Develop an appreciation for the fine arts.

Understand the influences on one's physical, emotional, and spiritual
development.

Course Descriptions (CORE)

CORE 1101 Freshman Cornerstone I. (3)

A course designed to enhance the valuing and decision-making processes
emphasizing Christian influences on ethical behavior. Students use skills of
comparison, contrast, analysis, and synthesis of multiple perspectives as they
examine an issue of common concern. The course emphasizes active learning,
small group problem solving, and service learning, including reflection on
these experiences.

CORE 1102 Freshman Cornerstone Laboratory 11. (1)

A laboratory experience designed to identify and enhance students' abiUties.

Assessment of abiUties as well as sessions on study skills, career counseUng,

computer skill, Ubrary skills, etc. are offered to maximize students' success.

NOTE: Course is graded on a PASS/NO CREDIT basis.

CORE 1110 Quantitative Reasoning. (3)

Mathematical techniques and computer methods will be used in the
development of quantitative reasoning skills. This course focuses on
answering questions and solving problems that require quantitative reasoning.
These techniques and methods will be examined in the context of examples
taken from the social sciences, business, economics and other discipUnes. The
appUcations of spreadsheets, graphing and statistical methods will be used.

Prerequisite: MATH 1 101 or higher; declaration of major.

144

CORE 2000 Dimensions of Well Being. (3)

A course designed to increase students' understanding of the interrelationships
among the physical, intellectual, emotional, and spiritual dimensions of well
being. Individual assessments and evaluation of these abilities in addition to
reading, analysis, and discussion of research findings from various sources are
central to this course.

CORE 2001 Humanities I. (3)

This course is the first of a two-course sequence focusing on our cultural
heritage with an emphasis on the impact of the Judeo-Christian tradition as it
relates to all knowledge. The period from the emergence of human history to
1660 is covered in this course. Students confront primary and secondary
source materials to gain an historical consciousness.
Prerequisites: ENGL 1101, 1102.

CORE 2002 Humanities n. (3)

This course is the second of a two-course sequence focusing on our cultural
heritage with an emphasis on the impact of the Judeo-Christian tradition as it
relates to all knowledge. The period from 1660 to the present is covered in this
course. Students confront primary and secondary source materials to gain an
historical consciousness.

Prerequisite: CORE 2001.

CORE 3001 The American Experience. (3)

This course provides an understanding of the unique American identity,
particularly from the social and behavioral science perspectives. The
American Experience enables students to understand the forces that have given
rise to the American RepubUc, articulate the basic concepts of American civil
discourse, understand the benefits and limitations of a market-based economic
system, and confront the perspectives conveyed through selected works of
American culture.

Prerequisites: CORE 2001 and CORE 2002.

Margaret Adger Pitts Dining Hall

145

EDUCATION

Introduction

TOfl

;i

The Department of Education offers a wide range of programs: Bachelor
Arts programs at the Early Childhood (preK - 5 th) and Middle Grades (4
S^) levels; a Master of Arts in Teaching program at the High School (7*- 12**")
and Middle Grades level; a post-baccalaureate certification program; and the
Master of Education in Curriculum and Instruction program for those who
already have a teaching certificate.

The education curriculum at LaGrange College serves four basic purposes:

1 . to provide for the development of those professional understandings and
abiUties which are essential for the teaching profession.

2. to provide planned and carefully guided sequences of field experiences
(this requires that all students meet with their advisors before making any
work plans).

3. to provide initial preparation programs in Early Childhood and Middle
Grades education at the undergraduate level (and a Master of Arts in
Teaching initial preparation program for middle and high school grades
which are fully accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and
Schools and the Georgia Professional Standards Commission.

4. to provide a program for certified teachers that leads to the Master of
Education degree in Curriculum and Instruction.

Teacher Certification

The education department offers a variety of programs that are approved by the
Georgia Professional Standards Conmiission and lead to certification in
Georgia. Students desiring to be certified upon completion of their programs
should plan to work closely with their advisors since certification requirements
are subject to change.

Upon successful completion of approved initial preparation programs in Early
Childhood, Middle Grades, and Secondary programs and quaUfying scores on
the Praxis exam requirements, students are ehgible to receive Initial Clear
Renewable Certificates.

Admission to Undergraduate Teacher Education

The following are required for entrance into an undergraduate program:

Praxis I requirement or exemption

EDUC 1 199 - Foundations of Education (grade of "C" or better)

Completion of core curriculum

GPA of 2.5 or better

146

I

Submission of application to program with recommendation from EDUC
1 1 99 professor and current advisor

Background check to ensure that no criminal record or discharge from the
armed services would prevent teacher certification

Successful interview with Education faculty

After interviewing with education faculty, students may be admitted
conditionally if the results of the Praxis examination are pending, or if one of
the other criteria falls marginally short of the minimum requirements. The
student has one semester in which to remove the conditional status. Failure to
do so will result in being dropped from the teacher education program.
Admissions requirements are listed in the Education Department
Student Handbook.

All Education pre-service teachers have extensive field experiences each
semester. They are in schools for a minimum of 7 hours each week prior to
smdent teaching. Student teaching takes place in Troup County.

Core Program Requirements

All students planning to complete approved programs of Teacher Education
must complete the Core program requirements with a minimum of 12 semester
hours in the humanities, 6 semester hours in natural sciences, and 6 semester
hours in mathematics.

Objectives

Approved Program in Early Childhood Education

Students completing the Early Childhood Education Major will:

develop a thorough understanding of the social, intellectual, physical, and
emotional development of the child from birth to approximately eight years.

identify the nature of learning and behaviors involving the young child.

construct a curriculum appropriate to the needs of the young child.

utilize existing knowledge about parents and cultures in deahng effectively
with children.

gain a thorough knowledge of the fundamental concepts of appropriate
disciplines and how to relate them to the young child.

identify and implement differentiated teaching strategies in lessons designed
for elementary students.

understand diagnostic tools and approaches for assessing students at all
levels and how to remediate learning problems in the various disciplines.

develop their maximum potential through the provision of a succession of
planned and guided experiences.

147

In order to achieve these objectives, students will take 51 semester hours of
Education courses to include:

EDUC 1199, 3317, 3319, 3342, 3354, 3355, 4356, 4360, 4449, 4456, 4457,
4459, 4460, 4480, 4490E and two additional math courses (Math 3001, 3002
3003, 3004) and at least one General Science course.

"i

Approved Program in Middle Grades Education

Students completing the Middle Grades Education Major will:

demonstrate knowledge of middle grade learning in actual learning situations

identify appropriate instructional strategies and created environments to
meet the social, emotional, physical and academic needs of individual
children and small groups of children with diverse cultural backgrounds.

understand research, professional practices, issues, trends and Uterature
essential for effective teaching throughout the teaching field, with special
emphasis on the middle grades (4-8).

understand diagnostic tools and approaches necessary for assessing needs of
individual students, planning to meet those needs, and evaluating individual
growth.

be able to modify instruction and change strategies based on the learning
outcomes of previous activities and students' individual needs.

demonstrate appropriate professional traits in terms of classroom
management, discipUne, preparedness, and interaction with co-workers.

In order to achieve these objectives, smdents will take 39 semester hours of
Education courses from the following: EDUC 1 199, 3317, 3319, 3442, 3456,
4363, 4449, 4456, 4457, 4459, 4480, 4490M.

Students will also take a minimum of 30 semester hours in concentration
areas. Two concentrations will be selected from mathematics, language arts,
science or social studies. A minimum of 5 courses will be taken in each area
of concentration. Concentration courses must be approved by the middle
grades advisor.

Course Descriptions (EDUC)

EDUC 1199 Foundation in Education. (3)

An introduction to teaching and learning. This course addresses a number of
issues in education: Certification requirements, code of ethics, INTASC
standards, QCC, exceptionahty and diversity, curriculum, professionahsm,
accountability, contemporary issues, and vocational expectations. Prerequisite
for admission to education program and education classes. This course
includes a field experience component.

148

^

EDUC3317 Science Methods. (3)

This course addresses science content, process skills, attitudes, and real-world
applications that are developmentally appropriate for science and instruction.
Effective teaching strategies that incorporate integrated and interdisciplinary
approaches, technology, Uterature, multicultural education, and the Georgia
QCC objectives are combined with theories of learning. Field experience required.

EDUC 3319 Math Methods. (3)

The math methods course for the elementary and middle grades focuses on a
constructivist, inquiry approach to teaching and learning. There is an emphasis
on concepts, problem solving, and the NCTM standards and QCC objectives.
An extensive field experience involves a semester relationship with exemplary
math teachers. Pre-service teachers work towards implementation of the tenets
that underhe the conceptual framework of the Education Department.

EDUC 3342 Child Development Practicum. (3)

A study of the principles of growth and development from conception through
twelve years of age. Specific attention will be given to the influences of family
on physical maturation, cognitive development, social skills, and personality
development. Major contributions from the leading authorities in the field will
be emphasized during the study of each area of development. Supervised field
experience in K4 and K5 programs is required.

EDUC 3354 Theories of Reading Instruction. (3)

Different theories of reading instruction will be the focus for this course.
Special emphasis will be on children's Uterature and its role in successful
reading programs. Other topics include: reading process, principles of reading
instruction, and emergent Hteracy. IRA standards and Georgia QCC objectives
will provide a basis for lesson plans and field experiences in local schools.

EDUC 3355 Fundamentals of Reading Instruction. (3)

A study of word recognition strategies with emphasis on phonics. Teaching
techniques for vocabulary and comprehension, reading in content areas, and
interrelatedness of reading and writing will also be addressed. Standards from
IRA and Georgia QCC objectives will be used in combination with various
approaches to effective instruction in planning effective lessons for
experiences in local schools.

EDUC 3442 Nature, Needs and Diversity of Young Adolescents. (3)

A study of the physical, emotional, social, and intellectual growth and
development of middle grades students. This course will address special
populations, gender issues, cultural differences and individual considerations in
assisting all middle grades students to learn at high levels.

149

EDUC3456 Reading and Writing in the Middle Grades. (3) ^

This course provides an interdisciplinary, literature-based approach to methods
for teaching reading in the content areas to middle school students. Emphasis
will be on reading and writing processes and strategies, vocabulary,
comprehension, study skills, and Uterature. A variety of teaching techniques
will be developed based on IRA and NCTE standards as well as Georgia QCC
objectives. Field experience is required.

EDUC 4356 Diagnoas and RemediatioD (^Problems in Reading. (3)

The focus of this course is the identification and correction of reading problems
in elementary school students. Special attention is given to testing and teaching
materials for corrective work including reading inventories, formal and informal
assessment, and computer programs. A variety of assessment techniques, IRA
standards, and technology, will be incorporated throughout the course.

EDUC 4360 Curriculum and Accountability in Elementary Grades. (3)

This course addresses the practical aspects of curriculum development along
with the role of preparation and its contribution to successful classroom
management. A variety of assessment techniques, use of Georgia QCC
objectives, technology, and portfoUo development are among other key areas
that are studied. Field experience required.

EDUC 4363 Curriculum and Accountability m flie Middle Grades. (3)

This course emphasizes the need for a developmentally responsive curriculum
that addresses the needs of young adolescents and is academically challenging,
integrative and exploratory. The QCC and national curriculum standards are
examined and issues of accountabiUty and teacher effectiveness are addressed.
Various instructional and behavior management strategies are modeled and
discussed. There is an extensive field experience requirement.

EDUC 4449 Classroom Technology for Elementary and Middle
Grades. (3)

Qassroom technology is a 3 semester-hour course offered to early childhood
and middle grades education majors during the fall and spring semesters. This
course will meet the expected performances found in the Georgia Technology
Standards for Educators. It is designed to teach (a) Global Communication
Skills (b) AppUcation Skills and (c) Integrative Strategies. All students will be
responsible for designing a professional web site and electronic portfoUo that
will contain evidence of their expertise in classroom technology. The evidence
will be aUgned with the Georgia Technology Standards.

150

EDUC 4456 Language Arts Methods (3)

A study of grammar, listening, speaking, and the interrelatedness of reading
and writing. Attention is given to developmen tally appropriate curriculum as it
relates to student development and standards from NCTE, NAEYC, NMSA,
and Georgia QCC objectives. This course provides a thematic approach to
methods for teaching language arts. Guidelines for teaching language-minority
students will also be addressed. Field experience is required.

EDUC 4457 Social Studies Methods (3)

The interdiscipUnary nature of social studies will be the focus for the study of
curriculum, methods, technology, and professional sources. An emphasis will
be on planning for and developing resources for instruction, including the
development of a unit with emphasis on the NCSS standards and Georgia QCC
objectives for a chosen grade level. This course includes a field experience
component.

EDUC 4459 Special Needs and Exceptional Children. (3)

A study of identification and diagnostic techniques for teachers related to areas
of exceptionality among students and of alternative styles of teaching to meet
special needs. The introduction to the Student Support Team (SST) process,
the writing of ehgibihty reports and Individual Education Plans (lEP) will be
explored. The psychological and behavioral characteristics of exceptional
children will be studied. The importance of transition and other forms found
within the exceptional children's categories will be identified. Weekly field
experience in the exceptional children's areas will be provided.

EDUC 4460 Diversity in the Elementary Classroom. (3) Interim.
This course looks at the ways schools support the issues of equality and equal
opportunity in the elementary classroom. This course includes a field
experience in a diverse school setting.

EDUC 4480 Senior Seminar. (3)

Senior seminar is taken in conjunction with the curriculum course for either
middle grades or early childhood the semester prior to student teaching. Senior
education majors work closely with a local school for eight hours each week
supervised by college faculty.

EDUC 4490E Early Childhood Student Teachmg. (12)
This course provides a full-day teaching experience for a minimum of thirteen
weeks. Pre-service teachers will be assigned to diverse public schools and will
gradually assume responsibility for working with groups and individuals.
They will participate in classroom teaching and observation, planning and
evaluation conferences, and other school-related experiences with guidance
provided by the cooperating teacher and college supervisor gradually assuming
total responsibiUty for the class. Seminars will be held in conjunction with
these experiences and will address a variety of topics.

151

EDUC 4490M Student Teaching in the Middle Grades. (12)
Middle grades pre-service teachers are placed on a team in a middle school for
a minimum of thirteen weeks, gradually assuming total responsibility for the
class. They will teach in both areas of concentration and are evaluated through
a rigorous performance based assessment process based on national standards.
They will participate in classroom teaching and observation, planning and i
evaluation conferences, and other school-related experiences with guidance I
provided by the cooperating teachers and college supervisor. Seminars will be
held in conjunction with these experiences and will address a variety of topics.

The Patio Fountain

152

ENGLISH

Introduction

The Department of English Language and Literature offers a wide range of
courses to meet a variety of needs and demands: composition at basic,
freshman, and advanced levels; the literature of English and America;
continental hterature (in translation); business and technical writing;
journalism; and creative writing.

Objectives

The primary goal of courses in composition and literature is to help students
become competent readers and writers by providing them with challenging
texts and ample opportunities to practice their skills of critical thinking and
expression. Toward this end, the English faculty have set the following four
objectives. All students completing the core curriculum will demonstrate:

proficiency in expository writing with Standard American English grammar,
punctuation, and usage

proficiency in critical reading

the abiUty to assimilate, organize, and develop ideas logically and effectively

an understanding of the rudiments of research-based writing

Objectives of English Major Courses

All students completing the baccalaureate program in English will be prepared
to pursue careers in which a broad knowledge of literature and a proficiency in
critical reading, critical thinking, and expository writing are important. They
also will be prepared to pursue graduate studies in English and in other
professional areas such as law, medicine, or journalism. In addition, students
who wish to prepare for a career in teaching may do so by completing a major
in EngHsh. For each of these endeavors, English majors will demonstrate:

an extensive knowledge of the development of British literature and
American literature from their origins to the present

a capacity for interpreting literature, reading critically, and expressing
literary ideas, both in oral discussion and in written work

an abihty to bring informed critical and analytical judgment to bear on the
study of literary issues, both in oral discussion and in written work

a mastery of the techniques of literary research and the use of MLA style

a knowledge of Standard American EngUsh grammar, punctuation, and
syntax

a knowledge of Standard American Enghsh usage

153

Requirements for English Majors

Before declaring English as a major, students must complete the CORE
composition classes (ENGL 1101 and 1 102) with no grade lower than a C.
English majors are required to take forty semester hours in English language
and literature above the 1000 level.

A. Introductory Course (required)

ENGL 2200 Introduction to EngUsh Studies (2

B. Survey Courses (three required) (S

ENGL 2204, 2205 British Literature I, U
ENGL 2206, 2207 American Literature I, II

C. Language Courses

ENGL 3300 History of the Enghsh Language (3)

(required)

ENGL 3302 Advanced Granmiar OR

ENGL 3303 Advanced Composition (3)

D. Single Author Courses

ENGL 4410 Chaucer OR

ENGL 4420 Shakespeare OR

ENGL 4430 Milton (3)

E. Five English Electives (3000-level or above) (15)

F. Senior Level Courses (required)

ENGL 4490 Senior Seminar (3)

ENGL 4495 Senior Thesis (2)

Requirements for English Minors

A minor in EngUsh consists of 18 semester hours above the 1000 level, three
courses of which must be at the 3000 level or above.

Assessment

Success in achieving the objectives of the EngUsh major will be demonstrated
in the following ways:

completion of each major course with a grade of C or better

completion of an entrance and an exit examination

satisfactory performance on the senior thesis and its presentation

Students are required to take the ETS Major Field Achievement Test in
Literature while registered for ENGL 2200 and again while registered for

154

ENGL 4490. Scores will be compared to measure progress. Students
preparing for graduate study in English or law are encouraged to take the GRE
or the LSAT.

Awards

The Enghsh Department gives two awards to outstanding senior English
majors during Honor's Day Convocation: the Walter D. Jones Award for
Excellence in Composition and Scholarship and the Murial B. Wilhams Award
for Excellence in Literary Studies. The first award is given to the student
whose paper written for a major course is judged as outstanding by an
impartial panel of reviewers. The second award is given to the student who is
deemed by the EngUsh faculty to demonstrate the highest standards of
scholarship and contributes the most to the advancement of literary studies
among Enghsh majors at LaGrange College.

Writing Center

The Department of English Language and Literature maintains a Writing
Center, which is located in Banks Library. This center serves the college
community by providing advice and support for student writers. The center is
directed by Dr. Laine Scott who trains upper-class students serving as peer
writing consultants. The hours of the center are posted each semester.

The Scroll and LC Writing Contest

Since 1922, The Scroll has been LaGrange College's journal of creative arts;
published each spring, the magazine features the best of fiction, drama, poetry,
essays, and artwork by the students and faculty of the college.

The LC Writing Contest is an annual event sponsored by the English
Department, the Writing Center, and The Scroll. It is open to all LC students.
First and second prizes are awarded to best entries in fiction/drama, poetry,
and essay. Winners are announced at Honor's Day and included in the annual
Scroll.

Transient Credit

No transient credit will be accepted for courses in Freshman Composition
(0100, 1101, or 1102).

Course Descriptions (ENGL)

ENGL 0100 Basic Composition. (3) Fall, Spring.

Instruction and practice in the fundamentals of expository writing, including

paragraph development, organization, logic, grammar, and mechanics.

155

ENGL 1101 Rhetoric and Composition I. (3) Fall, Spring.
Introduction to expository writing, emphasizing the essay form, the writing
process, and rhetorical modes of thesis development.

Prerequisite to all higher-numbered English courses.

ENGL 1102 Rhetoric and Composition 11. (3) Fall, Spring.
Introduction to critical thinking and writing about literature, emphasizing
reading strategies, analytic writing, research techniques, and modes of documentation.
Prerequisite to all higher-numbered English courses.

ENGL 2200 Introduction to English Studies. (2) On demand.
A course required of all students majoring or minoring in English. Introduces
students to the academic discipline of English and focuses on the critical issues
(past and present) involved in English Studies.
Prerequisites: ENGL 1101, 1102

ENGL 2204 British Literature L (3) Fall, Spring.
A survey of British Literature from the Anglo-Saxon period through the
eighteenth century. Short critical essays required, at least one with
documentation. Required of all EngUsh majors.

ENGL 2205 British Literature II. (3) Fall, Spring.
A survey of British hterature from the Romantics through the Modem/
Postmodern period. Short critical essays required, at least one with
documentation. Required of all EngUsh majors.

ENGL 2206 American Literature L (3) Fall, Spring.
A survey of American Literature from the Colonial period through American
Romanticism. Short critical essays required, at least one with documentation.
Required of all EngUsh majors.

ENGL 2207 American Literature 11. (3) Fall, Spring.
A survey of American Uterature from ReaUsm and NaturaUsm through the
Modem/Postmodern period. Short critical essays required, at least one with
documentation. Required of all EngUsh majors.

ENGL 2250 Introduction to Creative Writmg. (3) On demand.
An introduction to fundamentals of imaginative writing. Analysis of
professional models; emphasis upon student work, especiaUy poetry and fiction.

ENGL 2260 Journalistic Writing I. (3) On demand.

An introduction to basic types of writing for newspapers: news, feature,

interview, review, and editorial.

156

I

ENGL 2261 Journalistic Writing 11. (3) On demand.
Advanced instruction and practice in writing news, features, and editorials.
Course also involves copy editing and layout and design of news pages.
Prerequisite: ENG 2260 or permission of the instructor.

Prerequisite to 3000-level or 4000-level courses: ENGL 1101, 1102, 2200

ENGL 3300 History of the English Language. (3) On demand.
Introduction to principles of linguistics; a survey of the origins and
development of EngUsh, and a study of its structure.

ENGL 3302 Advanced Grammar. (3) On demand.

A survey of the basic logic and grammatical structure of EngUsh, from

morpheme to word, phrase and clause, to sentence.

ENGL 3303 Advanced Composition. (3) On demand.
This course is open to all students, regardless of major, who are interested in
strengthening their written expression beyond the level of "functional." The
focus will be on producing nonfiction prose that is exemplary for its clarity and finesse.

ENGL 3306, 3308 Advanced Creative Writmg Workshop. (3) On demand.
An advanced course in imaginative writing. Professional models studied, but
student writing emphasized. Workshop may concentrate on fiction or poetry
exclusively, or a combination of the two. May be repeated for credit if
different genres are represented.

ENGL 3312 Busmess Writing. (3) Spring.

A study of the basic conmiunication skills needed to prepare business publications

in today's world. Special attention given to format and correct usage.

ENGL 3314 Classical Backgrounds. (3) On demand.

An examination of major classics, in modem translation, of Greek, Roman, and

Medieval Uterature.

ENGL 3316 Masterpieces of Continental Literature. (3) On demand.
Major European classics in translation from the Renaissance through the
twentieth century.

ENGL 3320 Medieval Literature. (3) On demand.

A survey, mostly in Middle English, of EngUsh Uterature to about 1500,

excluding works of Chaucer.

ENGL 3330 English Literature of the Renaissance. (3) On demand.
Renaissance EngUsh Uterature to about 1675, excluding Shakespeare.

157

ENGL 3335 Development of English Drama. (3) On demand.

An examination of the development of English drama, excluding Shakespeare,

from its beginnings up to the Restoration. i

ENGL 3340 Restoration and Eighteenth-Century English Literature.

(3)0ndemattl
Selected Restoration, Neoclassical, and Pre-Romantic English Uterature,
excluding the novel.

ENGL 3345 The Rise of the English Novel. (3) On demand.

A study of the rise of the English novel with an emphasis on selected works of

the late seventeenth-century and eighteenth-century noveUsts.

ENGL 3350 Romanticism in English Poetiy and Selected Pkx)se. (3)0ndanand.
A study of selected major nineteenth-century British prose and poetry, with
emphasis on lyric verse.

ENGL 3355 The English Novel m the Nmeteendi Century. (3) On demand.
A study of the selected works of Romantic and Victorian noveUsts.

ENGL 3360 Victorian Poetry and Selected Prose. (3) On demand.
A study of selected major Victorian prose and poetry, with emphasis on
Tennyson, Browning, and the Pre-RaphaeUtes.

ENGL 3375 American Romanticism. (3) On demand.

Major American Romantic writers of the United States through Whitman

and Dickinson.

ENGL 3380 Post CivU War American Literature. (3) On demand.
Major American writers of the ReaUstic and Naturalistic movements in the
United States.

ENGL 3385 Southern American Literature. (3) On demand.
A study of major Southern writers from about 1815 to the present.

ENGL 4400 Literary Theory and Modem Criticism. (3) On demand.
A study of literary theory through postmodern Uterary criticism.

ENGL 4410 Chaucer. (3) On demand.

A survey of Chaucer's work. Consideration will also be given to Chaucerian

influence and criticism.

ENGL 4420 Shakespeare. (3) On demand.

The development of Shakespeare's art, as reflected in selected individual plays

or groups of plays.

i

158

d

ENGL 4430 MUton. (3) On demand.
Selected poetry and prose of Milton.

ENGL 4440 Twentieth Century Fiction. (3) On demand.

A study of selected novels and short stories of Modem, Postmodern, and

Contemporary American and British fiction writers.

ENGL 4450 Twentieth Century Poetry. (3) On demand.

A study of the major American and British poets of the twentieth century, their

verse techniques, and their contributions to poetic art.

ENGL 4460 Twentieth Century Drama. (3) On demand.

A study of major American and British playwrights of the twentieth century,

their dramatic techniques, and their contributions to the dramatic arts.

ENGL 4490 Senior Seminar. (3) Interim Term.
The initial segment of the pair of capstone courses intended to guide students
through choosing and researching a major research project in English.
Immediately precedes ENGL 4495.

Prerequisite: Senior Standing

ENGL 4495 Senior Thesis and Presentation. (2) Spring
Using the topic selected and the research materials identified in the Senior
Seminar, English majors wiU write and present orally an original research project.
Prerequisite: ENGL 4490

I ENGL 4499 Independent Study/Research. (3)

159

GENERAL SCIENCE

Introduction

The purpose of the general science course at LaGrange College is twofold:

1 . An elective science course that is oriented toward developing critical
thinking, problem solving, and reasoning skills.

2. A support course for the education program for preparation for elementary
and middle school teachers.

Course Description (GSCI)

GSCI 1102 Earth and the Environment (3 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab per

week) (4)
A study of a number of important geologic processes and the resources they
present to individuals, society and the earth's environment. The course also
considers the consequences of humanity's interaction with these processes and
the physical environment.

Outside Cason J. Callaway Science Building

160

HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Introduction

The curriculum in the Department of Health and Physical Education is
composed of two programs. The physical education activities program offers a
selection of physical skills classes. These classes are designed to promote
physical skill development as well as knowledge in a variety of activity areas
including physical fitness and conditioning, aquatics, Ufetime leisure pursuits,
and traditional team sports.

Objectives

Two minor programs in physical education/athletics are available. A 15 -hour
coursework minor in coaching is available to any student. Students completing
the minor in coaching will:

demonstrate knowledge of the profession of athletics.

understand professional practices, issues, trends, and literature essential for
effective coaching.

demonstrate appropriate professional behaviors for athletic coaching.
Criteria for completion of this minor are stipulated below.

Required Core for the Physical Education/Coaching Minor

HPED 3305 Sports Psychology 3 hours

HPED 3310 Coaching Theory and Methods 3 hours

HPED 3312 Principles of Strength, Conditioning,

and Nutrition for Athletes 3 hours

9 hours

Select two (2) courses from the following for a total of 6 hours

HPED 2202 Sports Statistics

HPED 3302 Organization and Administration of P. E.

and Athletics 3 hours

HPED 3332 Prevention and Care of Athletic

Injuries/Illnesses

HPED 3390 Seminar and Lab Practice in Physical Education

3 hours

3 hours
3 hours

A 15-hour coursework minor also is available in physical education.
Students completing the minor in physical education will 1) demonstrate
knowledge of the profession of physical education; 2) understand professional
practices, issues, trends, and literature essential for effective teaching; 3)
demonstrate appropriate professional behaviors for classroom management.
This minor is designed in consultation with the department chair in Health and
Physical Education.

161

Criteria for Completion of the Physical Education and Coaching Minors !

satisfactorily complete all course work requirements.

maintain a minimum 2.5 cumulative G. P. A.

current certification in Community First Aid/CPR.

Course Descriptions (HPED)

HPED 1153 Camp Leadership and Program. (3) On demand.
A study of camping in an organized setting and of the leadership skills
necessary for the implementation of the camp program.

HPED 1154 Community First Aid/CPR. (3) Fall, Spring.
This course focuses on the identification of emergency simations and
selection of correct response. Certification in American Red Cross standard
first aid and adult, child and infant rescue breathing and cardiopulmonary
resuscitation are earned upon successful completion of the course.

HPED 1155 Lifeguard Training. (3) Spring.
Competencies in swimming and life guarding techniques, swimming speed
and endurance are developed in this course. American Red Cross lifeguard
training and cardiopulmonary resuscitation for the professional rescuer
certifications are the result of successful completion of this course.

Prerequisites: Current Standard First Aid Certification; Passing of
the following practical exams on the first day of class; 500 yd.
continuous swim (crawl, breast stroke and sidestroke); treading
water for two minutes with legs only and retrieving a brick from
the deep end of the pool.

HPED 1156 Water Safety Instructor. (3) Spring.
A course which focuses on the development of competencies in swimming
stroke and instructional techniques. Students who successfully complete this
course earn certification in Red Cross WSI, enabhng them to teach all levels
of the Learn to Swim Program, Basic and Emergency Water Safety courses.

HPED 2202 Sports Statistics. (3) On demand.

Techniques of recording sports statistics and maintaining scorebooks are the

focus of this class.

HPED 2251 Introduction to Physical Education. (3) On demand.
A survey course of the career choices available in physical education.
Opportunities to talk with and observe professionals in various sub-
specializations are provided.

162

HPED 3302 Organization and Administration of Recreational and

Physical Education Programs. (3) On demand.
A study of the organization and administration of instructional, intramural, and
interscholastic activity programs. Special emphasis is placed on the selection,
purchase, and care of safe equipment and facilities as well as on the legal
requirements for providing and maintaining safe programs and facilities.

HPED 3305 Sports Psychology. (3) Spring.

A study of human behavior in the context of the sporting experience and how
performance is affected by the interactions of the coach, athletes and the
environment. Emphasis is on motivation, personality, attributions,
disengagement from sport, aggression, leadership, and communication patterns.

HPED 3306 Techniques of Sports Officiatmg. (3) Spring.
This course focuses on techniques of officiating athletic events. Knowledge of
the rules of selected sports and extensive practical officiating in selected sports
form the basis of this course.

HPED 3310 Coaching Theory and Methods. (3) On demand.
Analysis of teaching skills and techniques of the different interscholastic sports
in high schools.

HPED 3312 Principles of Strength Conditioning and Nutrition for
Athletes. (3) Fall.

This course focuses on the examination of proper techniques, concepts, and
applications of exercise science. Nutritional principles as these relate to
athletic performance also are included.

HPED 3313 Leadershq) in Physical Education and Adiletics. (3) Spring.
A study of the leadership skills necessary to implement and conduct physical
activity programs and functions.

HPED 3320 Methods m Health and Physical Education

in the Elementary School. (3) Fall.
A study of the objectives, materials, activities, and curricula appropriate for
elementary school physical education and health. Supervised observation and
practical experiences in the elementary schools are provided.

HPED 3331 Personal Health Issues. (3) On demand.
This course allows students to explore basic health issues and principles in
depth. Topics include fitness, diet and weight control, nutrition, human
sexuality, stress management, death education, aging, and drug and alcohol education.

163

HPED 3332 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries/Dlnesses. (3) Spring. ]
This course focuses on common injuries and illnesses occurring in athletics.
Topics include, but are not hmited to, heat exhaustion, heat stroke, abdominal
injuries, injury management, emergency triage, anatomical instability, blood
borne pathogens, and mechanics of injury.

Prerequisites: HPED 33 12 or permission of instructor.

HPED 3352 Physiology of Exercise. (3) On demand.

The effects of exercise on the major systems of the human body, including
cardio respiratory, neuromuscular, glandular, and digestive are the focus of this
course. Effects of heat, altitude, and ergogenic aids on the human body during
exercise also are included.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 148- BIOL 1 149

HPED 3390 Seminar and Lab Practice in Physical Education. (3) Fall, Spring
This course provides supervised leadership experiences in various physical
education or athletic settings. Seminar discussions focus on common issues
and concerns.

Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing and completion of 6 hours of
HPED courses.

HPED 4400 Internship in Physical Education and Coaching. (3)

Interim.

Directed observation and participation in physical education, coaching, and/or

supervisory situations.

Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing, recommendation by the
department chair in health and physical education

Physical Education Activities (PEDU)

The physical education activity program is designed to provide opportunities
for learning or enhancing those skills necessary to participate in leisure time
activities throughout the hfe cycle. Special emphasis also is given to activities
which improve one's physical fitness and condition. All courses carry one
semester hour of credit and count toward the hours needed for
graduation.

PEDU 1102 Beginning Archery. (1) Fall, Spring.

Basic competencies in archery techniques and safety with experiences in target

shooting.

PEDU 1103 Badminton. (1) Spring.

Introduction to the skills, strategies, and rules of badminton

164

PEDU 1104 Basketball. (1) On demand.

Basic competencies in the techniques, strategies, and rules of basketball.

PEDU 1105 Jogging. (1) Fall, Spring.

Participation in progressive running programs designed to increase

cardiovascular endurance.

PEDU 1107 Bowling. (1) On demand.

Introduction to the basic skills and rules of bowling. Course conducted at local

bowhng lanes.

PEDU 1108 Physical Conditioning. (1) Fall, Spring.

Basic assessment, maintenance, and improvement of over-all physical fitness.

PEDU 1109 Beginning Golf. (1) Fall, Spring.

Introduction to the basic skills, strategies, and rules of golf. Field trips to city

golf courses.

PEDU 1111 SoftbaU. (1) Fall.

Basic competencies and knowledge of rules and strategies of softball.

PEDU 1112 Beginning Tennis. (1) Fall, Spring.
Introduction to the basic skills, strategies, and rules of tennis.

PEDU 1114 VoUeybaU. (1) Fall, Spring.

Basic competencies in the techniques, strategies, and rules of volleyball.

PEDU 1116 Personal Fitness. (1) Spring.

Introduction to diet and weight control techniques as well as assessment and

maintenance of personal fitness.

PEDU 1120 Karate. (1) On demand.

Basic competencies and skills in karate techniques.

PEDU 1121 Bicycling. (1) On demand.

Introduction to the basic equipment, safety, and techniques of cychng

including training and racing strategies. Weekend field trips.

PEDU 1122 Weightlifting/plyometrics. (1) Fall, Spring.
Introduction to exercises that are geared toward increasing speed, power, and
jumping abiUty. A basic overview of the physiological factors involved in the
exercises will be included.

PEDU 1123 Beginning Swimming. (1) Spring.

Introduction to the aquatic environment with emphasis on competence in

primary swimming and safety skills and stroke readiness.

165

PEDU 1124 Intermediate/Advanced Swinmiing. (1) On demand.
Development and refinement of key swimming strokes. Introduction to turns,
surface dives, and springboard diving.

Prerequisite: PEDU 1 123 or equivalent skills.

PEDU 1130 SCUBA. (1) Fall, Spring.

Develop competencies in safe diving techniques and practices as well as safe
use of SCUBA diving equipment. PAD! open Water Diver Certification
available upon completion of course and optional trip for checkout dives.

Prerequisite: PEDU 1 124 or equivalent intermediate swimming skills.

PEDU 1156 Canoeing. (1) Fall, Spring.

Fundamental canoeing skills emphasized. Field trips to lake facilities and
overnight camping experience are provided to give extensive opportunities for
recreational canoeing.

PEDU 1158 Backpacking. (1) Spring.

Introduction to basic equipment, safety, and techniques of trail camping.

Extensive field trips to state and national trails are provided.

PEDU 1159 SaUing. (1) On demand.

Basic sailing competencies and understanding with experiences in fundamental

racing strategy. Field trips to lake facihties are provided.

PEDU 1160 Snow Skiing. (1) Spring.

Introduction to basic techniques, safety, and equipment of snow skiing. Field

trip to area ski facihties is included.

PEDU 1161 Rhythmic Aerobics. (1) Fall, Spring.

A conditioning course in which exercise is done to musical accompaniment for

the purpose of developing cardiovascular efficiency, strength and flexibility.

PEDU 1162 Hiking, Orienteering, and Camping. (1) Fall, Spring.
Introduction to basic techniques of tent camping, map, and compass work.
Field trips to nearby campgrounds and forest lands.

PEDU 1164 Water Aerobics. (1) Fall, Spring.
Development of cardio respiratory endurance, flexibiUty, body composition,
and muscle endurance/tone through vigorous water exercise. The resistance of
the water makes this course an excellent choice for the beginner as well as the
well-conditioned athlete, and for the swimmer as well as the non-swimmer.

166

PEDU 1165 Aqua Fitness. (1) On demand.

Development and/or maintenance of cardiovascular fitness through various
aquatic activities including water jogging, circuit training, and water resistance
training. Students will learn to use various aquatic equipment to implement
their personal training.

Prerequisite: PEDU 11 23 or equivalent beginning swimming skills.

167

HISTORY

Introduction

The faculty of the Department of History believe that all persons, whatever
their selected role in life, require an understanding of their past in order to
prepare for their future. The faculty firmly beUeves that the liberal arts
preparation, which encompasses courses from the discipline of history,
provides the student with the most appropriate educational background for Ufe
by integrating knowledge from the broadest range of disciphnes. The objective
of the Department of History is to provide each student at LaGrange College
with knowledge of the historical forces which have shaped civiUzation as we
know it.

Objectives

To achieve the objective set forth above the faculty seeks to:

provide every student with a basic understanding of the historical forces
which have contributed to the development of civiUzation.

develop in every student an understanding and appreciation of his/her
civilization which is a part of the world community.

The faculty of the department believes that students who select to complete a
major course of study in history should have the foundation knowledge and
understanding of the discipline, developed by classroom instruction and
individual study, necessary to provide them with the opportunity to:

pursue graduate study within the discipUne.

pursue a professional degree in a selected field of study.

pursue employment as a teacher in pre-coUegiate education.

seek employment in a field such as government, entry level historic
documentation and preservation, social or historic entry level research, or a
field where their liberal arts preparation can be beneficially utiUzed.

Graduates of the Department of History may be found pursuing careers in
business, law, education, politics and government, broadcasting, joumahsm,
the ministry and other fields of endeavor. In all of these endeavors our
graduates have found that their education has provided a foundation for their
careers and for their growth in Ufe.
The Department of History offers the following major in history:

A) Introductory Courses:

HIST 1 101 and 1 102 World CiviUzation

HIST 1 1 1 1 and 1 1 12 United States History
These are required courses for the major.

168

We strongly encourage the history major to pursue the widest possible liberal
arts preparation by the careful selection of courses from the core program
structure.

B) Two courses from:

HIST 3307 Social and Intellectual History of the United States

HIST 3308 American Diplomatic History

or

HIST 3310-3311 Constitutional History of the United States

Two courses from:

HIST 3301 Greco-Roman world

HIST 3310 Middle Ages

HIST 3320 Renaissance and Reformation

Two courses from:

HIST 3372 Europe 1660-1870

HIST 3374 Europe 1870 - the Present

Required courses:

HIST 2000 Research Methods in History

HIST 4490 Senior History Seminar

C) An additional nine semester hours of 3000 and 4000 level history
courses are required. The total major course requirements are 33
semester hours credit beyond 1000 level courses.

Success in achieving the objectives established for the major will be
demonstrated as follows:

successful completion of each major course with a grade of C or better.

successful completion of the senior history seminar and defense of the senior
thesis before the students and faculty of the department.

successful completion of a major field examination during their senior year.

Those wishing to major in history are encouraged to declare their major during
the beginning of the spring semester of their sophomore year. Successful
completion of History 1 101-1 102 and History 1111-1112 before entering the
major is highly desirable.

Upper level courses in history, those numbered 3000 or above (with the
exception of HIST 4490), are available to all students who have successfully
completed six hours from the history offerings in the core program.

Course Descriptions (HIST)

fflST 1101 World CivUization I. (3) Fall, Spring.

Survey course on the development of world civilization up to 1660.

169

fflST 1102 World Civilization H. (3) Fall, Spring.

Survey course on the development of worid civilization from 1660 to the present.

HIST 1111 History of the United States to 1865. (3) Fall, Spring.

Emphasis on the Colonial, Revolutionary, early national, and Civil War periods.

mST 1112 History of the United States, 186S to the Present (3)

Fall, Spring.
Emphasis on Reconstruction, Uberal nationalism. New Deal, and postwar periods.

HIST 2000 Research Methods in History. (3) Interim only

This course is required of all sophomore history majors. It will acquaint the

student with the basic components of historical methodology and research.

HIST 2010 Islamic Civilization (3). On demand.

An introduction to the basic tenets of Islam and survey of the growth and

diversification of Islamic Civilization.

HIST 3301 Greco-Roman World. (3) Fall 2003.

A study of Greco-Roman civilization from its birth in ancient Greece through

the collapse of the western Roman empire in the fifth century A.D.

HIST 3302 The Middle Ages, 350-1350. (3) Spring 2004.

This course offers a comprehensive study of the development of medieval

civilization from the late fifth century to the late fourteenth century.

HIST 3306 History of the South. (3) On demand.

Emphasis on the antebellum, Civil War, Reconstruction, and New South periods.

HIST 3307 Social and InteUectual History of the United States. (3)

Fall 2004
A review of ideas and patterns of thought, the role of social, ethnic, and racial
groups, and the major institutions of American society.

HIST 3308 American Diplomatic History. (3) Fall 2003.

Emphasis on the procedure for developing foreign policy as well as diplomatic history.

HIST 3310 Constitutional History of the United States to 1900. (3)

Fall 2003.
An analysis of fundamental constitutional development from 1776 to present.
Prerequisites: HIST 1 1 1 1 and fflST 1112

HIST 3311 Constitutional History of the United States 1901 to the

Present (3) Spring 2004
An analysis of fundamental constitutional development from 1901 to the present.

170

HIST 3312 Economic History of the United States. (3) On demand.

American economic development from colonial times to the present.

HIST 3315 Georgia History. (3) Summer/On demand.

A study of Georgia History from the pre-colonial period to the present with

emphasis on the historical, social, economic and political development of the State.

HIST 3320 The Renaissance and the Reformation, 1350-1600. (3)

Fall 2004.
This course offers a detailed study of the civilization of Renaissance and
Reformation Europe. Primary focus will be placed on the artistic and
religious achievements of the period 1350 to 1600.

HIST 3330 The Medieval Church and Papacy. (3) Spring 2005.

This course will examine the institutional and cultural history of the medieval
church, with special emphasis on the role of the papacy, and its impact on
medieval civilization.

HIST 3340 Medieval Kings and Queens. (3) Fall 2004.

A survey of medieval kings and queens and their influence on the
development of medieval civilization.

HIST 3341 Russia to 1856. (3) Fall 2003.

A comprehensive survey of the Russian historical development from the

appearance of the Kievan State in the 9* century through the Crimean War.

HIST 3342 Russia 1856 to the Present. (3) Spring 2004.

An examination of the Imperial Russian state.

HIST 3350 Renaissance and Renascences. (3) Fall 2004.

An examination of the great cultural revivals from the age of Charlemagne to

the age of Michelangelo.

HIST 3361 History of England to 1689. (3) Fall 2004.

A political, economic, social, and cultural histtxy of Bigland from 1689 to the present

HIST 3362 History of England from 1689 to Present (3) Spring 2005.

A political, economic, social and cultural history of England from 1689 to present

HIST 3372 Europe 1660-1870. (3) Fall 2004.

A comprehensive survey of European history from the reign of Louis XTV

through the rise of the modem German state in 1870.

171

HIST 3374 Europe 1870 to the Present (3) Spring 2005.

A comprehensive survey of European history from the Bismarckian Era to

the present.

HIST 3378 EiiropeanD?jloiiBtk:Histoiy:1890toflieIVesen^

A detailed examination of European international relations from 1890, the end
of the Bismarkian system to the present.

HIST 4416 Twentieth Century America. (3) On demand.

An intensive study of the United States during the twentieth century.

HIST 4478 Contemporary Europe. (3) On demand.

An examination of European history focusing on major issues since 1945.

HIST 4490 Senior History Seminar. (3) Spring.

A study of historiography and research methods and materials.

Prerequisites: Senior History Major or permission of the professor

and the Chair of the Department. This course may only be

attempted twice.

i

y \

7

John Wesley

172

HUMAN SERVICES

Introduction

The mission of the Human Services department is to equip generalist-level
helping professionals with the knowledge and skills necessary to provide
caring and ethical services to individuals, families, and communities.

Objectives

The Human Services curriculum provides students with valuable knowledge
and skills applicable in virtually every personal, professional, social, and
cultural setting. Human Services majors benefit from extensive liberal arts
linkages with courses reaching across various disciplines, including Social
Work, Sociology, Anthropology, and Psychology. Human Services graduates
are prepared to pursue advanced degrees in a variety of graduate and
professional programs, including Social Work, Sociology, Community
Counsehng, and PubUc Administration. In addition, majors may pursue
careers in a wide variety of fields, such as social work, criminal and juvenile
justice, mental health and healthcare, nonprofit administration and
management, community organization and urban planning, community
education, and social policy research.

Human Services coursework will provide students with both factual and
theoretical knowledge of society and culture, as well as strategies for
understanding and working with diverse populations and marginalized groups.
Because of the increasing diversity of the population of the United States and
as the world becomes a global conmiunity, this match of knowledge and skills
will be increasingly important for our profession and our society.

During their final year, human services majors participate in a field practicum
or internship which allows them to gain insight and actual experience working
in a particular area of Human Services. There are many opportunities in
various fields, such as youth support organizations, child advocacy, shelters for
women and families, teen pregnancy centers, community centers for the
elderly, criminal justice organizations, community development corporations,
recreational therapy, faith-based interventions, and other non-profit and
governmental organizations.

Requirements for Human Services Major

Human Services majors are required to successfully complete the following 45
semester hours with no grade lower than a "C":

Human Services Foundation (21 hours)

HUSV 1 146 - Principles of Sociology

HUSY 2247 - Diverse Families

HUSV 2253 - Social Problems and PoUcy

173

HUSV 2299 - Introduction to Human Services
HUSV 3353 - Life Course and the Social Environment
PSYC 1 101 - Introduction to Psychology

One additional course chosen in consultation with major advisor

Ethical Practice and Values (9 hours)

HUSV 331 1 - Ethical Human Services Practice
HUSV 4422 - Cultural Competency in Human Services

Choose one of the following:

HUSV 3312 - Groups and Adventure-Based Therapy
HUSV 4478 - Special Topics in Human Services Practice
PSYC 3351 - Introduction to Counsehng

Research (6 hours)

Choose one of the following:

MATH 1 1 14 - Introduction to Statistics
PSYC 2298 - Behavioral Statistics

Choose one of the following:

HUSV 4476 - Research Methods in Human Services
POLS 3300 - Research Methods in Pohtical Science
PSYC 2999 - Research Methods

Field Practicum (9 hours)

HUSV 4490 - Field Practicum Seminar
HUSV 4491 - Field Practicum

Requirements for Human Services Minor

A minor in Human Services consists of 12 semester hours, six of which must
be at the 3000 level or higher.

All students planning to minor in human services must take the following:

HUSV 2299 - Introduction to Human Services
HUSV 331 1 - Ethical Human Services Practice

Students must also complete an additional six semester hours of HUSV
coursework, three of which must be at the 3000 level or higher. A relevant
Interim course may be accepted upon approval of the department chair.

Requirements for Sociology Minor

A minor in sociology consists of 15 semester hours, six of which must be at the
3000 level or higher.

174

All students planning to minor in sociology must take the following:

HUSV/SOCI 1 146- Principles of Sociology
HUSV/SOCI 2247-Diverse Families
HUSV/SOCI 2253-Social Problems and Policy

Students must choose 2 courses from the following list:

HUSV/SOCI 3306- America's Children

HUSV/SOCI 3307- Criminology

HUSV/SOCI 3302- Social Change

HUSV/SOCI 3352- Life Course and the Social Environment

PSYC/SOCI 3321- Social Psychology

RLGN/SOCI 3340- Sociology of ReHgion

HUSV/SOCI 4478- Special Topics in Human Services Practice and/or a

relevant Interim course may be accepted upon approval by the department

chair.

Assessment

Mastery of the curriculum for a human services major is measured by:

completion of all major requirements with a C or higher in every course

receiving credit for the field practicum course

satisfactorily deUvering an integrative presentation during the culmination
of the field practicum

Course Descriptions (HUSV)

HUSV 1146 Principles of Sociology. (3) Fall and Spring
A study of the fundamental concepts and principles of the discipUne, with
emphasis on sociaUzation, social institutions, social interaction, social
stratification and inequality, as well as mechanisms of social control.
Familiarization with the distinction between macro- and micro-level
sociological processes will be emphasized.

HUSV 1148 Introduction to Anthropology. (3) Fall and Spring

A general introduction to the scientific study of the origin, the behavior, and

the physical, social, and cultural development of humans.

HUSV 2247 Diverse Families. (3) Fall

This course offers a multi-discipUnary perspective on contemporary marriages,
famiUes, and other intimate relationships. Students will become familiarized
with competing models and theories on family relationships. In addition, the
course explores cross-cultural variation in family systems as well as diversity
and change within the American population. Topics to be covered include:
mate selection, sexuality, marital structure, marital happiness, divorce,
parenting, and alternative family forms.
Prerequisite: HUSV 1146

175

HUSV 2253 Social Problems and Policy. (3) Spring
Using a special topics approach, this course provides the most current
assessment of social problems and the poUcies created in an attempt to remedy
these social ills. This course may require an overnight off-campus urban
immersion experience.

HUSV 2299 Introduction to Human Services. (3) Fall
An introduction to generalist human services. Emphasis is placed on the
historical development of this young profession as well as exposure to various
career opportunities in the helping profession.

HUSV 3302 Social Change. (3) On demand.

An analysis of the sources, patterns, and consequences of social and cultural
change. The role of socio-economic, political, technological and other factors
in processes of change at institutional and societal levels are investigated.

HUSV 3306 America's Children. (3) Fall 2003.

An analysis of current issues confronting America's children.

1

HUSV 3307 Criminology. (3) On demand.

A multi-disciplinary examination of criminal behavior and corrections, with an
emphasis on competing theories regarding the origins and incidence of
criminaUty. The course will explore the history of laws and the criminal
justice system, as well as various categories of crime. Special attention will be
given to the social forces underlying criminal and deviant behavior.
Prerequisite: HUSV 1146

HUSV 3308 Cultural and Social Anthropology. (3) Spring

A study of comparative cultures and social structures with special emphasis

upon the ethnography of primitive people.

HUSV 3311 Ethical Human Services Practice. (3) Fall
An interactive introduction to human services practice skills.
Prerequisite: HUSV 2299

HUSV 3312 Groups and Adventure-Based Therapy. (3) On demand
An introduction to key concepts in basic therapeutic group processes with a
special emphasis on experiential outdoor therapeutic interventions. Students
will participate in outdoor activities such as teambuilding exercises, ropes
course, and spelunking. This course requires multiple off-campus trips of one
to two days in duration.

1

176

HUSV 3352 Life Course and the Social Environment. (3) Every Fall

(beginning 2004)

An in-depth look into the American life course. The course will consider the

biological, psychological, and sociological aspects of various life course

stages. Students will become familiarized with the ways in which social,

economic, and historical changes help to construct and reconstruct the life

course.

HUSV 3377 Social Welfare: Policy and Analysis. (3) On demand
An advanced study on the current policies determining the provision of social
welfare services in America. Students explore the role of public poUcy in
helping or deterring people in maintaining or achieving optimal health and
well-being. Analysis of current social welfare poUcies and their effect on
human services practice will be undertaken.
Prerequisite: HUSV 2253

HUSV 4422 Cultural Competency in Human Services. (3) Every
Spring (beginning 2(X)5)

UtiUzing an intensive travel or home stay model, this course enables students
to learn about differences and similarities in the experiences, needs, and beUefs
of all people and to develop the necessary and differential assessment and
intervention skills that will enable them, as helping professionals, to serve an
increasingly diverse population.

Prerequisites: HUSV 2299, HUSV 33 1 1 , and student must have
Senior standing

Co-requisite: HUSV 4490 and HUSV 449 1

HUSV 4476 Research Methods in Human Services. (3) On demand.
An overview of research design and methodology germane to the helping
professions. Course emphasizes different methods of gathering data, ethical
concerns in this area, and basic statistical matters.

Prerequisites: HUSV 2299 and MATH 11 14 or PSYC 2298

HUSV 4478 Special Topics in Human Services Practice (3) On demand.
This course offers students information and insight into a selected area of the
practice of human services.

Prerequisites: HUSV 2299 (or chair's approval)

HUSV 4490 Field Practicum Seminar. (3) Spring
Complementary supervision for students engaged in the field practicum. This
course enables student to demonstrate the integration of theory with practice by
relating assignments that connect the curriculum to the practicum.

Grading: Pass/No Credit

Prerequisites: HUSV 2299, HUSV 33 1 1 , and student must have
Senior standing

Co-requisite: HUSV 4422 and HUSV 4491

177

HUSV 4491 Field Practicum (6) Spring

Seniors engage in a 320-hour field experience that emerges them into the

human services profession. Students are placed at a human services

organization and are assigned a field instructor who will work with the faculty

to design a customized experience that provides an integrative learning

experience.

Grading: Pass/No Credit

Prerequisites: HUSV 2299, HUSV 33 11 , and student must have

Senior standing Mjk'

Co-requisite: HUSV 4422 and HUSV 4490 ^

Cleaveland Field

178

LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES AND
MODERN LANGUAGES

Introduction

Latin American Studies is a new and growing program at LaGrange College.
It is an interdisciplinary program that introduces the student to the cultural
diversity and richness of Latin America and its people. Due to the increasing
presence and importance of Latinos in the United States, a minor in Latin
American Studies enhances one's career opportunities and effectiveness in such
fields as business, government, health care, joumaUsm, law, and social work.

Objectives

While the minor in Latin American Studies currently requires 6 hours of
Spanish language study, students are encouraged to take more Spanish courses
in order to develop basic conversational fluency. In addition, study abroad is
strongly encouraged because it provides the student with total cultural
immersion. At present the College offers only a minor in Latin American
Studies; yet, the hope is to expand and to be able to provide a major in the near
future.

A minor in Latin American Studies consists of the following 18 hours of
course work:

Spanish courses - 6 hrs.

LAST 1 104 Latin American Culture 3 hrs.

LAST 2000 Introduction to Latin American Studies 3 hrs.

LAST 3110 Special Topics or Spanish 31 10 3 hrs.

Elective in either LAST or Spanish 3 hrs.

(3000 level or above)

Course Descriptions (LAST)

LAST 1104 Introduction to Latin American Culture. (3)

A study of the art, literature, history, and anthropology of Latin America
(fulfills LANG 2000 requirement).

LAST 1199 Latin American Travel Seminar. (1-9)

A travel- study seminar which provides valuable educational experience
through close contact with the contemporary life and civiUzation of a selected
Latin American country. Basic academic preparation in the history and
customs of the target culture is undertaken before departure.

Prerequisites: SPAN 1101, SPAN 1102 and SPAN 2103 or
permission of instructor and chair of Latin American Studies.

179

LAST 2000 Introduction to Latin American Studies. (3)

An interdisciplinary approach to the people, culture, development and identity
of Latin America. Attention will be given to such topics as art, class,
economics, gender, history, literature, music, politics, race, and religion.

LAST 3001 Survey of Latin American Literature L (3)

A general survey of contemporary Latin American literature.

LAST 3002 Survey of Latin American Literature n. (3)

Focuses on the works of a current major Latin American writer or writers.

LAST 3110 Special Topics. (3)

A study of selected topics from a specific discipUne. Since the focus of this
course changes frequently, this course may be repeated for credit.

LAST 3210 Latin American PoUtics. (3)

This course examines the dynamics of Latin American poHtics. The class will
be divided into three overlapping themes: poUtical development, economic
growth, and poUtical violence.

LAST 3930 Intercultural Communications. (3)

A study of the cultural risks confronting the business manager in an
international environment. This course will survey the differences in values
and codes of behavior among a number of cultures with the primary focus
being on Latin America. This course will give the student the opportunity to
learn how to read and respond to the organizational culture of regulators,
business associates, and customers across cultural borders.

Spanish

As the Latino population increases in the United States, the abiUty to speak
Spanish is becoming an asset if not a necessity in the market place. This need
is already occurring in such diverse fields as business, education, health care,
law, and social work. In order to better prepare our students to meet this
growing need in their future fields, we offer a major and minor in Spanish.
While not required, study abroad is strongly encouraged for both our majors
and minors to improve language fluency and cultural awareness.

A major in Spanish consists of a total of 36 hours. Thirty of these hours are in
Spanish courses above 1102. Required courses are as follows:

SPAN 2 1 03 Intermediate Spanish I 3 hrs.

SPAN 2 1 05 Intermediate Spanish 11 3 hrs.

SPAN 2106 Introduction to Hispanic Literature 3 hrs.

SPAN 3000 Spanish Conversation and Composition I 3 hrs.

180

SPAN 3001 Spanish Conversation and Composition II 3 hrs.

SPAN 3002 Hispanic Culture and Civilization 3 hrs.

SPAN 4000 Latin American Literature 3 hrs.

SPAN 4001 Peninsular Spanish Literature 3 hrs.

SPAN electives in 3000 level Spanish course or above 6 hrs.

The remaining six hours of the major consists of two Latin American
Studies electives.

A minor in Spanish consists of 18 hours. Eighteen of these hours are in
Spanish courses above Spanish 1102. Required courses are as follows:

SPAN 2103 Intermediate Spanish I 3 hrs.

SPAN 2105 Intermediate Spanish n 3 hrs.

SPAN 2106 Introduction to Hispanic Literature 3 hrs.

SPAN 3000 Spanish Conversation and Composition I 3 hrs.

SPAN 3001 Spanish Conversation and Composition II 3 hrs.
Plus:

SPAN Spanish elective 3 hrs.
(3000 level Spanish course or above)

Course Descriptions (SPAN)

SPAN 1101 Elementary Spanish I. (3)

A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, essentials of
grammar, and reading of simple prose.

SPAN 1102 Elementary Spanish H. (3)

A continuation of Spanish 1101.

Prerequisite: Spanish 1101

SPAN 2103 Intermediate Spanish I. (3)

A review of grammar and syntax with practice in reading selected texts.
Prerequisite: Spanish 1102 or permission of instructor

SPAN 2105 Intermediate Spanish n. (3)

A continuation of Spanish 2103.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2103 or permission of instructor

SPAN 2106 Introduction to Hispanic Literature. (3)

An introductory course designed to introduce the intermediate level language
student to reading and analyzing short Uterary works in Spanish.
Prerequisite: SPAN 2103 or permission of the instructor

181

SPAN 2199 Latin American Seminar. (1-9)

A travel-study seminar which provides valuable educational experience
through close contact with the contemporary life and civiUzation of a selected
Spanish-speaking country. Basic academic preparation in the history and
customs of the target culture is undertaken before departure.

Prerequisites: SPAN 1101, SPAN 1102, and SPAN 2103 or
permission of instructor and chair of Latin American Studies

SPAN 3000 Spanish Conversation and Composition I. (3)

A course stressing practice in speaking and writing Spanish. Not open to
students fluent in Spanish.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2105 or permission of instructor

SPAN 3001 Spanish Conversation and Composition U. (3)

A continuation of Spanish 3000. Not open to students fluent in Spanish.
Prerequisite: SPAN 3000 or permission of instructor

SPAN 3002 Hispanic Culture and Civilization. (3)

This course provides an overview of Spain's and Latin America's cultures and
civilizations.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2106 or permission of instructor

SPAN 3110 Special Topics. (3)

The further development of Spanish language skills by focusing on a variety of
professions or fields of study. Since the focus of this course changes
frequently, this course may be repeated for credit.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2103 or permission of instructor

SPAN 4000 Latin American Literature. (3)

An advanced course designed to introduce the student to Latin America's major
literary movements and writers.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2106 or permission of instructor

SPAN 4001 Penmsular Spanish Literature. (3)

An advanced course designed to introduce the students to Spain's major Uterary
movements and writers.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2106 or permission of instructor

SPAN 4002 Latin American Women Writers. (3)

This course will introduce the student to major contemporary Latin American
and Latina women writers. Writers and works to be studied will change
periodically.

Prerequisite: SPAN 4000 or SPAN 4001 or permission of instructor

182

1

Modern Languages

The program in Modem Language is administered by the department of Latin
American Studies. Courses are taught in Spanish, French, German and other
modem languages (under the LANG label).

Minor in French

For students wishing to develop their general understanding of French and the
Francophone world, and/or wish to concentrate in a particular area of French
language study. The French minor consist of 18 credits (12 additional credits
beyond the intermediate level).

Required courses : 15 credits

FREN 2 1 03 Intermediate French I 3 credits

FREN2105 Intermediate French 3 credits

FREN 3000 French conversation 3 credits

FREN 3001 Advanced Grammar and Composition 3 credits
FREN 3002 French civilization ,

or FR 3003 French Literature (Every other year) 3 credits

The remaining 3 hours can come from any 3000 level French course listed
below:

FREN 3004 Francophone culture and Literature (On demand)

F^EN 3110 "Special Topics": Topics will change, so students may

take for repeat credit.

FREN 3110 Business French (On demand)

FREN 3110 Translation and Reading in French (On demand)

FREN 31 10 French Philosophers (On demand)
Total credits: 18 credits

French (FREN)

FREN 1101 Beginning French I. (3)

A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, essentials of
grammar, and reading of simple prose.

FREN 1102 Beginning French n. (3)

A continuation of French 1 101.

Prerequisite: FREN 1 101 or permission of instmctor

FREN 2103 Intermediate French I. (3)

A continuation of French 1 102 with additional readings.

Prerequisite: FREN 1 102 or permission of instmctor

183

FREN2104 Intermediate French n. (3)

A systematic and thorough review of French grammar with emphasis on the
production of speech. Not open to students fluent in French.
Prerequisite: FREN 2103 or permission of instructor

FREN 2199 Francophone Travel Seminar. (1-9)

A travel-study seminar composed of preliminary academic preparation
followed by contact with the target culture through travel in the selected
French-speaking country.

Prerequisite: FREN 1 101, FREN 1 102, and FREN 2103 or

permission of instructor and chair of Latin

American Studies

FREN 3000 French Conversation. (3)

The goal of this course is to help students improve their

(1) vocabulary

(2) oral comprehension: hstening skills

(3) oral production: speaking skills

i

FREN 3001 Advanced Grammar & Composition. (3)

The objective of this course is to allow the participants to improve their
composition skills in French. The course has three major components:
grammar review and refinement; reading and analysis of various kinds of texts,
both Uterary and joumahstic; a variety of composition assignments involving
such techniques as description, analysis, persuasion, and managing
complicated chronologies. The participants can expect to improve their
command of French grammar, to increase their vocabulary, and to develop
appropriate strategies for writing good compositions.

FREN 3002 French civilization: Makmg and Identity of France. (3)

Concentrating on political and social history, rather than "high culture," this
course is designed to introduce you to the great moments and great personages
who have defined France and what it is to be French across the centuries.
Some high points include Roman Gaul, the Carohngian Renaissance, St. Louis
and the high Gothic Period, Jeanne d'Arc and the Hundred Years' War,
Renaissance and Reform, Louis XTV and Versailles, the Revolution, Napoleon, |
Revolution and Restoration in the 19th century, France at war in the 20th century. '

FREN 3003 Introduction to French Literature. (3)

An introduction to representative writers from the Middle Ages to the Revolution.
Attention will be paid to the changing social and cultural contexts in which the
literature was produced; emphasis will be on enduring humanistic values.

184

FREN 3004 Francophone Literature and Culture. (3)

As a four skills course, this FR 3004 class seeks to improve the reading,
writing, speaking and Ustening skills of students studying French particularly
with the goal of preparing those students who wish to go on for upper division
French. The four skills mentioned will be integrated into the body of the
course, and will be developed simultaneously.
Prerequisite: Fr 3002 or FR 3003

FREN 3110 Special topics. (3) Topics will change so students may take

for repeat credit.
Translation & Reading in French

Translation and Reading skills. This course concentrates exclusively on the
cultivation of reading and translation abiUties in the French language. Classes
are in Enghsh and all work is from French to English.
Business French

The trend of intemationahzing business and services forces companies to cope
with cultural differences inside a company and when sending executives and
their families abroad. In a foreign country there are more than language
barriers to overcome. Methods which work at home can lead to failure abroad.
Likewise, the most competent manager can damage an operation if not
properly prepared for his or her stay in the host country. This course is

' designed to help you cross cultural boundaries, whether you are planning on
living abroad as a smdent, an intern, or an employee. It is not meant to be a
technical business course, but rather a course that will help you understand
what culture shock is, and how you can prepare yourself for it.
French PhUosophers An introduction to French Philosophers and the
different philosophical currents that have shaped French thought and the world

i at large.

German (GERM)

GERM 1101 Beginnmg German L (3)

A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, essentials of
grammar, and reading of simple prose.

GERM 1102 Beginnmg German n. (3)

. A continuation of German 3101.

1 Prerequisite: GERM 1101 or permission of instructor

I GERM 2103 Intermediate German I. (3)

I Continuation of the development of proficiency in Ustening and speaking,
j while expanding the reading and writing skills using materials of a hterary or
cultural nature, granmiar review included.
Prerequisite: German 1102

185

GERM 2104 Intermediate German H. (3)

A continuation of German 2103.

Prerequisite: German 2103

Other Languages and Culture (LANG)*

I

LANG 1101 Beginning Language I. (3)

A course for beginners with intensive practice in oral communications,
pronunciation, essentials of grammar, and where possible, reading of simple prose

LANG 1102 Beginning Language n. (3)

A continuation of Language 1101.

Prerequisite: LANG 1101 or equivalent

LANG 1103 Beginning Language m. (3)

A continuation of Language 1 102

Prerequisite: LANG 1 102 or equivalent

LANG 1199 Language Travel Seminar (1-9)

A travel- study seminar which provides further preparation in the target
language and culture through travel in a country which speaks the language.
Academic work is determined by the course instructor.

Prerequisites: LANG 1 101, LANG 1 102, and LANG 1 103 or
consent of instructor and chair of Latin American Studies.

LANG 2000 Culture and Civilization of a Selected Country. (3)

A survey of the civiUzation and culture of one of the major societies of the
world. The course examines the cuhure's social and political development, its
customs and traditions, and its contributions to the global community in terms
of art, music and literature. (LAST 1 104 can fill this requirement.)

LANG 2104 Intermediate Language. (3)

An intensive review of the language grammar with emphasis on the production
of speech. Not open to students fluent in the language.
Note: These courses are available so that a language other than French,
German, or Spanish may be available from time-to-time.

186

LIBRARY SCIENCE

4600. Advanced Library Research. (2) Spring

A course designed to prepare students for library research at the graduate level.
Attention is given to the developing research strategies, identifying discipUne-
appropriate sources, retrieving information efficiently, and applying sound
ethical practices to the research process.

The Chapel

187

MATHEMATICS

Introduction

The Mathematics curriculum at LaGrange College provides a soUd
undergraduate mathematics foundation. Along with the broad-based general
education curriculum, the Mathematics department seeks to prepare
mathematics majors for careers in industry or teaching, or for graduate study in
mathematics.

Objectives

To be accepted as a major in the Mathematics Department, a student must have
completed Mathematics 2221, have an overall GPA of 2.25 or better, and a
GPA of 2.5 or better in all mathematics courses numbered 2221 or higher.
Students can pursue the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in mathematics
or a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in mathematics. Students who
pursue the Bachelor of Arts degree have more options in selecting their
courses. This is the liberal studies degree in mathematics. Students who
complete the Bachelor of Arts degree usually seek careers in areas such as
banking, general business, and secondary education. A more in-depth degree is
earned by students in the Bachelor of Science program. Students who
complete the Bachelor of Science degree usually enter graduate schools or
pursue industrial positions.

The Bachelor of Arts Degree

This degree requires a minimum of 42 semester hours in mathematics courses,
as follows:

MATH 2221 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I (4)

MATH 2222 Analytic Geometry and Calculus 11 (4)

MATH 2223 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II I (4)

MATH 2224 Differential Equations (3)

MATH 3306 College Geometry (3)

MATH 3316 Probabihty Theory (3)

MATH 3335 Linear Algebra (3)

MATH 3380 Discrete Mathematics (3)*

OR MATH 3382 Combinatorial Design Theory (3)*

MATH 4333 Modem Algebra I (3)**

OR MATH 4343 Analysis I (3)**

MATH 4350 Problem Solving (3)

188

i

* One of these courses must be taken. The other may be used to satisfy one of the
additional courses, listed below.

** One of these courses must be taken. The other may be used to satisfy one of the
additional courses, listed below.

plus 3 additional courses, selected from

MATH 2261 Calculus Applications (3)

MATH 3305 Number Theory (3)

MATH 3317 Mathematical Statistics (3)

MATH 3340 History of Mathematics (3)

MATH 3342 Complex Variables (3)

MATH 3380 Discrete Mathematics (3)

MATH 3382 Combinatorial Design Theory (3)

MATH 4333 Modem Algebra I (3)

MATH 4334 Modem Algebra II (3)

MATH 4343 Analysis I (3)

MATH 4344 Analysis II (3)

MATH 44 1 Numerical Analysis (3)

OR CSCI 4100 Numerical Analysis (3)

MATH 4495 Independent Study (3)

MATH 4496 Independent Study (3)

MATH 4499 Special Topics in Mathematics (3)

A programming course in Computer Science is required, as approved by
advisor.

Bachelor of Science Degree

This degree requires a minimum of 48 semester hours in mathematics courses,
as follows:

MATH 2221 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I (4)

MATH 2222 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II (4)

MATH 2223 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4)

MATH 2224 Differential Equations (3)

MATH 3316 Probability Theory (3)

MATH 3317 Mathematical Statistics (3)

MATH 3335 Linear Algebra (3)

MATH 3342 Complex Variables (3)

MATH 3380 Discrete Mathematics (3)*
OR MATH 3382 Combinatorial Design Theory

189

(3)*

MATH 4333 Modem Algebra I (3)

MATH 4343 Analysis I (3)

MATH 4350 Problem Solving (3)

*One of these courses must be taken. The other may be used to satisfy one of the
additional courses, listed below.

plus 3 additional courses, selected from

MATH 226 1 Calculus AppHcations (3)

MATH 3305 Number Theory (3)

MATH 3306 College Geometry (3)

MATH 3340 History of Mathematics (3)

MATH 4334 Modem Algebra H (3)

MATH 4344 Analysis H (3)

MATH 44 1 Numerical Analysis (3)

ORCSCI4100 Numerical Analysis (3)

MATH 4495 Independent Study (3)

MATH 4496 Independent Study (3)

MATH 4499 Special Topics in Mathematics (3)

A programming course in Computer Science is required, as approved by
advisor. Physics 1121 and 1122 are recommended.

Assessment

Assessment of the objectives of the mathematics program is based on the
following:

Mathematics majors will complete each major course with a grade of C or
better.

Students who have eamed a grade of A or B in MATH 4350 taking one of
the following exams:

1) Praxis n

2)GRE Subject Test in Mathematics

3) an Actuarial Science Examination administered by either the Society of
Actuaries (SO A) or the Casualty Actuarial Society (CAS).

will eam a satisfactory score on the exam in no more than two attempts,
provided that the exams are taken within six months of completing MATH
4350.

A survey will be sent to recent graduates of the program during the fall term of
each year. The results of these surveys will be considered and may result in
changes to improve the program.

190

Minor

A minor in mathematics consists of the following courses: MATH 2221, plus
five additional courses selected from MATH 2222, 2223, 2224, 2261, 3305,
3306, 3316, 3317, 3335, 3342, 3380, 3382, 4333, 4334, 4343, 4344, 4350,
4410, 4495, 4496, and 4499. At least two of the six courses must be at the
3000 or 4000 level.

Course Descriptions (MATH)

MATH 0100 Basic Mathematics. (3) Fall, Spring

An overview of basic skills in mathematics, including ratio and proportion,

percent, use of fractions and decimals, systems of measurement and linear

equations.

MATH 1101 CoUege Algebra. (3) Fall, Spring
A study of sets, real numbers, operations, order, inequalities, polynomial
factoring, functions, graphs, exponents, first- and second-degree equations, and
systems of equations.

Prerequisite: MATH 0100 or satisfactory score on mathematics
placement test.

MATH 1114 Introduction to Statistics. (3) Fall, Spring
An introduction to probability and statistics. Topics include descriptive
statistics, probability, the Normal probability distribution, and hypothesis testing.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or 2105 or 2221.

MATH 1117 Quantitative Methods. (3) Spring
A study of finite mathematical models with an emphasis on the quantitative
skills required to solve apphcations related to business.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or 2105 or 2221.

MATH 1121 A Survey of Calculus. (3) Spring

An intuitive introduction, using technology, to the concepts and applications of
calculus. Topics include functions and graphing, tangents to a curve,
differentiation and integration, maxima, minima, and area under a curve.
Prerequisite: MATH 1 101 or 2105 or satisfactory score on

mathematics placement test.

Note: Not open to students who have credit for

MATH 2221.

191

I

MATH 2105 Precalculus. (4) FaU, Spring ^

A study of calculus-oriented algebra and trigonometry. Topics include
simplifying algebraic expressions, solving equations, exponential and
logarithmic functions, applications of functions, graphs, and the trigonometric
functions.

Prerequisite: MATH 1 101 or satisfactory score on mathematics
placement test.

MATH 2221 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I. (4) Fall, Spring
An introduction to differential and integral calculus. Topics include Umits,
differentiation and appUcations, integration and appUcations, and exponential |
and logarithmic functions.

Prerequisite: MATH 2105 or 1121 (and permission of instructor) or
satisfactory score on mathematics placement test.

MATH 2222 Analytic Geometry and Calculus H. (4) Fall, Spring
A continuation of Math 2221 . Topics include the calculus of the trigonometric
and inverse trigonometric functions, improper integrals, indeterminate forms,
the conic sections, and techniques of integration.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221.

MATH 2223 Analytic Geometry and Calculus m. (4)Fall, Spring.
A continuation of the study of the calculus. Topics include sequences and
series, parametric equations, polar coordinates, functions of two or more
variables, partial derivatives, multiple integrals, and vector analysis.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222.

MATH 2224 Differential Equations. (3) Spring.

A study of first and second order differential equations with appUcations,

numerical methods, and solution in series.

Prerequisite or Co-requisite: MATH 2223.

MATH 2261 Calculus Applications. (3) On demand
A study of appUcations which can be solved using calculus. The course will
utiUze technology, in the form of graphing calculators, a software package
(such as Mathematica or Maple), or both.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222.

MATH 3001 Mathematical Applications for Teachers. (3) Fall
A smdy of appUcations in Mathematics.

Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher.

Note: Open only to Elementary and Middle Grades Education Majors.

i

192

I

MATH 3002 Geometry for Teachers. (3) Spring
A study of conditional statements, angles, congruent figures, parallel lines,
similar figures, transformations, trigonometric ratios, and two- and three-
dimensional figures.

Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher.

Note: Open only to Middle Grades Education Majors.

MATH 3003 History of Mathematics for Teachers. (3)

Spring, even years
An historical development of mathematical concepts.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher.

Note: Open only to Elementary and Middle Grades
Education Majors.

MATH 3004 Probability and Statistics for Teachers. (3)

A study of basic probability and statistics and its applications with an emphasis on
the skills required to organize and analyze data as it relates to the education field.

MATH 3305 Number Theory. (3) On demand
An introduction to number theory.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221.

MATH 3306 College Geometry. (3) Spring, odd years
A study of the concepts of plane Euclidean geometry, with an introduction to
coordinate geometry and non-Euclidean geometries.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221.

MATH 3316 Probability Theory. (3) Spring

An introduction to probability. Topics include random variables, discrete and
continuous distributions, the Poisson process, expectation and conditional
expectation, and problem solving.

Prerequisite: MATH 2222.

MATH 3317 Mathematical Statistics. (3) Fall
An introduction to the mathematical theory of statistics. Topics include
estimation and maximum likelihood estimates, sampling distributions,
confidence intervals, and hypothesis testing.
Prerequisite: MATH 3316.

MATH 3335 Lmear Algebra. (3) Spring
An introduction to linear algebra and matrix theory.
Prerequisite: MATH 1121 or 2221.

MATH 3340 History of Mathematics. (3) Spring even years
An historical development of mathematical concepts.

Prerequisite: MATH 2221 or permission of instructor.

193

MATH 3342 Complex Variables. (3) Spring, even years
An introduction to complex variables.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222.

MATH 3380 Discrete Mathematics. (3) Fall, even years
An introduction to discrete mathematics. Topics include set theory,
combinatorics, recurrence relations, linear progranmiing, and graph theory.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221.

MATH 3382 Combinatorial Design Theory. (3) Fall, odd years
A study of techniques used for constructing combinatorial designs. Basic
designs include triple systems, Latin squares, and affine and projective planes.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221.

MATH 4333 Modern Algebra I. (3) Fall, odd years
An introduction to modem abstract algebra.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222.

MATH 4334 Modern Algebra H. (3) On demand
A continuation of Modem Algebra I.
Prerequisite: MATH 4333.

MATH 4343 Analysis I. (3) Fall, even years
An introduction to Analysis.

Prerequisite: MATH 2223.

MATH 4344 Analysis H. (3) On demand
A continuation of Analysis I.

Prerequisite: MATH 4343 .

MATH 4350 Problem Solvmg. (3) Fall

A study of problem solving techniques selected from the spectmm of
Mathematics course work required to complete a mathematics major at
LaGrange College. Topics come from a variety of areas, including algebra,
trigonometry, geometry, calculus, discrete mathematics, probability and
statistics, and mathematical reasoning and modeling.

Prerequisite: Senior standing and permission of instructor.

MATH 4410 Numerical Methods. (3) On demand
An introduction to numerical analysis with computer solutions. Topics include
Taylor series, finite difference, calculus, roots of equations, solutions of linear
systems of equations, and least-squares.

Prerequisite: MATH 2222 and CSCI 1990.

194

I

MATH 4495 Independent Study in Mathematics L (Variable) On demand
This course allows students to pursue a special problem or topic beyond those
encountered in any formal course.

Prerequisites: Minimum prerequisites are outHned in the LaGrange
College Bulletin. Additional prerequisites will be
determined by the instructor, based on the material to
be studied.

MATH 4496 Independent Study in Mathematics H. (Variable) On demand
This course allows students to pursue a second special problem or topic beyond
those encountered in any formal course.

Prerequisites: Minimum prerequisites are outlined in the LaGrange
College Bulletin. Additional prerequisites will be
determined by the instructor, based on the material to
be studied.

MATH 4499 Special Topics in Mathematics. (Variable) On demand
A course offered at the junior/senior level focusing on a speciaUzed topic from
the field of mathematics. A prerequisite may be required.

^?^

195

MUSIC

Introduction

The Department of Music is committed to developing skilled and
technologically astute musicians within a challenging learning environment
that encourages creativity, scholarship, and musical excellence. We offer two
degrees, the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Music, as well as a minor in
Music. The B.A. in Music provides a broad study of music while allowing
ample time for extensive course work in a related minor. The B.M., a
professional music degree, demands more courses within the music department
and is offered in three areas of study: Creative Music Technologies,
Performance (Voice, Piano, Organ, Guitar, Percussion), and Church Music.

Objectives

To equip music majors with the necessary musical knowledge and skills
required to obtain successful careers in music.

To equip music majors with the necessary musical knowledge and skills
required for admission into graduate study in music.

To provide classes, ensembles, and private music instruction for non-
music majors.

To provide culturally enriching experiences for the college and community
to heighten aesthetic awareness and appreciation of the musical arts.

Facilities and Resources

The Department of Music is located on the Callaway Campus and is housed in
the Callaway Educational Building. Our facihties include music faculty
studios/offices, Callaway Hall, instructional and rehearsal space, student
practice rooms, a theory lab, an electronic keyboard laboratory, and two
recording studios. The Moog Studio features Digital Performer and Giga
Studio 160 as the core equipment; the Edit/Mix room is a ProTools room; the
NLE video editing room feamres Adobe Premiere; and we also have short-run
manufacturing gear for Audio CDs and CD booklets. Moog & Edit/Mix are
24/7 facihties and enjoy a great deal of student use and creative productivity.

General Information for Music Majors

Acceptance into the Department of Music is granted by a music faculty
committee to those students who have submitted an appUcation and completed
an audition/interview. Please inquire about audition dates, usually held in
early spring. Incoming students who have not auditioned or interviewed before
the committee prior to the beginning of the fall semester should contact the
Chair of the Department before enrolling in music courses. Admission of all

196

new music students to the Department of Music, freshmen and transfers, is
provisional in nature and will be evaluated at the end of the first year of study
(see Entry Requirements for Music Majors below).

The Bachelor of Music degree is designed for students who are preparing for
professional careers in music and/or graduate study in music. The curricula
leading to this degree are based on a philosophy that recognizes the need for
rigorous study in all aspects of music. Each program of study requires a heavy
concentration of music courses/experiences, and many courses are sequential.
Therefore, potential music majors are strongly encouraged to begin taking
music courses in their freshman year. The Chair of the Department of Music
can provide you with advisement and a four-year suggested course guideUne.

The music faculty provides incoming students with a Music Majors Handbook
containing departmental policies and further details about requirements for
music majors.

Music Scholarships

A hmited number of talent-based scholarships are available for incoming
freshmen as well as transfer students. Audition dates for scholarships are held
annually in the spring. Applicants to the Performance and Church Music
degree tracks should be prepared to present two selections of contrasting styles.
Applicants to the Creative Music Technologies degree track must present two
or three samples of original compositions and/or arrangements on manuscript
or any recorded format.

In addition to departmental awards, several special scholarships have been
designated by friends of LaGrange College: the Felicia Maddox Scholarship,
the Herbert H. Cox Scholarship, the Hortense Hughes Moore Scholarship, the
Pauline Witherspoon Hutchinson Scholarship, the Zachry Mattox Scholarship,
and the Greenville United Methodist Church Scholarship.

Ensembles

The LaGrange College Singers is a select group of singers chosen by audition.
This ensemble represents the College and Department of Music in public
performances throughout the academic year, both locally and abroad.

Both the jazz and guitar ensembles are open to talented students by audition
only. Those interested may audition at the beginning of each semester.

Entry Requirements for Music Majors

In addition to fulfilling the general requirements for admission to LaGrange
College, students desiring to major in music must complete the following:

Audition/interview before the music faculty prior to enrolUng in music
courses.

197

Take the Music Theory Placement Exam. The results of this exam will be
used to determine the appropriate level of music theory instruction.

At the end of the first year of study, a music faculty conmiittee will evaluate
each student's progress in the department and determine whether or not to
accept the student into full standing as a music major.

1

Exit Requirements for Music Majors

Students must receive a grade of "C" or better in all music courses.

All music majors must take the Theory Competency Exam upon
completion of MUSI 2202 and must receive a minimum score of 80%. A
detailed description of this exam is included in the Music Majors
Handbook.

All music majors must take the Piano Proficiency Exam demonstrating
keyboard skill, receiving a "Pass" on each of the exam's criteria. Further
details about this exam are included in the Music Majors Handbook.

All music majors must present either a capstone project or a pubUc recital
featuring their talent (according to the degree requirements). Recital
requirements vary between the different programs of study. Consult the
Music Majors Handbook for specific guidelines.

All music majors must attend at least 80% of departmentally sponsored
concerts and events each semester of study.

Bachelor of Arts in Music

This program of study provides the student with a broad, hberal arts based
music education. The major consists of 40 hours of course work, involving
four areas of study: 1) academic, 2) performance, 3) music electives, and 4)
capstone presentation. The academic areas include 22 hours of music theory
and music history. The performance component is comprised of 3 hours of
Piano Class (1-3 ) and 4 hours of appUed lessons or ensemble. The music
electives consist of MUSI courses 3000-level or above and may not be counted
in the academic or performance areas (10 hours). MUSI 4486 Special Topics
may be taken multiple times for credit. The capstone presentation (one-hour
credit) should be a senior-level investigation of a topic approved by the music
faculty and may take the following forms: a) recital, a 30-minute pubUc
performance; b) lecture-recital, the student presents a combination lecture and
recital totahng 30 minutes; or c) lecture, a 20-30 minute presentation of
research on some music topic appropriate to the student's interests and
abihties. The successful capstone project should bring together each facet of
the student's music education, and thus should be completed in the smdent's
final semester. The smdent is encouraged to choose a complementary minor
area of study, including but not hmited to Philosophy, History, or Theater.
The student must adhere to all entrance/exit requirements conmion to all
Music Majors.

198

16 hours

6 hours

3 hours**

4 hours

1 hour

10 hours

48 hours

40 hours

20 hours

108 hours

In addition to the Common Core requirements, students complete the following:

MUSI 1101,1 102, 2201, 2202 Theory 1-4

MUSI 3301, 3302 Music History 1 & 2

MUSI 1 103, 1 104, 2203 Piano Class 1-3

MUSI 1 105, 1 106 (or 1 107, 1 108) ^pHed Lessons or Ensemble

MUSI 4488 Capstone Presentation

MUSI (3000-level or above) Music Electives

Common Core Program Requirements
Music Hours:
General Electives:
Total:

Special Topics (MUSI 4486) will vary from year to year. Courses may include:
Great Composers, Aesthetics, The Symphony, Opera, etc., depending on the
expertise of the professor.

**A student whose primary appUed instrument is piano or organ must take an
additional 3 hours of music electives to substitute for Piano Class 1-3.

Bachelor of Music in Creative Music Technologies

This program of study prepares the student for an entry-level position in the
music industry or continued study at the graduate level. Students of this
program typically come from backgrounds that include performance, song
writing, composition, electronic and/or computer music. The course work
prepares students for a wide variety of activities, such as film/video scoring,
multimedia, electroacoustic concert and studio applications, music printing,
digital audio and video editing, 5.1 audio editing and mixing, and MIDI
applications of every sort.

Internships allow students to tailor their academic work to their specific career
goals and gain valuable experience with industry professionals. Students are
expected to provide their own transportation to and from the internship site.
Credit hours vary according to the level of internship experience (please consult
the Internship Handbook for specific details). Students desiring to pursue
careers in the music industry are strongly encouraged to enroll for as many
internship hours and experiences as possible.

While CMT majors are only required to take three semesters of appUed
lessons, students are strongly encouraged to enroll for appUed lessons each
semester of study.

199

In addition to the Common Core Program requirements, students complete the
following:

MUSI 1101, 1102, 2201, 220:

2, Theory I -IV

16

hours

MUSI 1103, 1104,2203

Piano Class 1,2,3

3

hours

MUSI1105, 1106, 1107, 1108

Applied Lessons or Ensemble

3

hours

MUSI 2210

Composition I

2

hours

MUSI 2211

Composition II

2

hours

MUSI 3301, 3302

Music History I & II

6

hours

MUSI 3310

Orchestration

2

hours

MUSI 3352

Jazz Theory & Popular Practice

1

hour

MUSI 3366

Conducting

2

hours

MUSI 3369, 3370

Music Technology I & II

6

hours

MUSI 4484

Senior Recital

1

hour

MUSI 3390

Audio Engineering

3

hours

MUSI 4409

Composition m

3

hours

MUSI 4410

Composition IV

3

hours

MUSI 4413

Business of Music Industry

3

hours

* MUSI 4470

Internship

1-6 hours

CoHMnon Core Program Requirements:

48

hours

Music Hours:

57-62

hours

General Electives:

6

hours

Total:

111-116

hours

*Intemships may be taken for a maximum credit of 6 hours and may be
repeated for credit.

Bachelor of Music in Performance (Voice, Piano,
Organ, Guitar, Percussion)

This program of study is designed for students seeking careers as professional
classical performers and/or studio teachers. Students admitted to this
program of study must possess exceptional talent in their principal apphed
area, and instrumental and keyboard majors must demonstrate previous
training. The curriculum couples rigorous scholarship with numerous
performance opportunities, thus adequately preparing students for graduate
study in performance.

200

16

hours

3

hours

8

hours

8

hours

6

hours

2

hours

2

hours

2

hours

3

hours

2

hours

48

hours

52

hours

12

hours

112

hours

In addition to the Common Core Program requirements, students complete the
following:

i MUSI 1101,1 102, 2201, 2202 Theory I-IV

MUSI 1 103, 1 104, 2203 Piano Class 1, 2, 3

MUSI 1 105, 1 106 Apphed Lessons

MUSI 1 107, 1 108 Ensemble

MUSI 3301 , 3302 Music History I & II

* MUSI 3339 (or music elective) Diction for Singers

MUSI 3366 Conducting

MUSI 3384, 4484 Junior & Senior Recital

MUSI 4480 or 4460 Op^a Workshop or Prod. Project

MUSI Music Elective

Common Core Program Requirements:
Music Hours:
General Electives:
Total:

*Voice, Piano and Organ majors are required to take MUSI 3339; Guitar and
Percussion majors may choose to replace this course with another two-hour
music course.

Bachelor of Music in Church Music

Through a broad interdenominational curriculum, the degree in Church Music
prepares future leaders for music ministry in the church. The course of study
affirms both the rich heritage of the sacred musical tradition and contemporary
worship styles practiced in many churches today. This degree is also
appropriate for those students pursuing graduate study in church music at the
seminary/graduate school level.

! The required internships provide an opportunity for students to practice their
craft in a real-world environment. Students are expected to provide their own
transportation to and from the internship site. Because the internship

i experience offers valuable interaction with professionals and spiritual
mentoring, students are encouraged to enroll for as many internship credit
hours as their schedule permits. An internship may be taken for a maximum
credit of 6 hours and may be repeated. Also note that RLGN 1 102, Jewish
Origins in Context, may be taken to fulfill both the Conmion Core religion
elective requirement and a Department of Music requirement.

201

In addition to the Common Core Program requirements, students complete the
following:

MUSI 1101, 1102,

2201,

2202

Theory I - IV

16

hours

MUSI 1105, 1106

Applied Lessons

8

hours

MUSI 1107, 1108

Ensemble

8

hours

** MUSI 1103, 1104,

2203

Piano Class 1,2, 3

3

hours

MUSI 3366

Conducting

2

hours

MUSI 3301, 3302

Music History I & II

6

hours

MUSI 3331

Christian Hymnody

3

hours

MUSI 4470

Internship

* 1+

hours

MUSI 4484

Senior Recital

1

hour

RLGN1102

Jewish Origins in Context

3

hours

RLGN1103

New Testamoit Writings in Context 3

hours

RLGN3510

QmstianEduc. in the Local Church 3

hours

RLGN 3520

Christian Worship

3

hours

Common Core Program Requirements:

48

hours

Music Hours:

48

hours

Rehgion Hours:

9

hours

(excluding RLGN 1102***)

General Electives:

6

hours

Total:

111

hours

*Intemship may be taken for a maximum credit of 6 hours and may be
repeated for credit.

**A student whose major instrument is piano or organ may be required to
substitute Piano Class 1 , 2 and 3 with another 3 hours of music courses.

***RLGN 1 102 also fulfills the ReUgion Core requirement.

Course Descriptions (MUSI)

MUSI 1100 Music Fundamentals. (3) * Fall and Spring

Provides basic skills in elementary music theory, such as scales, key
signatures, staff notation, clefs, rhythm, meter, intervals, music terminology,
etc.

1

202

MUSI 1101 Theory I. (4) * Fall

This course is designed to provide the student with the basics of music theory,
including: scales, key signatures, intervals, triads, beginning voice leading,
harmony, figured bass, basic reductive and hierarchic graphing techniques,
sight singing and listening skills. Some lab time will be devoted to Internet
music resources and notation using FINALE. Other topics will include basic
MAC computer skills especially as they pertain to music theory and CAJ in
music theory and ear training. Lab required.

Prerequisite: MUSI 1 100 or passing score on Theory Placement Exam.

MUSI 1102 Theory H. (4) Spring

Continuation of MUSI 1 101 . This course is designed to provide the student
experience with intermediate-level music theory topics, including: phrase
structure, non-chord tones, voice leading, harmony, figured bass, basic
reductive and hierarchic graphing techniques, sight-singing, and listening
skills. Some lab time will be devoted to Internet music resources and notation
using FINALE. Other topics will include basic MAC computer skills,
especially as they pertain to music theory and CAI in music theory and ear
training. Lab required.

Prerequisite: MUSI 1101.

MUSI 1103 Piano 1. (1) Spring

Beginning instruction in piano for students with no previous keyboard training.

Development of basic reading skills.

MUSI 1104 Piano 2. (1) Fall

Continuation of Piano 1 with additional emphasis on sight-reading.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 103 or permission of Chair.

MUSI 1105-1106 Applied Lessons. (1-2) Fall, Spring

Individual instruction in the student's choice of instrument or voice to develop
technical proficiency, repertoire knowledge, and performance skills. May be
repeated for credit.

Prerequisite: Audition and authorization by the Chair.

Section A - Voice

Section B - Piano

Section C - Organ

Section D - Guitar

Section E - Percussion

203

MUSI 1107-1108Eiisemble (1) Fall, Spring

Performance organization(s) providing ensemble experience. May be repeated

for credit.

Prerequisite: Audition.

Section A - Concert Choir

Section B - Jazz Ensemble

Section C - Guitar Ensemble

MUSI 1109 Beginning Classical Guitar. (1) Fall, Spring

Basic techniques of Classical guitar taught in a classroom setting, intended for
non-music majors. The course includes fundamentals of reading music and
understanding elementary music theory. In addition, students will study
examples of simple folk music and music for worship. A selection of the most
useful guitar chords, suitable for beginners, and basic accompaniment patterns
will be taught to allow the students to accompany their singing. Students will
need to own an acoustic guitar and plan for daily practice time.

i

MUSI 1112 Music Survey. (3) * Fall, Spring

A broad survey of music from the Western classical tradition aimed at
developing aesthetic awareness and critical analysis of music from diverse
styles and genres.

i

MUSI 2201 Theory m. (4) Fall

Continuation of MUSI 1 102. This course is designed to provide the student
with more advanced knowledge of music theory, including: basic reductive
and hierarchic graphing techniques, chromatic harmony, modulations, form
(binary, ternary, and variations), advanced voice leading, advanced part
writing, sight singing and listening skills. Some lab time will be devoted to
Internet music resources and notation using FINALE. Other topics will
include basic MAC computer skills, especially as they pertain to music theory
and CAI in music theory and ear training. Lab required.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1102.

MUSI 2202 Theory IV. (4) Spring

Continuation of MUSI 2201 . This course is designed to provide the smdent
with more advanced knowledge of music theory, including: reductive and
hierarchic graphing techniques, advanced chromatic harmony, modulations,
form, advanced voice leading, advanced part writing, introductory 20^'^ century
compositional techniques, sight singing and Ustening skills. Some lab time
will be devoted to Internet music resources and notation using FINALE. Other
topics will include basic MAC computer skills, especially as they pertain to
music theory and CAI in music theory and ear training. Lab required.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2201.

204

MUSI 2203 Piano Class 3. (1) Spring

Continuation of MUSI 1 104 with emphasis on transposition and chord
accompaniment. Upon completion of this course, the student should be
prepared for the Piano Proficiency Exam. May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1104.

MUSI 2210 Composition I. (2) Fall

The introduction to the technique of arranging existing music for different or
unique ensembles. Arrangements will be done within given styles and will
emphasize specific performance skill levels and accessibiUty.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1102.

MUSI 2211 Composition n. (2) Spring

This course focuses on writing for the voice. Projects will include
contemporary practices as well as art song techniques.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1102.

MUSI 3301 Music History I. (3) Fall

The study of the western classical tradition, from earUest antiquity through
Bach. Emphasis on musical analysis and criticism.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2202.

MUSI 3302 Music History H. (3) Spring

Music of the Classical, Romantic, and Modem eras, including the music of
African Americans. Course will emphasize historical analysis and criticism,
aural identification, and research.

Prerequisite: MUSI 2202.

MUSI 3310 Orchestration. (2) Fall

Techniques of scoring for string, brass, woodwind, percussion instruments and

MIDI instruments.

Prerequisite: MUSI 2202.

MUSI 3331 Christian Hymnody. (3) January Term

A survey of Christian hymnody in the EngUsh-speaking world from its roots in
the early Christian Church to present day practices in worship. The study of
selected hymns and hynm writers associated with a number of different
Christian traditions will be included.

MUSI 3339 Diction for Smgers. (2) Fall

Trains students in the use of the International Phonetic Alphabet to phoneticize

English and foreign language art songs. Practice in transcribing English,

Italian, French, and German art songs and applying the rules of correct

pronunciation.

205

MUSI 3352 Jazz Theory and Popular Practice. (1) Fall

Theoretical foundations of the Jazz tradition, and consideration of related
contemporary style; blues, fusion, rock, gospel, and current popular idioms.
Aural skills emphasized, with keyboard harmony studies oriented to reaUzing
technical comprehension of the material.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2202.

MUSI 3366 Conducting. (2) Fall

Conducting techniques, score reading, rehearsal techniques for choral and/or

instrumental ensembles.

Prerequisite: MUSI 2202.

MUSI 3369 Music Technology I. (3) Fall

Basic studio techniques, music sequencing, music printing, synthesizers,

studio operation.

MUSI 3370 Music Technology n. (3) Spring

Creative work in the electronic music domain with an emphasis on music to
picture, interdisciplinary music techniques, and current and expoimental styles.
Prerequisite: MUSI 3369.

MUSI 3384 Junior Recital. (1) Fall and Spring

A 30-minute pubUc performance of the student's creative work and/or talent to

be given during the junior year.

Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Pre-Recital Hearing.

MUSI 3390 Audio Engineering. (3) Spring

Classroom instruction in digital and analog audio engineering. Recording
console operation, microphone placement and usage, mixing, tape based and
hard disc recording, mastering, CD burning and troubleshooting.

MUSI 4409 Composition m. (3) Fall

Upper-level composition for CMT majors. A projects course.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2202.

MUSI 4410 Composition IV. (3) Spring

Continuation of MUSI 4409. A projects course.
Prerequisite: MUSI 4409.

MUSI 4413 Business of Music Industry. (3)

The study of basic issues pertaining to the music industry: music copyrights,
music synchronization, musical mechanical Ucensing, standard music
contracts, royalties, artists' advances and contracts, buyouts. Introduction to
the major hcensing organizations, i.e., ASCAP, BMI, SESAC, and the
National Academy of Recording Arts & Sciences, the professional society
of musicians.

206

MUSI 4460 Production Project (3) January Term

A special projects course with hands-on participation and teamwork required.
Each project is unique; specific content will be publicized in the semester
preceding the course offering.

MUSI 4470 Internship. (1-6) Fall, January, Spring

A supervised, practical "real world" experience in a professional off-campus
environment in one of the following areas: Recording Studio, Broadcast
FaciUty, Post-Production House, Publishing Company, Independent
Conmiercial Composer, Film Studio, Advertising Agency, Church Music
Program, Performing Arts Company, Interactive Technologies, Video
Production FaciUty, or other approved internship opportunity.
May be repeated for credit.

MUSI 4480 Opera Workshop. (3) January or Spring Term

Staged and directed performances of complete compositions and/or excerpts
from operatic hterature of several styles and periods.
Prerequisite: Audition.

MUSI 4484 Senior Recital. (1) Fall, Spring

A one-hour public performance of the student's creative work and/or talent to

be given during the senior year.

Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Pre-Recital Hearing.

MUSI 4486 Special Topics. (3) Fall or Spring, alternate years

Class instruction for musical topics of a highly specialized nature. The content
of this course will change based upon the expertise of the instructor and the
needs of the students.

MUSI 4488 Capstone Presentation. (3)

The capstone presentation is a senior level investigation of some music-faculty
approved topic and may take the following forms: 1) recital, a 30-minute
public performance; 2) lecture-recital, where the student presents a
combination lecture and recital totahng at least 30 minutes; or 3) lecture, a 20-
30 minute presentation of research on some music topic appropriate to the
student's interests and abilities.

* Denotes courses in Music that may satisfy Fine Arts requirement in Core
Curriculum.

207

NURSING

Introduction

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) curriculum consists of two plans of !
study. The basic program prepares graduates for entry into professional nursing '
practice and confers ehgibility for initial Ucensure as a registered professional
nurse (RN). A degree-completion option is designed for Ucensed RNs who
wish to earn the BSN degree. J

The curriculum provides professional nursing education within a heritage of [
Christian faith and liberal arts learning. The nursing major, grounded in an
ethic of caring, encourages independent thought, appreciation for the discovery
of excellence, and commitment to supporting the health of individuals and
society. BSN studies estabUsh a sound foundation for professional nursing
practice, graduate smdy, and continuing progress toward personal and
professional goals. Faculty and students serve as resources for the College and
community in nursing education, service, and research. Opportunities for
collaborative study with students of other majors and clinical experience with
varied health care providers emphasize the interdiscipHnary nature of nursing
practice. As professional nurses, graduates will be able to assist individuals,
groups, and communities in meeting health care goals.

The BSN program is approved by the Georgia Board of Nursing and is
accredited by the National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission.

Objectives

Graduates of the Bachelor of Science in Nursing program will be able to:

Practice nursing from a knowledge and research base utihzing skills of
critical thinking, and conmiunication, with the ability to expand knowledge
and skills through Ufelong learning.

Engage in nursing practice based in a value system consistent with
professional standards of nursing and the philosophy of the nursing
program, characterized by caring and valuing of self and others.

Participate in transitions of health recognizing the opportunities and
limitations imposed by historical, sociocultural, spiritual, legal, ethical,
political, economic, and environmental contexts.

Assume the role of professional nurse, accountable as provider of care,
manager, collaborator, educator, learner, and resource for individuals, famiUes
groups, and communities in promoting and restoring health and well-being.

Admission to the BSN Program

Students may declare the intent to pursue a nursing major at any time.
However, apphcation for admission to the upper-division program is made

J

208

1

' during the sophomore year. Nursing studies begin at the junior level with the

exception of Nutrition (NURS 3305) which may be completed prior to
I admission to the nursing program. Admission requirements are as follows:

A completed Application for Admission to Nursing. An appUcation form is
available from the College Admissions office and in the office of the
Division of Nursing.

Completion of a sufficient number of credits in Common Core and other
required courses to permit an uninterrupted progression in the nursing major.

A grade of C or higher is required in anatomy, physiology, microbiology,
and Enghsh composition courses. Should a student earn less than a C more
than once in any combination of these courses, the students will be ineligible
to enter the nursing program. A limit of five years applies to completion of
anatomy, physiology, and microbiology courses.

A cumulative overall GPA of 2.5 or higher at the time of entry into the
nursing program, including all courses completed or attempted at any
institution.

An interview with a member of the nursing faculty may be required. An
applicant may request an interview if desired.

, An applicant who has completed any program of study leading to licensed
employment in the health care area (such as registered or practical nursing,
emergency medical technician) must present the license in person.
Unlicensed students enrolled in the nursing program may not be employed by
any health care agency in the capacity of Ucensed nursing personnel. They
shall not represent themselves in any practice setting as nursing students unless
engaged in planned programmatic learning activities which are part of the
nursing curriculum.

Admission to the BSN Completion Option

The BSN Completion Option is open to Registered Nurses who have
graduated from an Associate Degree or Diploma program in Nursing and who
hold a valid Ucense to practice as a Registered Nurse. Current Georgia RN
licensure is required prior to entering a clinical nursing course.
In addition to RN Ucensure, the general admission requirements above apply to
RN applicants, with the following exceptions:

RN students who enter the nursing sequence on a full-time basis must have
completed all Common Core requirements and all required non-nursing
courses through the junior level.

No time limit applies to the completion of anatomy, physiology, or
microbiology courses.

Thirty (30) previously earned Associate or Diploma nursing semester credits
may be accepted toward the BSN degree, subject to the terms of the Georgia

209

RN-BSN Articulation Agreement (the complete Agreement is available in
the office of the Division of Nursing). These 30 semester credit hours
represent previously completed nursing courses in Adult Health, Child
Health, Maternal Health, and Mental Health and are not intended to equal
the actual number of previously earned nursing credits. Normally, no more
than 30 hours of Associate Degree or Diploma nursing course credits may be
appUed toward fulfilling any requirements of the BSN degree.

Twenty-three (23) additional nursing course credits must be earned at the
upper division level (3000 and 4000 courses). Up to 8 of these credits may
be earned through challenge examinations on a one-attempt basis. A
minimum of one year of nursing practice experience within the past three
years is required for eUgibiUty for challenge examinations.

Matriculation Requirements

An accepted student must possess a level of physical and emotional health
sufficient to enable him/her to meet nursing program requirements and the
standards of professional nursing practice.

Prior to beginning the first cUnical nursing course, a medical examination is
required which documents the student's level of health and immunization or
inmiune status.

Professional HabiUty insurance (purchased on a group basis through the
College) and basic cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) certification is
required prior to beginning the first nursing course and must be continued
throughout all clinical nursing courses.

Curriculum

Nursing courses are offered in a 4-1-4 semester sequence during the junior and
senior years of study. The total BSN curriculum can be completed in four
academic years (8 semesters) and includes 45 credit hours in the Common
Core, 19 credit hours in other required and elective courses, and 56 credit
hours in nursing courses. Included in these hours are two elective and one
required interim courses which compose 9 hours of required interim hours.
Selected courses required for the BSN degree may fulfill certain Common
Core Requirements; these and other required non-nursing courses are:

BIOL 1 148 and BIOL 1 149 Human Anatomy and Physiology*

MATH 1 101 College Algebra*

CORE 1110 Quantitative Reasoning

PS YC 1101 Introduction to Psychology*

PSYC 3302 Human Growth and Development*

ENGL 1 101, 1 102 Rhetoric and Composition*

210

1

BIOL 2320 Microbiology *

RLGN2310 Bioethics
*These courses are prerequisite to entering the nursing courses.

Nursing courses completed by beginning (non-RN) students are:

Junior Year
Fall: NURS 3305 Nutrition and Health* (may be completed in advance)

NURS 3310 Health Promotion I, Aging

NURS 33 1 1 Health Assessment

NURS 3330 Health Promotion II, Maternal Infant

Spring: NURS 3331 Pharmacology*

NURS 3340 Pediatric Health Formation & Restoration
NURS 3350 Health Restoration I, Life Span

Senior Year
Fall: NURS 4400 Health Restoration E, Psych/Mental Health

NURS 4430 Health Restoration III, Complex Problems
NURS 443 1 Research in Nursing *

Spring: NURS 4432 Nursing Senior Capstone*

NURS 4440 Concq)ts in Health Promotion HI: A Community Focus*
NURS 4450 Leadership & Role Transition: A CUnical Practicum

Nursing courses designated above by an asterisk are required of RN students
enrolled in the BSN-completion option. RN students also complete two RN-
only courses.

Junior Level NURS 33 1 3 RN Seminar, Transitions (Fall)
Senior Level NURS 4460 RN Practicum (Spring)

Information regarding the program length and costs is provided to the National
League for Nursing Accrediting Commission and is available from that
organization at 61 Broadway - 33'"^ Hoor, NY 10006, 800-669-1656 Ext. 153.

Progression

1 . A grade of C (75%) or higher is required for successful completion of all
nursing courses. Course syllabi and the BSN Student Handbook detail
requirements for achieving a passing grade of C or better. A grade of D,
F, or WF is a faiUng grade.

2. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 must be maintained throughout the
period of enrollment in nursing courses. A nursing major whose GPA
falls below 2.0 will be placed on departmental probation and has one
semester in which to raise the GPA to 2.0 or higher. Failure to achieve a
2.0 in one semester will result in withdrawal from the nursing program.
A 2.0 GPA is required for entrance into senior level courses.

211

3. Students earning a D or F in any nursing course may repeat the course one
time. The course may be repeated, and if the student passes, he/she is
eligible to continue the nursing program. However, any other failure in that
or any other nursing course will result in dismissal from the program.

4. All Conmion Core and other required non-nursing courses, with the
exception of Bioethics and an interim elective must be completed prior to
beginning the senior level nursing courses.

5. A student who for any reason is not enrolled in a clinical nursing course for
a period of more than twelve (12) months must apply for readmission and
meet all standards for continuation in the nursing program. Readmission is
subject to available clinical space.

Progression in BSN Completion Option

In addition to the guidelines above, the following poUcies apply to progression in
the BSN Completion Option:

A valid Georgia RN license must be maintained throughout enrollment in
clinical nursing courses.

All previously earned ADN or Diploma nursing credits will be placed in escrow
when the RN student enters the nursing program. Upon satisfactory completion
of 6 credit hours of BSN nursing courses, the escrowed credits will be transferred
to the student's permanent academic record. Should the RN student not be
successful in the initial 6 hours of nursing course's), the previously earned
nursing credits will not be applied toward the BSN degree.

Assessment in the Major

NLN (National League for Nursing) achievement tests are administered at
intervals throughout the nursing program. These tests are included within
specific nursing courses.

During the final semester of nursing studies, all students must complete a
comprehensive assessment of learning in the major at a pre-determined level
required for graduation: Non-RN students will complete a standardized
comprehensive examination in nursing. RN students will complete an essay-type
examination. A description of these assessment processes will be provided to
students during the first semester nursing studies.

Course Descriptions (NURS)

Course credit hours and corresponding clock hours are shown in parentheses.
One class clock hour/week equals one credit hour; three laboratory or practice
clock hours/week equal one credit hour.

212

NURS3305 Nutrition and Health (1) Fall

An introduction to nutrition concepts and current dietary trends, focusing on
health promotion. Nutrients are explored with regard to sources, dietary
requirements, and health implications. Student interests are incorporated.
Prerequisite: None.

NURS 3310 Concepts in Health Promotion I: Focus on Aging.
(2 hrs. class 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (4) Fall
A foundation course to introduce and develop concepts, practices and
processes of health promotion in professional nursing, emphasizing the needs
of the elderly. The skills of communication, problem solving, and critical
analysis in nursing are included.

Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program.

Co-requisites: NURS 3311, NURS 3330

NURS 3311 Health Assessment Across the Life-span.

(2 hr. class, 3 hrs. lab per week) (3) Spring
A study of the health assessment process apphed to persons of all ages, with
emphasis on building knowledge and skill in data acquisition, organization,
and interpretation.

Prerequisite: RN status or Co-requisite: NURS 3310.

NURS 3312 Issues and Trends in Nursing. (3) Interim
An introduction to professional nursing practice and the varied roles of the
nurse in multiple practice settings. The significance of research in nursing
practice and inquiry as a means of defining the nursing role is included.
Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program.

NURS 3313 Transitions: A Seminar for Registered Nurses. (2) Fall
A study of varied perspectives and conceptual bases of the professional nursing role.
The research process and research significance in nursing practice is introduced.
Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program, RN status.

NURS 3330 Concepts in Health Promotion H, Mother, Newborn,
FamUy. (3 hrs. class, 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (5) Fall
A study of nursing care of mother, newborn, and family, including selected
women's health care issues. The nursing role in health promotion is
emphasized, with examination of physical, developmental, and psychosocial
challenges to health.

Prerequisite: Admission to the BSN Program
Corequisites: NURS 3305, NURS 3310, NURS 3311

213

NURS 3331 Pharmacology in Nursing. (3 hrs. class, 3 hrs. lab

per week) (4) Spring
Pharmacologic concepts and skill essential for nursing practice, including the
basic science of drugs, determination of dosage, nursing impUcations, and
medication administration techniques.

Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program or RN status.

4

NURS 3340 Pediatric Health Promotion and Restoration

(2 hrs. class, 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (4) Spring
A course designed to assist students in developing pediatric nursing knowledge
and skills. An understanding of growth and development provides a basis for
the nursing care in health promotion and restoration of well and ill children in a
variety of cUnical settings.

Prerequisites: NURS 3305, NURS 3310, NURS 3311, NURS 3312,

NURS 3330
Corequisites: NURS 333 1 , NURS 3350 \

NURS 3350 Concepts in Health Restoration I: A Life-span Focus.
(3 hrs. class, 12 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (7) Spring
The foundation course in nursing care of individuals and famiUes who are
experiencing challenges to health, emphasizing understanding and skill in
health restoration. J

Prerequisites: NURS 3310, NURS 3311, NURS 3312 \

Corequisite: NURS 3331 *

NURS 4400 Concepts m Health Restoration H: A Psych/Mental
Health Focus.

(2 hrs. class, 3 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (3) Fall
Course provides the student with a foundation in psychiatric and mental health
nursing with a focus on therapeutic communication, influences affecting
mental health and illness, and nursing care for mental health maintenance
and restoration.

Prerequisites: NURS 3330, NURS 3331, NURS 3350

NURS 4430 Concepts m Health Restoration HI: Complex Problems

Across the Life-span.

(3 hrs. class, 12 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (7) Fall
A study of advanced nursing care relevant to acutely ill patients with complex
health problems. Learning experiences emphasize collaboration and critical
analysis necessary in providing and coordinating care.

Prerequisites: NURS 3330, NURS 3331, NURS 3350

214

NURS4431 Research in Nursing. (3) Fall

A course designed to assist students in developing a sense of inquiry, including
research designs, sampling strategies, data analysis methods, and the use of
research in chnical nursing practice.

Prerequisites: NURS 3312 or NURS 3313

NURS 4432 Nursing Senior Capstone. (2) Spring
A seminar to assist students in synthesizing learning related to the roles and
practices of professional nurses, exploring the health care system and the legal-
ethical, sociopolitical, cultural, and professional issues influencing
contemporary nursing.

Prerequisites: NURS 4400, NURS 4430, NURS 4431

Co requisite: NURS 4450, NURS 4460

NURS 4440 Concepts in Health Promotion HI: A Conununity Focus.

(3 hrs. class, 3 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (4) Spring
A course directed toward the knowledge and skills necessary to the practice of
conmiunity health nursing. Emphasis is placed on the promotion and
protection of the health of individuals and groups within the context of
community. A research project is completed focusing on a problem or issue in
community health.

Prerequisites: NURS 4400, NURS 4430, NURS 4431

NURS 4450 Leadership and Role Transition: A Clinical Practicum.
(1 hr. class per week, 180 total hours clinical practice) (6) Spring
A course to facilitate the transition to professional practice. Leadership and
management roles assumed in clinical practice and increasing autonomy in
patient care are guided through preceptorial experiences.

Prerequisites: NURS 4440, NURS 4430, NURS 4431, NURS 4432

NURS 4460 Practicum for Registered Nurses. (1 hrs. class per week,
108 total hours clinical practice) (4) Spring

A chnical practicum to faciUtate RN transition to professional practice.
Principles of leadership are examined as they relate to Nursing Practice for the R.N.
Prerequisite: All nursing courses except Co-requisite NURS 4440

NURS 4495 Independent Study in Nursing (Variable) On demand
For students meeting requirements, the opportunity to pursue special interests
beyond those in the formal course of study.

Prerequisite: Completion of 2/3 nursing major, 3.0 GPA,
and permission.

215

PHYSICS

Introduction

The physics curriculum at LaGrange College serves two basic purposes:

1) An introduction to the physical sciences, oriented towards developing
problem solving, and reasoning skills suitable for the core requirements
of the college.

2) Support courses for programs in mathematics, chemistry, biology, com-
puter science, dual-degree in engineering, pre-medicine, pre-pharmacy,
and education.

Course Descriptions (PHYS)

PHYS 1101 Introductory Physics I. (3 hrs. lee, 2 hrs. lab per

week) (4) Fall
A noncalculus-based introduction to elementary kinematics, dynamics, energy,
momentum, fluids, and thermodynamics. The two hour laboratory illustrates
the concepts introduced in class.

Prerequisite: MATH 2105

PHYS 1102 Introductory Physics 11. (3 hrs. lee, 2 hrs. lab per week)

(4) Spring
A continuation of Physics 1101 and an introduction to sound and waves, elec-
tric charge. Coulomb's Law, electric and magnetic fields, optics, special rela-
tivity and quantum mechanics.

Prerequisite: PHYS 1101

PHYS 1121 General Physics I. (3 hrs. lee., 2 hrs. lab per week)

(4) Fall
A calculus-based introduction to particle dynamics, energy and momentum
conservation, rotational dynamics, hydrostatics, and thermodynamics. The
two-hour laboratory illustrates the concepts introduced in class.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222

PHYS 1122 General Physics H. (3 hrs. lee, 2 hrs. lab per week)

(4) Spring
A continuation of Physics 1121 covering wave mechanics, electricity and mag-
netism, simple circuits, optics, special relativity and quantum physics. The
laboratory introduces students to electronics.

Prerequisites: PHYS 1121, MATH 2223 or permission of instructor

216

POLITICAL SCIENCE

Introduction

The political science program is designed to provide students with the
knowledge and skills they will need to become active, useful citizens in
modern democratic poUties. For students who concentrate in political
science or those who take only occasional courses, this means that the
poUtical science program will develop their capacity to understand political
organizations and political processes, to analyze the forces affecting political
decisions, and to form judgments about their obUgations and rights as
citizens. It also means that the poUtical science program will provide
students with the skills necessary to begin a career in business, pubUc
service, consulting, or journalism or to continue their training in graduate
studies or law school.

Objectives

Students majoring in political science at LaGrange College will acquire
basic knowledge of these areas:

The values, processes, and institutions that affect collective decision-
making and contemporary poUtics in the United States.

The comparative analysis of the values, processes, and institutions that
affect collective decision-making and contemporary poUtics in other
countries.

The relations between and among states, especially those affecting
international conflict and international cooperation.

The ethical dimensions of public policy issues, poUtical practices, and
constitutional and legal questions.

Students majoring in poUtical science at LaGrange College will also acquire
the basic skills necessary to comprehend and perform modem poUtical
analysis. These include:

AbiUty to analyze the foundations of and differences between normative
and empirical inquiry.

Knowledge of the basic elements of research design and methods in
normative, empirical, and historical studies of poUtics.

Knowledge of basic data management and analysis and of the use of
computers in poUtical research.

AbiUty to convey findings in both written and oral presentations.

217

Course of Study

The Department of Political Science offers both a major and minor course of
study in political science.

For a Major in Political Science

Demand Sequence for the Program in Political Science (POLS)

POLS 1 101 U.S. Government

POLS 1 102 Introduction to Political Science

POLS 221 Comparative Politics

POLS 2220 International Relations

POLS 3300 Research Methods in Pohtical Science

POLS 4430 Senior Seminar in Pohtical Science

Students majoring in pohtical science must also complete an additional 18
semester hours of elective courses chosen from among the three and four
thousand level courses hsted for the program in this catalog. At lease one of
these courses must be in the field of American politics and pubhc poUcy
(POLS 3310, 3311, 3312, 3313) and one in the fields of international relations
(POLS 3320, 3321, 3322) or comparative pohtics (POLS 3350, 3351).
Pohtical science internships (POLS 4400) can earn a full semester (12 hours)
of credit toward graduation, but only six (6) hours can be credited toward
completion of the major course.

For a Minor in Political Science

Demand Sequence for the Program in Pohtical Science (POLS)

POLS 1 101 U.S. Government

POLS 1 102 Introduction to Pohtical Science

POLS 22 1 Comparative Pohtics

POLS 2220 International Relations

Students minoring in pohtical science must also complete an additional 6
semester hours of elective courses chosen from among the three and four
thousand level courses listed for the program in this catalog. In the minor
course of study, pohtical science internships caimot substitute for elective
course credit.

Assessment of Objectives

Assessment of the objectives of the program in pohtical science is based on
successful completion of each major course with a grade of C or better and
successful completion of POLS 4430: Senior Seminar in Pohtical Science. To
enroll in POLS 4430 students must have completed POLS 1 101, 1 102, 2210,

218

2220, and an additional nine (9) semester hours of elective courses in the
political science program. In special circumstances, these requirements may be
waived by permission of the faculty of the program.

Special Opportunities

The program in poUtical science supervises a variety of internships in local,
state, and national government and in the local legal community. Students
interested in pursing one of these opportunities should consult with the
program faculty. The program also includes service learning opportunities in
several of its courses. Again, students should consult with program faculty
concerning these courses prior to registration.

Course Descriptions (POLS)

POLS 1101 United states Government (3)

An introduction to political science through an analysis of the political system
of the United States. Topics considered include: basic concepts of political
science, federaUsm, civil liberties and civil rights, basic governmental
institutions, elections and public opinion, political parties and groups, and
domestic and foreign pubUc poUcy.

POLS 1102 Introduction to Political Science. (3)

An introductory course which focuses on the nature of the discipline of
pohtical science and which deals with the way political scientists study politics
through an overview of the major topics of the discipline.

POLS 2210 Comparative Politics. (3)

An introduction to comparative analysis of political systems. Topics
considered include: basic concepts of comparative theory, modem political
history in developed and developing areas, the interaction of poUtical and
economic factors in developed and developing areas, politics and state
institutions in selected countries, and comparative aspects of domestic and
foreign pubUc policy.

POLS 2220 International Politics. (3)

An introduction to the interaction of nation-states in the global system. Topics
considered include: war and power, economic and social interdependence, and
problems specifically associated with developing nations.

POLS 3300 Research Methods in Political Science. (3)

A study of basic social science research methods as appUed in political science.
Topics considered include: research design and data collection, measurement
and causality, fitting models to data with various methods, graphic analysis,
and the use of statistical software.

219

POLS 3311 Congress and the Presidency (3)

A study of the institutional interactions of the executive and legislative
branches of the United States government. Topics considered include: the \
President and policymaking, Congress and policymaking, instimtional
constraints on executive and legislative policymaking; foreign policy, civil
rights pohcy, economic poUcy and budgeting, and social welfare poUcy.

POLS 3312 Public Administration and Public Policy. (3)

An introduction to the study of public administration and public poUcy. Topics
considered include: theoretical approaches to the study of pubUc dministration,
the historical and constitutional basis for public administration in the United
States, the organization and management of pubUc institutions, the social,
poUtical, and legal environments of pubUc institutions, the role of political
processes in public administration, the analysis and evaluation of pubUc policy,
and the ethical basis of pubUc administration.

POLS 3313 American Judicial Institutions. (3)

A study of judicial institutions in the United States. Topics considered include:
the functions of legal and judicial institutions, the structure and powers of
national and state court systems, the legal profession, judicial selection,
judicial procedure, court administration, and policy formation by judicial
institutions.

POLS 3314 American Constitutional Law:Institutions (3)

An introduction to the study of constitutional law as it applies to government
institutions in the United States. Topics considered include: basic concepts of
constitutional analysis, historical development of present legal institutions and
regimes, judicial poUcy decisions in different areas of law, and the social,
political, and economic factors affecting those decisions.

POLS 3315 American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties and
Civil Rights (3)

An introduction to the constitutional Uberties and rights accorded American
citizens. Topics considered include: basic concepts of constitutional analysis,
historical development of present legal interpretations and regimes, judicial
decisions in different areas of law, the social, poHtical, and economic factors
affecting those decisions, and their effect on governing in the United States.

220

POLS 3320 Analysis of Foreign Policy. (3)

An introduction to how structures, institutions, outside actors, and political
culture produce American foreign policy. Topics covered include: recent
history of U.S. foreign relations, the roles played by both the President and the
Congress, the roles, functions and structures of U.S. State Department, the
Defense Department, intelhgence agencies and the National Security Council,
the pohcy making process and the measurement of outcomes, roles played by
the public, interest groups, and other actors. Current major foreign policy
issues will be discussed and examined as case studies.

POLS 3321 International Political Economy (3)

A study of international economics and trade through the analysis of the factors
influencing past and present changes. Topics covered include: current and past
international finance systems and mechanisms of exchange, the role of the state
and other actors, an examination of comparative advantage, various strategies
states employ such as import substitution or export promotion, the nature and
impact of formal and informal barriers to trade, the GATT and WTO, the
problems, failures, successes and prospects of the international economic
system and its impact on domestic poUtics.

POLS 3322 International Organizations. (3)

A study of the current international system. Topics covered include: the nature
of "systems", the recent history of global affairs and the evolution of the
international system to its present state, selected theoretical analyses of
international systems, the nature, roles and functions of the various actors in
the system, how advances in technology have fundamentally changed the
world, and the evolving roles of both states and supranational institutions.

POLS 3340 Themes in PoUtical Philosophy. (3)

An introduction to the basic ideas of political philosophy. Topics considered
include: the social and historical context of poUtical theory; the development of
major ideas in pohtical philosophy; critical analysis of theoretical arguments;
and the relation of poUtical theory to contemporary poUtics.

POLS 3341 Modem Political Theory. (3)

An overview of liberalism, conmiunism, and fascism, the three primary
I political ideologies that have shaped the twentieth century.

POLS 3350 States and Politics in Developmg Areas. (3)

A comparative study of the poUtical systems of developing societies. Topics
considered include: basic comparative theory, modem history of developing
societies, poUtical systems of selected states, and the interaction of poUtical
and economic factors in developing societies.

221

POLS 3351 States and PoUtics in Developed Areas. (3)

A comparative study of the political systems of developed societies. Topics
considered include: basic comparative theory, modem history of developed
societies, political systems of selected states, and the interaction of poUtical
and economic factors in developed societies.

POLS 4400 Political Science Internship, (credit may vary)

A supervised internship opportunity for students to work for approved public
or private organizations.

POLS 4410 Selected Topics in Political Science. (3)

This course examines particular issues related to topics in political science
selected by program faculty.

POLS 4420 Directed Study in Political Science. (3)

A supervised course of independent study available to selected students. The
course provides an opportunity for close cooperation between program faculty
and students on research projects and presentations.

POLS 4430 Senior Seminar in Political Science. (3)

A seminar course on a major subject of national or international concern based
on individual research and assigned readings.

On the Quad outside Fuller E. Callaway Academic Building

222

PSYCHOLOGY

Introduction

The goal of this department is to acquaint the student with basic principles of
behavior and the research methods necessary to understand them.

Objectives

A student who graduates from LaGrange College with a major in psychology
will:

recognize the importance of an EMPIRICAL approach in attempting to
understand behavior.

be familiar with the concepts, terms, and explanatory principles
characteristic of major psychological theorists and be able to evaluate them
critically.

be able to identify and discuss examples of the major "types" of learning, to
wit: classical, operant, observational, and information processing.

be familiar with generalizations regarding physiological correlates of
behavior.

be familiar with the major historical developments in psychology.

be familiar with the terminology of the current edition of the Diagnostic and
Statistical Manual of the American Psychiatric Association (DSM-IV-TR).

be able to describe how clinicians of different theoretical orientations (e.g.,
psychoanalytic, humanistic, cognitive, behavioral, and physiological)
explain and treat psychological disorders.

be able to Ust and discuss the various objective and projective personality
assessment techniques including the Rorschach , the Thematic Apperception
Test, the MMPI, , the NEO-PI-R, and the MBTI.

recognize the basic philosophical (e.g.. What is personality?) and
methodological issues (e.g.. How do we quantify and measure personality?)
in psychological research.

be familiar with the sections of an APA style research report including the
kinds of information typically found in each.

be familiar with the standard procedures for sunmiarizing data (including
construction of frequency tables), the calculation of measures of central
tendency (means, medians, and modes), the calculation of measures of
dispersion (range, variance, and standard deviation), and correlation
coefficients.

223

be familiar with the logic of hypothesis testing including the statement of
research and statistical hypotheses, the notion of Type I and Type II errors,
the power and efficiency of a statistical test, and the major inferential
techniques used in psychology (especially t test, analysis of variance, and
chi-square). }

recognize the concepts and principles of psychology as exemphfied in jM
everyday situations.

A major in psychology consists of 37 semester hours (12 courses) beyond the
introductory course (PSYC 1 101). Twenty-five of these hours come fi-om the
categories below.

Methods (Both Required - See Note 1 Below) I

PSYC 2298, PSYC 2299 !

Experimental Content (Select Two) j

PSYC 4455, PSYC 4465, PSYC 4470 I

Social/Personality/Development Content f

(Select Three See Note 2 Below)

PSYC 3321, (PSYC 3302 or PSYC 3358), PSYC 3350, PSYC 4460

Advanced Special Topics (Required - See Note 3 Below)
PSYC 4480

Notes:

1. Since this department views psychology as a research-based discipline, it
is strongly recommended that the student complete PSYC 2298 and
PSYC 2299 as soon as possible after the major is declared.

2. Students may take either PSYC 3302 or PSYC 3358 but not both to satisfy
this requirement. If a student takes both, one course counts toward the 12
hours of major electives.

3. PSYC 4480 will be offered once per year during January term and will
involve advanced study of a specialized topic. Topics will vary from year
to year.

4. PSYC 1 101, Introduction to Psychology, is the prerequisite to all 2000
level and above psychology courses except PSYC 2298 and PSYC 3341.
Some courses have other prerequisites.

Major Electives

An additional 12 hours of major courses wiU be selected by the student. A
student may select any 3000 or 4000 level psychology course beyond those
counted in the required areas. Up to three courses selected from HUSV 2247,
HUSV 2299, HUSV 3308, and BIO 1 148 may be applied toward the major
with the approval of the advisor. f !

fi
224 *'

Assessment

The accomplishment of the psychology objectives will be demonstrated by
obtaining an acceptable score on the Area Concentration Achievement Test
(ACAT) in psychology. Normally, this test will be given during the student's
final semester at LaGrange College.

Career Options

Students who complete the major in psychology have a wide variety of career
options. Psychology is a very broad field which overlaps many different
areas. Some of the jobs taken by recent psychology graduates include
management and supervisory positions in business and industry and positions
in community and state service agencies. A psychology major also serves
as good preparation for advanced study in law, social science, counseling,
and psychology.

Miscellaneous

No course with a grade below C may be apphed toward the major in
psychology. The only exception is PSYC 4000 in which a grade of Pass must
be obtained.

Course Descriptions (PSYC)

PSYC 1101 Introduction to Psychology. (3) Fall, Spring.

A survey of major topics in psychology including research methods, basic

neuroanatomy, learning, perception, personaUty and abnormal behavior.

Prerequisite to all other psychology courses except PSYC 2298 and

PSYC 3241.

PSYC 2298 Behavioral Statistics. (3) Fall.

Introduction to the measurement of behavior and quantitative methods of data
analysis. An emphasis on parametric statistics and their appUcation to the
behavioral sciences.

PSYC 2299 Research Methods. (4) Spring.

A survey of various types of research design, including the strengths and
weaknesses of each. The laboratory includes practice in designing and
conducting experiments, as well as analysis and reporting of results.
Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 1101

PSYC 3302 Human Growth and Development (3) Fall, Spring.

A study of normal Ufe beginning with conception. Important developmental
phenomena are considered in the light of major theories of development.

225

PSYC3304 Educational Psychology. (3)FaU.
Application of psychological principles and research to the teaching/learning
process. Major topics include behavioral and cognitive approaches to learning,
classroom management, and test construction and interpretation.

PSYC3321 Social Psychology. (3) Fall.

A course deahng with behavior as affected by social influences. Major topics
include social perception, social communication (verbal and nonverbal),
altruism, attitudes, aggression, and prejudice. Also, applied areas such as
forensic psychology are considered.

PSYC 3330 History and Systems of Psychology. (3) On demand.
A study of the historical background of psychology, with emphasis upon the
major schools of thought.

PSYC 3341 Human Sexuality. (3) On demand.

This course involves a multidiscipUnary examination of human sexual
behavior and intimate relationships. Typical topics considered include male
and female sexual response, gender roles, sexual disorders and dysfunctions,
gender identity, legal and cross-cultural aspects of human sexuality, sexual
orientation, contraception, and relationship issues related to sexuality.

PSYC 3350 Abnormal Psychology. (3) Fall, Spring.

A survey of the causes, characteristics, current theories, and treatments of

psychological disorders.

PSYC 3351 Introduction to Counseling. (3) Spring.

An introduction to counseUng approaches, methods, and assessment

techniques. Emphasis is placed on individual counseling.

PSYC 3357 Psychology of Religion. (3) On demand.

Psychological interpretation of rehgious experience and growth.

PSYC 3358 Psychology of Aging. (3) FaU.

Human aging is examined from physiological (e.g. sensory and cardiovascular
changes), psychological (e.g. memory and intellectual changes) and
sociological (e.g. adjusting to retirement) perspectives. Also, death and
disorders associated with aging such as Alzheimer's Disease are explored.

PSYC 3380 Special Topics m Psychology. (3) On demand.

A course offered at the sophomore/junior level focusing on a specialized topic

from the field of psychology.

226

PSYC 4000 Internship in Psychology (3) On demand
This course requires 120 hours of supervised experience (observation, work,
etc.) in a local agency or office and selected readings. Application for
internship must be submitted in the term or semester prior to placement.
Students are then selected on a competitive basis for enrollment. Grading is on
a Pass - No Credit basis.

Prerequisite: Major in psychology with junior or senior standing and
permission of department.

PSYC 4455 Cognitive Psychology. (3) Spring 2005.

An information processing analysis of topics in perception, thinking, learning,

and memory.

Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 or consent of professor.

PSYC 4460 Psychology of Personality. (3) Fall.

A critical study of major personahty theories, principles and instruments of

assessment, and relevant empirical research.

Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 or consent of professor.

PSYC 4465 Physiological Psychology. (3) Spring 2004.

Neuroanatomy and neurophysiology will be explored and will provide a
foundation for examining biological aspects of various behaviors (e.g., sensory
processes and sleep). Also, the psychopharmacology of selected drugs and
genetic influences on behavior will be considered.

PSYC 4470 Behavior Analysis and Its Applications. (3) Spring.

A survey of principles, research findings, and applications of classical, operant,

and observational learning.

Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 or consent of professor.

PSYC 4480 Special Topics m Psychology. Interim.

A course offered at the junior/senior level focusing on a specialized topic from

the field of psychology. Prerequisites: A prerequisite may be required.

227

RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY t

Introduction \

As a field of inquiry within the liberal arts, the study of religion affords all
students an opportunity to hone the critical thinking and communication skills
that are an asset to any profession. Students who are considering church-
related vocations also may tailor their courses either to prepare for such careers
directly after completion of the degree or to provide a foundation for graduate
study in religion or theology.

The ReUgion and Philosophy Department offers two major plans of study: the
religion and philosophy major, and the rehgion major with a concentration in
church leadership. The department also offers three minor programs: religion,
church leadership, and philosophy.

The Religion and Philosophy Major t

The major consists of 33 hours of course work with one of the exploratory core
requirements (RLGN 1 101-05) as the prerequisite: 36 hours in total. The
Religion major must include at least 6 hours each from the areas of Biblical ,
Studies, Historical Studies, and Ethics and Theological Studies. In addition,
the major requires at least 3 hours in the area of Philosophy. Thus, of the 36
hours required for a ReUgion major, at least 21 hours must conform to the
following guidehnes:

1. BibUcal Studies (6 hours). Minimum requirement is one course in Old
Testament and one course in New Testament at the 2000-level or above.
Courses: 2110, 2111, 2120, 2121, 3110-3160.

2. Historical Studies (6 hours). Courses: 1 104 (if not taken for the core),
2210-2230, 3210-3220.

3. Ethics and Theological Studies (6 hours). Courses: 1 105 (if not taken for
the core), 2310, 3310-3350.

4. Philosophy (3 hours). Courses: any of the philosophy courses, which are
listed under Area IV in the course listing below.

Students are free to choose any other religion or philosophy department
courses for the remaining 15 hours. Internships may be taken for up to 6 hours
of credit, with permission of the department chair. At least 1 8 total hours in the
major must be numbered at the 2000-level or above. i

I
i

228

The Religion Major with a Concentration in Church
Leadership

A Church Leadership concentration within the Religion Major is designed to
prepare graduates for educational and youth ministry in the church. The
program meets all of the educational requirements necessary for certification in
Christian education by the United Methodist Church. The major consists of
33 hours of course work, with one of the exploratory core requirements (REL
1 101-05) as the prerequisite: 36 hours in total. The Christian Education
concentration requires the following course distributions:

1 . BibUcal Studies (3 hours). Courses: 1 102 or 1 103 (if not taken for the
core requirement), 2110, 2111, 2120, 2121, 3110-3160.

2. Historical Studies (3 hours). Courses: 1 104 (if not taken for the core),
2210-2230, 3210-3220.

I 3. Ethics and Theological Studies (3 hours). Courses: 1 105 (if not taken for
the core), 2310, 3310-3350.

4. Philosophy (3 hours). Courses: any of the philosophy courses, which are
I hsted under Area IV in the course Usting below.

I 5. ChurchLeadershipand Youth Ministry (18 hours). Courses: 3510-3560.
The internship (3550) normally is repeated for a total of 6 hours, with 3
hours taken in each of two consecutive semesters. Other arrangements,
such as intensive summer internships, are possible with the permission of

! the Church Leadership Program Director.

In addition, students seeking certification in Christian education by the United
Methodist Church must complete United Methodist Studies (3210). Students
who do not seek United Methodist certification may choose any religion
department course for the remaining 3 hours in the major.

I The Religion Major with Honors

I The honors program in reUgion requires the completion of an honors thesis or
honors project under the direction of one of the professors in the Religion
Department. Students who choose this option will enroll in RLGN 4620 in the

I fall of their senior year and RLGN 4621 in the spring of their senior year.
Minimum requirements to enter the program are a 3.5 grade point average in
ReUgion Department courses and the permission of the Religion Department
chair. Students wishing to apply for honors work must apply to the department
chair during the spring term of their junior year.

229

The Religion Minor

A minor in religion consists of 9 hours in addition to the rehgion core ~

requirement: 12 hours in total. At least 6 hours must be from courses at the
2000-level or above. ^

The Church Leadership Minor

A minor in Church Leadership consists of 12 hours in addition to the religion
core requirement: 15 hours in total. The minor includes one course taken at the
2000-level or above in Area I, H, in, IV, or VI. In addition, minor students
must take Christian Education in the Local Church (3510) and should choose
one{l) of the following: RLGN 3520, 3540, or 3560. The minor is completed
with 3 hours of Internship (RLGN 3550).

The Philosophy Minor

No major program currently is offered in philosophy. A minor consists of 12
hours of course work in Area IV, of which at least 6 hours must be taken at the
2000-level or above.

The Church Music Program ||

The church music program is administered through the music department in
cooperation with the ReUgion and Philosophy department. See the Music
Department section of the catalogue for a program description.

Course Descriptions >

Core Exploratory Courses: Explorations of the
Christian Faith (RLGN)

RLGN 1101 Introduction to Christianity (3) Fall 2003

An introduction to the Christian tradition of faith through a study of its central

symbols, sacred texts, and practices.

RLGN 1102 Jewish Origins in Context (3) Fall 2003, Spring 2004
A study of the Hebrew bible, commonly called by Christians the Old
Testament, in the context of the ancient near eastern world. The course also
will ask students to reflect on the impact of the Hebrew bible on Western
civilization and its implications for the contemporary world.

RLGN 1103 New Testament Writings in Context (3) Fall 2003, Spring 2004
A study of the New Testament writings in the context of Greco-Roman
civilization. The course also will ask students to reflect on the impact of
Christian scriptures on Western civilization and consider their imphcations for
the contemporary world.

230 ;

RLGN 1104 Dialogue with World Faith Traditions (3)

The course will place the insights of the Christian faith in dialogue with those
of major living world religions.

RLGN 1105 Moral Traditions and Contemporary Social Problems

(3) Fall 2003
A study of contemporary ethical issues in the light of the moral traditions
central to the Christian faith. The course will examine such issues as marriage
and family, war and peace, racism, abortion, and the environment. Servant
leadership component.

Religion and Philosophy Departmental Courses
Area I: Biblical Studies (RLGN)

RLGN 2110 Introduction to Biblical Hebrew I. (3)

A beginning course designed to teach the fundamentals of Biblical Hebrew.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 2111 Introduction to Biblical Hebrew H. (3)

A continuation of RLGN 2110.

Prerequisite: RLGN 21 10

RLGN 2120 Introduction to Hellenistic Greek L (3) Fall 2003
A beginning course designed to teach the fundamentals of Hellenistic or Koine
Greek, which includes the language of the New Testament.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 2121 Introduction to Hellenistic Greek H. (3) Spring 2004
A continuation of RLGN 2120.

Prerequisite: RLGN 2120

RLGN 2130 Readmgs in New Testament Greek. (3)

Selected readings from New Testament texts with some attention to developing
intermediate Greek granmiar.

Prerequisite: RLGN 2120 and 2121
RLGN 3110 The Law. (3)
A detailed study of the first five books of the Old Testament.

Prerequisite: RLGN 1102, or permission of professor

RLGN 3120. The Prophets. (3)

A detailed study of prophetic movements in Israel and of the individual
prophets, their historical background, lives, messages, and contributions to the
religious life of Israel.

Prerequisite: RLGN 1102, or permission of professor

231

RLGN3130 The Writings. (3)

An examination of wisdom, apocalyptic and poetic literature of the Old
Testament.

Prerequisite: RLGN 1 102, or permission of professor

RLGN3140 The Life and Teachings of Jesus. (3)

A study of the message of Jesus within the context of the synoptic gospels and
its application to contemporary society.

Prerequisite: RLGN 11 03, or permission of professor

RLGN 3150 The Apostolic Age. (3)

An examination of the origin and expansion of the early Christian Church, with
studies in the Episties and the Acts of the Aposties.

Prerequisite: RLGN 1 103, or permission of professor i

RLGN 3160. The Gospels. (3) 1

An examination of one of the four canonical gospels with emphasis on the
historical context, history of interpretation, and modem appropriations of the text.
Prerequisite: RLGN 1 103, or permission of professor

Area H: Historical Studies (RLGN)

RLGN 2210 Eariy Church History. (3) Fall 2003
A survey of the history of the Christian Church from the close of the ApostoUc
age to the end of the Middle Ages.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 2220 Modem Church History. (3)

A history of the Christian Church from the reformation era to the modem period.
Prerequisite: None

I

RLGN 2230 Race and Religion m America. (3)

This course will examine the role that religion played and continues to play in
American race relations and racial identities. The course will emphasize the
history and the theorists of the civil rights contemporary era.

Prerequisite: None
RLGN 3210 United Methodist Studies. (3) Spring 2004
A survey of the history, theology, and poUty of the United Methodist Church.

Prerequisite: A religion core course

\
RLGN 3220 A History of Christian Political Thought (3)
A study of the impact of the Christian theorists and the institutions of the
Church on the development of poUtical theory in the West.

Prerequisite: A reUgion core course

232

Area HI: Theology, Ethics, and the Social Scientific
Study of Religion (RLGN)

RLGN 2310 Bioethics. (3) Fall 2003

A study of the ethical issues raised by the practice of nursing, medicine, and

biomedical research.

Prerequisite: None

RLGN 3310 Contemporary Christian Thought. (3)

A survey of the development of Christian thought, with particular attention to
the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.

Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN3320 The Ethics of Sexuality, Marriage, and Gender. (3)

A study of the moral issues related to sexuality, gender roles, and family Ufe.
Topics will vary per offering, but may include ethical reflection on such topics
as the meaning and purpose of sexuahty, gender roles, pre-marital and extra-
marital sexuality, homosexuality, and family structure. The course also is
cross-listed in the Women's Studies Program as WMST 3320.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3340 Sociology of Religion. (3)

A sociological analysis of the interplay between religion and culture.
Prerequisite: A reUgion core course

RLGN 3350 Psychology of Religion. (3)

Psychological interpretation of religious experience and growth. .
jj Prerequisite: A reUgion core course

Area IV: Philosophy (PHIL)

PHIL 1410 Introduction to Philosophy. (3)

A survey of major philosophical themes and figures that were formative in

Western civiUzation.

Prerequisite: None

PHIL 2410 Moral PhUosophy. (3) Spring 2004

A study of the major philosophical understandings of morality and the good life.
I Prerequisite: None

I
i PHIL 2420 Ancient and Medieval PhUosophy. (3)

A historical survey of classical and medieval philosophy.
Prerequisite: None

233

PHIL 2430 Modern Philosophy. (3)

A historical survey of the philosophies of the Renaissance through the post-
modem era.

Prerequisite: None I

PHIL 2440 Elementary Logic (3)

An introduction to the logic of propositions with attention to the structure and
evaluation of informal arguments. The rhetoric of persuasion and its use of
logic and emotions also will be discussed.

Prerequisite: None

PHIL 3410 Philosophy of Religion. (3) Fall 2003

An investigation of problems related to philosophical reflection on religious

thought and experience.

Prerequisite: At least one prior course in philosophy or permission
of professor H

PHIL 4410 Selected Topics in Philosophy. (3)

A seminar course on a major subject of concern in philosophy based on
individual research and assigned readings.

Prerequisite: At least one prior course in philosophy or permission
of professor

Area V: Church Leadership Courses (RLGN)

RLGN 3510 Christian Education m the Local Church. (3) Fall 2003

A study of issues confronting those participating in a local church setting.
Required of all students in the Internship.

Prerequisite: A reUgion core course

RLGN 3520 Christian Worship. (3)

The smdy and practice of Christian worship in its historical and contemporary
contexts. Topics will include the theology of worship, sacraments, liturgy, and
the place of music in worship.

Prerequisite: A reUgion core course

RLGN 3540 Youth Ministry. (3)

The study and practice of ministry to persons from adolescence through
young adulthood.

Prerequisite: A religion core course 1

234

RLGN 3560 Congregational Leadership. (3) Spring 2004
The study of the leadership styles and skills necessary for leadership of a
religious institution. Topics may include congregational dynamics, leading
institutional change, working with volunteers, avoiding burnout, and racial and
gender issues in leadership.

Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3550 Internship. (3-6) As scheduled

Supervised participation in the local church setting. May be repeated for credit

up to 6 hours.

Prerequisite: Two courses from Area V

Area VI: Capstone Courses (RLGN)

RLGN 4610 Selected Topics in Religion. (3)

A seminar course on a major subject of concern based on individual research
and assigned readings.

Prerequisite: Permission of professor

RLGN 4620 Honors Thesis. (3) As scheduled

Prerequisite: Application to Church Leadership Program Director

RLGN 4621 Honors Thesis. (3) As scheduled

Prerequisite: Application to Church Leadership Program Director

235

SPEECH

i

Course Description (SPCH)

SPCH1105 Speech Fundamentals. (3)

A course emphasizing development of organizational and delivery skills
through individual speaking exercises in a variety of formats including infor-
mative and persuasive.

Only offered to students who have not completed basic requirements prior

to Fall of 2000.

Price Theatre

236

THEATRE ARTS

Introduction

The Department of Theatre Arts offers a pre-professional training program
emphasizing the practical aspects of theatre and the importance of process. It
is the belief of the faculty that the training process must prepare students for
the real world of theatre. Faculty teaching in the Theatre Arts program are
experienced, working professionals. We offer professional sunmier theatre
opportunities in New York, New Hampshire and Santa Rosa, California. With
the beUef that theatre is both an art form and a business the curriculum
provides a strong undergraduate foundation in theatre performance, design/
production and Hterature.

Offering a B.A. in Theatre Arts, majors are required to complete a 30-hour
core curriculum in theatre arts designed to foster an appreciation for, and an
understanding of, each area of theatre. In addition, 9 specific track courses and
3 practicum hours are required to complete the theatre arts degree composed of
42 total major hours.

Objectives

The following objectives are established as a basis for the training program in
Theatre Arts. Upon application for graduation, the Theatre Arts major will be
expected to:

understand the basic theoretical concepts behind each of the three major
areas within the discipline: performance, design/production and literature.

have an extensive artistic vocabulary in their specific area of concentration.

have the technical knowledge pertaining to the student's chosen area of
concentration, but not Umited to it.

demonstrate an understanding of auditioning and/or portfolio presentation.

be knowledgeable of viable avenues of employment and sources noting such
information.

have an understanding of opportunities for graduate studies and employment
in theatre and the performing arts.

Graduation Requirements for the Theatre Arts
Major

A student pursuing a major in Theatre Arts must meet all of the following
criteria on an ongoing basis:

a. Satisfactory completion of all degree requirements as outlined
in the catalogue.

237

b. Participation in all departmental productions and activities, including
auditions, production crews, work calls and production strikes as
assigned by faculty.

c. Attendance at all scheduled departmental meetings and activities.

Admission to the Theatre Arts Major

4

In order to be admitted and to continue as a Theatre Arts major, a student must
meet the following criteria:

A. Overall grade point average of 2.25 or better. Scholarship recipients

must maintain a 3.0 grade point average or better.

B . Writing proficiency a grade of C or better in Enghsh 1101, 1 1 02

C. Theatrical Proficiency a grade of C or better in all Theatre Arts
courses

D. Prognosis for Success evaluation during Theatre courses
pertinent to:

1) attendance

2) attitude

3) cooperation

4) oral and written skills

5) enthusiasm and dedication to the Theatre Arts program

E. Transfer students wishing to continue as a Theatre Arts major must

provide evidence of all of the above plus the following:

1) past participation in departmental productions

2) recommendations of at least two theatre faculty from the
transferring institution

3) acceptance as a major is subject to approval by a majority of
the LaGrange College Theatre Arts faculty

A student that does not meet all of the above criteria each semester may be
placed on probation. After the probationary period, the student will be re-
evaluated by the Theatre Arts faculty. If it is determined that the student has
failed to meet the above criteria satisfactorily, the student may be removed as
major, and any theatre scholarships revoked.

Requirements for the Theatre Arts Major

A total of 43 semester hours are required for the Theatre Arts major.

Core Requirements (30 hours):

THEA 1 101 Drama Survey I 3 hrs.

THEA 1 1 02 Drama Survey H 3 hrs.

THEA 1184 Acting I 3 hrs.

THEA 2205 Movement for the Actor 3 hrs.

THEA 22 1 Voice and Diction 3 hrs.

238

1

THEA 1 1 80 Stagecraft 3 hrs.

THEA 2110 Intrcxiuction to Design 3 hrs.

THEA 2200/01 Stunts/Fights for Stage, TV and Film I 3 hrs.

THEA 2330 Script Analysis 3 hrs.

THEA 4484 Senior Thesis 3 hrs.

Track Courses 3 of the following (9 hours):
Performance Track

THEA 2201/00 Stunts/Fights for Stage, TV and Film n 3 hrs.

THEA 3370 Directing

3 hrs.

THEA 3345 Musical Theatre

3 hrs.

THEA 4451 Auditioning

3 hrs.

THEA 2286 Makeup

3 hrs.

THEA 3305 Period Styles

3 hrs.

THEA 3310 Playwriting

3 hrs.

THEA 2351 Acting n

3 hrs.

THEA 3420 Stage Management

3 hrs.

Design/Technical Track

THEA 3360 Scenic Design

3 hrs.

THEA 3381 Lighting Design

3 hrs.

THEA 3385 Costume Design

3 hrs.

THEA 2283 Stage Management

3 hrs.

THEA 2286 Makeup

3 hrs.

THEA 3420 Theatre Management

3 hrs.

Practicum

6 hrs.

43 hrs.

Requirements for the Theatre Arts Minor

THEA 1 101 Drama Survey I

3 hrs.

THEA 11 84 Acting I

3 hrs.

THEA 11 80 Stagecraft

3 hrs.

THEA 2110 Intro to Design

3 hrs.

THEA 2330 Script Analysis

3 hrs.

Practicum

3 hrs.

18 hrs.

239

Course Descriptions (THEA)

THEAllOl Drama Survey I. (3)*

A survey of the discovery of theatre beginning in ancient Greece continuing
through the rise of ReaUsm. Students will study theatre as a developed art
form through the reading, viewing and discussion of plays representing diverse
eras of history.

Drama Survey II may be taken independently of Drama Survey I.

THEA 1102 Drama Survey n. (3)*

A survey of the discovery of theatre from the rise of Realism through
contemporary drama. Students will study theatre as a developed art form
through the reading, viewing and discussion of plays representing diverse eras
of history.

Drama Survey II may be taken independently of Drama Survey I.

THEA 1180 Stagecraft (3)*

A course designed to provide the student with theoretical and working

knowledge of technical theatre. Course may include basic building

components, tools and materials, equipment and shop layouts supporting all

areas of design. Students will participate in the mounting of a departmental

production.

THEA 1184 Acting I. (3)*
A course designed to introduce students to the fundamentals of acting for the
stage. Course will include achievement of a simple objective, self and sensory
awareness, relaxation, concentration and beginning scene and text analysis.

THEA 2110 Introduction to Design. (3)

A course designed to introduce students to the fundamental elements of all
areas of design and technical production and the importance of collaboration
between each area.

THEA 2200 Stunts /Fights for Stage, TV and Film I. (3) *

Performance course covering basic stage movement, acrobatics, faints, falls,
slapstick comedy, hand-to-hand combat, and weapons when appUcable.

THEA 2201 Stunts/Fights for Stage, TV and FUm H. (3) *

A continuation of THEA 2200, adding period weaponry such as, but not
hmited to quarterstaff, broadsword, rapier, dagger, food fights, etc. for the
stage.

THEA 2205 Movement for the Actor. (3) *

A course designed to develop body awareness by exploring movement
connected to impulse and instinct, focusing on integration of the mind, body
and spirit.

240

THEA2210 Voice and Diction. (3)

To introduce students to the process of voice production, methods of freeing
the voice with emphasis on relaxation and breathing, and applicable techniques
for working with text.

THEA2283 Stage Management. (3)

A course designed to provide student with introduction to, and basic training
in, the area of stage management.

THEA2285 Theatre Practicum. (1-3)

A course designed for participation in various aspects of dramatic production
including acting, scenery, costume construction, hghting, box office,
promotion, house management and run-crews.

Prerequisite: Roles/responsibilities for credit must be approved by
faculty. (May be repeated 6 times for credit.)

THEA2286 Makeup for the Stage. (3)*

A study in the theories and application of stage makeup. Topics may include

corrective, old age and character makeup, as well as prosthetics.

THEA2330 Script Analysis. (3)

A study of major genres of dramatic literature designed to provide the director,
actor, designer, dramaturge and/or technician with basic guidelines for text
analysis. Student will develop and utilize skills to thoroughly analyze text.

THEA2351 ActuigU. (3)

A continuation of THEA 1 184 which explores further character development
through advanced scene work and improvisational exercises, to encourage
students to take risks and to broaden their vocabulary and knowledge of current
trends and opportunities in the theatre.
Prerequisite: THEA 1184

THEA 3272 Creative Dramatics. (3) On demand
A course which introduces methods of creating, designing and utilizing drama
to enhance teaching skills and foster the educational development of students.
Highly recommended for early childhood and secondary education majors.

THEA 3305 Period Styles of Acting. (3)

A course designed to introduce students to period styles of acting and
movement which may include: Greek, Elizabethan, Comedy of Maimers,
Farce, Realism and the Theatre of the Absurd. Course also may include mask
work.

Prerequisites'. THEA 1 184, THEA 2351

241

THEA3310 Playwriting/Screenwriting. (3)

A course designed to stimulate critical and creative thinking through the
creation of original material. Students will be guided in the completion of
writing a play/screenplay.

Prerequisite: THE A 2330 or consent of instructor.

THEA3345 Musical Theatre. (3)

A practical study of techniques and styles of musical theatre which may include:
beginning audition, acting and staging, pafonning musical theatre selections.
Prerequisite: THEA1184

THEA3360 Scenic Design. (3)

A course that introduces the student to drawing and drafting skills in
preparation for the task of design. These skills include perspective drawing
with highlight and shadow, use of color and selected rendering materials and
techniques.

Prerequisite: THEA2110

THEA3370 Directing. (3)

A course designed to introduce students to the director's role in interpreting,
choosing, rehearsing and staging a play. Course includes direction for
performance of a short play.

Prerequisites: THEA 1 184, THEA 21 10, THEA 2330

THEA3381 Lighting Design. (3)

A course that introduces the student to stage Ughting with a series of practical
design projects.

Prerequisite: THEA 21 10

THEA 3385 Costume Design. (3)

A course that acquaints the student with the basic skills needed to design
theatrical costumes, which includes patterning and cutting/draping.
Prerequisite: THEA 21 10

THEA 3420 Theatre Management (3)

A course which introduces the fundamentals of management as they apply to
Theatre Arts. Course will investigate and navigate through the conflicting
issues, strategies and oppormnities in management in the Arts.

THEA 4451 Auditioning. (3)

A course designed for developing audition techniques and examining
guidehnes for audition procedures with emphasis on practical auditions,
resume, headshots, audition selection material and compilation of an audition
portfolio.

Prerequisite: THEA 1184

242

THEA 4470-2 Special Topics. (1-3)

A series of courses designed to provide students with advanced material/study

in either performance or design tracks.

Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor

THEA 4484 Senior Thesis. (3)

A course in which senior Theatre Arts majors bring their training and emphasis
into focus. Senior thesis projects may be track-specific special projects in
acting, design, directing, stage-managing or playwriting.

All proposals must be approved by the Department Chair and are subject to

scheduling and faculty supervisory commitments.

* Denotes courses in Theatre Arts that may satisfy Fine Arts
requirement in Core Curriculum.

QuilUan Building

243

WOMEN'S STUDffiS

Introduction

Women's Studies is an interdisciplinary field of study which complements a
liberal arts education by drawing upon a variety of disciplines to gain a critical
awareness of the female experience. In developing this awareness and in
presenting its diversity, courses explore gender as well as race, ethnicity,
culture, age, and social class as categories of analysis. While exploring these
issues, the courses also promote the development of skills in critical thinking,
speaking, and writing. Courses focus on women's past and present roles in
culture, politics, the family, the arts and sciences, health care business, and religion.

Objectives

A minor in Women's Studies consists of twelve semester hours: Three of
which must be WMST 1101: Introduction to Women's Studies. Of the
remaining nine hours, six must be taken at the 3000 level. This flexibiUty
coupled with the interdiscipUnary nature of the field, permits students to design
a minor which best reflects their academic and future career interests. (Only
cross-Usted courses taken during or after the fall of 2000 may be appUed to the
minor in Women's Studies.)

Course Descriptions (WMST)

WMST 1101 Introduction to Women's Studies (3)

This course will provide a better understanding of the female experience and
the evolution of women's roles within one's own culture and that of others. In
developing this understanding emphasis will be placed on the great diversity of
women's individual lives by considering such factors as race, age, marital, and
class status.

Cross-listed Courses

WMST 3110/LAST 3110: Special Topics/Latin American Women Write (3)

WMST 3247/HUSV 2247: The Family (3)

WMST 3312/ENGL 3345: The rise of the English Novel (3)

WMST 3320/RLGN 3320: The Ethics of Sexuality, Marriage, and Gende (3)

WMST 3340/ENGL 3340: Restoration and Eighteenth Century

English Literature (3)

WMST 4500/LIBR 4500: Advanced Library Research in the Sciences (2)

WMST 4400/LIBR 4400: Advanced Library Research in the Social

Sciences and Humanities (2)

(Under current study and development is the possibihty of cross listing: HUSV
2243: Social Problems. Also, interim term courses are currently being designed.)

244

FACULTY, TRUSTEES AND
ADMINISTRATION

Faculty

David Oki Aheam (1995)

Associate Professor of Religion and Philosophy; Chair, Division of

Humanities

B. A. Austin College; M.Div., Southern Methodist University; Ph.D.,

Emory University

Nancy Thomas Alford (1969)

Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S. Georgia College; M.S., University of Tennessee

Toni P. Anderson (1999)

Associate Professor of Music

B.M., Lamar University; M.M., New England Conservatory of Music;

Ph.D., Georgia State University

Kim Barber (1995)

Associate Professor of Theatre Arts

B.S., University of Tennessee; M.F.A., University of California at

Los Angeles

David M. Barrett (2003)

Business Management Program Director and Assistant Professor of
Business, Associate Professor of Business

B.S.M.E., Tufts University; M.B.A., Georgia State University; Ph.D.
Georgia State University

Charlene Baxter (1976)

Assistant Professor; Librarian for Pubhc and Technical Services
A.B., West Georgia College; M.L.S., George Peabody College
for Teachers

Cindi Bearden (2001)

Assistant Professor of Business

B.S., Jacksonville State University; Master of Accountancy,

University of Alabama, Certified Pubhc Accountant

Jon Birkeh (1987)

Ely R. Callaway, Sr. Professor in International Business; Chair,

Division of Business

A.B., Lenoir-Rhyne College; Ph.D., University of South CaroUna

245

1

Sandra Blair (2000)

Assistant Professor of Nursing

B.S.N. LaGrange College; M.S.N. Georgia State University

Marcia Langham Brown (1996)

Associate Professor of Art and Design

B.F.A., Guilford College; M.F.A., University of Georgia

Linda R. Buchanan ( 1997)

Vice President and Dean for Student Life and Retention

B.S., George Williams College; M.S., Eastern Kentucky University;

Ph.D. Georgia State

Joseph LCafaro (1984)

Professor of History

A. A., Manatee Junior College; B.A., Florida Atlantic University;

M.A., Ph.D., Florida State University i

I

Susan R. Cody (2002) '

Assistant Professor of Human Services

B.A., Jacksonville University, M.A., University of Florida

John Granger Cook (1994)

Associate Professor of Religion

B.A., Davidson College; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; Ph.D.,

Emory University

Roland B. Cousins (1990)

Professor of Management

B.S., M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute; D.B.A., Indiana University

Mary Lou Dabbs (1999)

Assistant Professor; Electronic Resources Librarian

B.A., Florida Presbyterian College; M. Ln., Emory University

Helen Naugle Deibler (2002)

Assistant Professor, Biology

B.A. University of Alabama; M.S. University of Alabama

Lynn L. Deibler (2002)

Assistant Professor of Physics

B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S. Georgia Institute of

Technology, Ph.D., University of Alabama

Nina DuHn-Mallory (1989)

Associate Professor of EngUsh

B.A., Clemson University; M.Ed., LaGrange College;

Ph.D., Auburn University

246

Steven Earl Edwards (1992)

Associate Professor of Theatre Arts

B.A., Texas Wesleyan University; M.A., University of Arkansas;

Ph.D., Texas Tech University

Charles H.Evans (1981)

Professor of Psychology

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia

Anton Hores (1999)

Assistant Professor of Human Services

B.S.W., Georgia State University; M.S.W., University of Georgia

Gordon Jeffrey Geeter (1990)

Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education

A.S., Andrew College; B.S., Tennessee Wesleyan College; M.S.S.,

United States Sports Academy

F. Stuart Gulley (1996)

Assistant Professor of ReUgion; President

B. A., Vanderbilt University; M.Div., Emory University;

Ph.D., Georgia State University

Heather A. Haas (2001)

Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.S. Rocky Mountain College; M.S. University of St. Andrews; Ph.D.

University of Minnesota

Alexander Hall (2003)

Instructor of Philosophy

B.A. University of California at Davis; M.A. San Francisco State University

Melvin H. Hall (2002)

Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.S. Cuttington University College; M.A., University of California at

Berkeley; Ph.D. Auburn University

Jenny Hampton (2000)

Assistant Professor of Business

B.S. University of Georgia; MTx Georgia State University;

J.D. University of Chicago

Jennifer S. Harrison (1995)

Associate Professor of Education, Chair, Division of Education
Baccalaureate, University of Warwick; M.Ed., University of
Colorado; Ph.D., University of Florida

247

CeUaG. Hay (1996)

Assistant Professor of Nursing

Diploma, Piedmont Hospital School of Nursing; M.S., Georgia

State University

Bryan A. Heam (2000) ^^

Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Georgia; Ph.D. University of Florida

B. Joyce Hillyer (1995)

Associate Professor of Education

A.S.. Southern Union State Junior College; B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.

Auburn University

S. G. Homsby (1966)

Professor of EngUsh

B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Georgia; Ph.D., Auburn University

John C.Hurd (1974)

Professor of Biology

B.S., Alabama College; M.S., Ph.D., Auburn University

Lee E.Johnson (1990)

Fuller E. Callaway Associate Professor of Music
B.A., Auburn University; M. M., Indiana University

Marvin D. Johnson (1996)
Assistant Professor
B.A. Concordia College; M.A. American University in Cairo

Sandra K.Johnson (1983)

Professor of Health and Physical Education; Director of the CORE
Program and Interim Term

B.A., Concordia College; M.Ed., University of Arizona; Ed.D.,
University of North CaroUna-Greensboro

Dorothy M. Joiner (2001)

Lovick Com Professor of Art History

B.A. St. Mary's Dominican College; M.A. Emory University; Ph.D.

Emory University

Donald Jolly (1961)

Professor of Mathematics

B.S. University of Southern Mississippi; M.S. University of Illinois;

Ph.D. Auburn University

(Retired from full-time teaching in 1995)

Charles P. Kraemer (1978)

Professor of Psychology; Chair,

Division of Social and Behavioral Sciences

B.A., LaGrange College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia

248

Katherine Langham DeLamar
Instructor of Math
B.A. Lipscomb University; M.A.M. Auburn; Ph.D. Auburn University

John D. Lawrence (1970)

Fuller E. Callaway Professor of Art and Design Chair, Fine Arts

Division; Director, Lamar Dodd Art Center

B.F.A., Atlanta College of Art; M.F.A., Tulane University

Tracy L.R.Lightcap (1991)

Associate Professor of History and PoUtical Science

A.B., University of the South; M.A., University of South Carolina;

Ph.D., Emory University

Alvin B. Lingenfelter (2003)

Assistant Professor of Religion/Director of Church Leadership
B.A., Missippi College; Masters of Divinity, Duke Divinity School.

Donald R. Livingston (2001)

Assistant Professor of Education

B.S. Drexel University; M.Ed. West Chester University; Ed. D.

Georgia Southern University

Sarah Beth Mallory (1993)

Assistant Professor of Biology
B.S., M.S., University of Georgia

Lynn Massenzio (2(X)2)

Assistant Professor of Education

B.A. Rutgers University; M.S. Georgia Institute of Technology; Ph.D.

Georgia State University

Greg A. McClanahan (1988)

Professor of Mathematics

B.S., M.S., Auburn University; Ph.D., Clemson University

WilUam J. McCoy, IV (1991)

Associate Professor of Chemistry/Physics; Director of Institutional

Research and Planning

B.S., Yale University; Ph.D., University of North Carolina

David W. Messer (2003)

Assistant Professor

B.S. University of Tennessee; M.S. University of Tennessee; Ed.S.

West Georgia College; Ed.D. East Tennessee University

FrederickV. Mills (1967)

Professor of History

A.B., Houghton College; S.T.B., Temple University;

M.Th., Princeton University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

249

Walter Y. Murphy j

A.B., Emory University; M.Div., Emory University; LL.D., Bethune- |
Cookman College; D.D., LaGrange College (1980-1996)

Francis A. O'Connor (1997)

Assistant Professor of Latin American Studies

B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Idaho State University;

Ph.D., University of Iowa

Debbie Ogle (2003)

Assistant Professor of Music ,

B.S. University Montevallo; M.M. University of Alabama I

WiUiam G. Paschal (1994) I

Associate Professor of Biology

B.S., Saint Joseph's College; Ph.D., Indiana University School of
Medicine

Loren L. Pinkerman (1998)
Assistant Professor;

Director of the WilHam and Evelyn Banks Library
B.A., Westmar College; M.A.T., Colorado State University;
M.L.S., Indiana University

Amanda R. Plumlee (1996)

Associate Professor of Latin American Studies and Modem

Languages

B.S. UTC of Chattanooga, M.A. Ph.D. University of Tennessee

Margaret Reneke (1999) j i

Assistant Professor of Art and Design ^T !
B.F.A., University of Georgia; M.F.A., Virginia Commonwealth
University

Fay A. Riddle (1980)

Professor of Computer Science

B.S., H. Sophie Newcomb College of Tulane University; M.S.,

Ph.D., University of Florida

Arthur Robinson (1998)

Assistant Professor; PubUc Services Librarian

B.A., Trinity College; M.L.S., Ph.D., Indiana University-Bloomington

Lydia W. Rosencrants (1999)

Accountancy Program Director and Boatwright Assistant Professor of

Accountancy

Assistant Professor of Accountancy

B. S., University of Richmond; Ph.D., Michigan State University

250

Edgard Sankara, (2002)

Assistant Professor of Spanish and French

Duel-I in Lettres Modemes, Universite D' Abidjan

Bachelor of Arts, Universite de Ouagadougou

Masters of Arts Universite de Ouagadougou

Ph.D., University of Texas: French and Francophone Literatures

Maranah A. Sauter (1983)

Professor of Nursing; Chair, Division of Nursing

A.A., B.S., Georgia Southwestern College; M.S., Georgia State

University; Ph.D., Medical College of Georgia

Laine AlUson Scott (1998)

Assistant Professor of EngUsh

B.A., The College of William & Mary; M.A., Middlebury College;

M.A., Sahsbury State University; Ph.D., University of Alabama

George Michael Searcy (1966)

Associate Professor of Mathematics

A.B., LaGrange College; M.S., Auburn University

Bailey Brooks Shelhorse, Jr. (1968)

Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science
A.B., LaGrange College; M.A., Louisiana State University; M.Ed.,
Washington State University; M.S., University of Evans ville;
Ph.D. Georgia State University

Kevin L.Shirley (1998)

Assistant Professor of History

B.A., M.A. (history), M.A. (religion), Ph.D., Florida State University

Jay K. Simmons (1997)

Associate Professor of PoUtical Science; Vice President for Academic

Affairs and Dean

B.A., Birmingham-Southern College; M.A.,

Ph.D., University of Alabama

Jack C. Slay, Jr. (1992)

Associate Professor of EngUsh

B.A., M.A., Mississippi State University;

Ph.D., University of Tennessee

Timothy N. Taunton (1984)

Professor of Art and Design

B.A., University of Arkansas-Little Rock;

M.F.A., Louisiana State University

251

Brenda W. Thomas (1989)

Associate Professor of English

A.B., Samford University; M.A., Auburn University;

Ph.D., Georgia State University

Charles A. Thompson (2001)

Associate Dean and Director of LaGrange College at Albany
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Wichita State
University; Ph.D. University of Missouri

JohnA.Tures(2001)

Ph.D. Auburn University

Assistant Professor of Political Science

B.A., Trinity University; M.S. Marquette University;

Ph.D., Florida State University

Mitchell Turner, (2002)

Assistant Professor of Music
Bachelor of Science, Georgia Southern University:
Conmiunications; Master of Music, University of Georgia:
Composition and Theory; Ph.D., University of Georgia:
Theory and Composition

John M. Wilhams (1989)

Associate Professor of English

B.A., M.A., Auburn University; Ph.D., Georgia State

University

Philhp R. Williamson (1969)

Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education;

Director of Athletics

B.S., M.S., Troy State University

Carol M. Yin (1991-1994, 1996)

Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., M.A.M., Ph.D., Auburn University

Kuo-chuan Yin (1994)

Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.S., National Chung Hsing University; M.S., Ph.D.,

Aubum University

252

Adjunct Faculty

Ethyl L. Ault

Instructor of Education

M.Ed., Georgia State University

Patricia B. Barton

Instructor of Education

B.A., Rosemont College; M.Ed., Memphis State University;

Ed.D., Memphis State University

James Anthony Criswell

Instructor of Music

B. Med., Columbus State University; M.M., Samford University

Jerean C. Grau

Instructor of Nursing

B.S. University Medical College of Virginia; Ph.D. University of

Rorida

Eric Jones

Instructor of Music

B.F.A. Music, California Institute of the Arts; M.F.A. Music,

CaUfomia State University, Northridge

Shawn H. Lieth

Instructor of General Science

B.S. and M.S. University of Georgia

Joyce H. Linch

Instructor of Education

B.S., University of Georgia; MEd. LaGrange College

Mickey M. McCoy

Instructor of Education

B.A., Troy State University; M.S. Teaching Wake Forest University,

Middle Tennessee State University; MEd. West Georgia College

Allison Orr

Instructor of English

B.A., M.Ed., Auburn University

Christiane B. Price

Instructor of Modem Foreign Language

M.A., Freie Universitat; Ph.D., Emory University

Tracy Clahan Riggs

Instructor of Theatre Arts

B.F.A., CathoUc University; M.F.A., Florida Atlantic University

253

Levis J. Spradlin, Jr.

Instructor of Human Services

B.A., LaGrange College; M.S. Columbus College

Thomas P. Steele

Instructor of Religion

B.A., Newberry College; M. Div., Lutheran School of Theology; D.

Min., McCormick Theological Seminary

Matthew Woods

Instructor of Music

B.M., Birmingham-Southern College; M.M., The University of

Alabama

Writer in Residence

Michael Bishop

M.A., University of Georgia; L.H.D. LaGrange College

President Emeritus

Walter Y. Murphy

A.B., Emory University; M.Div., Emory University; LL.D., Bethune-
Cookman College; D.D., LaGrange College (1980-1996)

Retired Faculty Members

Professors Emeritus

Sybil L. Allen, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D. (1976-1994)

Sue M. Duttera, Ph.D. (1986-2002)

Santiago A. Garcia, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (1977-1995)

Luke K. Gill, Jr. B.B.A., M.S.W., J.D. (1971-2002)

Richard Donald Jolly, B.A., M.S., Ed.D. (1961-1995)

Evelyn B. Jordan, A.A, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D. (1977-2001)

Walter Dickinson Jones, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. (1962-1982)

Frank R. Lewis, A.B., M.L.S. (1973-1996)

Charles Frankhn McCook, A.B., S.T.B., S.T.M., Ph.D. (1961-1994)

Maynard L. Reid, B.S.E., M.S.E., Ed.D (1973-1995)

John L. Shibley, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (1950-1986)

Associate Professors Emeritus

JuUa B. Burdett, A.A., B.A., M.P.E., M.S.W. (1974-1997)
Patrick M. Hicks, B.S., M.S. (1958-1998)

Assistant Professors Emeritus

Martha M. Estes, B.A., M.A. (1982-1991)

254

Board of Trustees
Officers

Chairman George "Buddy" Darden

Vice Chairman Ray C. Anderson

Second Vice Chairman F. Stuart Gulley

Secretary Nancy N. Durand

Treasurer Phyllis D. Whitney

Members

Ray C. Anderson, Atlanta, Georgia 2003

* George W. Baker, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2006

J. Barry Bennett, LaGrange, Georgia Alumni Trustee

Carolyn M. Bernard, Greensboro, Georgia 2004

* J. Kennerly Boatwright III, LaGrange, Georgia 2006

David E. Boyd, Atlanta, Georgia 2004

Hal N. Brady lU, Columbus, Georgia 2004

* H. Speer Burdette III, LaGrange, Georgia 2003

Samuel G. Candler, Atlanta, Georgia 2005

* Robert L, Carmichael, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2004

* Toni M. Cauble, LaGrange, Georgia 2005

* Robert B. Copeland, LaGrange, Georgia 2005

* George "Buddy" Darden, Marietta, Georgia 2005

G. Lindsey Davis (Bishop), Atlanta, Georgia Ex Officio

E. Malone Dodson, Alpharetta, Georgia 2003

* Nancy N. Durand, LaGrange, Georgia 2006

* Charles L. Foster, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2005

* Gamett J. Giesler, LaGrange, Georgia 2005

* Edmund C. Glover, LaGrange, Georgia 2006

WilUamG. Griffin, Jr., Rome, Georgia Ex Officio

Elizabeth C. Harris, Cartersville, Georgia 2003

* Ellen Hudson Harris, Franklin, Georgia 2004

Scott D. Hawkins, Atlanta, Georgia Ex Officio

William M. Hodges, Atlanta, Georgia 2006

* PatH. Holder, LaGrange, Georgia 2003

* John S. Holle, LaGrange, Georgia 2003

* Charles D. Hudson, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2003

Wayne Hunter, LaGrange, Georgia 2006

L. Bevel Jones in, Decatur, Georgia 2004

* Frank R. Lewis, LaGrange, Georgia 2004

C. Stephen Lynn, Nashville, Tennessee 2005

Charles M. Miller, ComeUa, Georgia 2004

* Polly C. Miller, Columbus, Georgia 2003

255

* David S. Naglee, LaGrange, Georgia Ex Officio

* Gregory T. Porterfield, LaGrange, Georgia Ex Officio

President, Student Government Association Ex Officio

* S. Cliff Rainey, LaGrange, Georgia 2003

Peggy Cobb Schug, Charlotte, North Carolina 2006

* Charles W. Smith, LaGrange, Georgia 2005

* John W. Stewart, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2006

James L. Waits, Atlanta, Georgia 2004

* Almonese Brown Clifton Williams, Atlanta, Georgia 2006

* Member Executive Committee

Alumni Representatives

Gerald C. Becham, LaGrange, Georgia
Lois S. Simons, Covington, Georgia

Consultants

Linda R. Buchanan, Vice President and Dean for Student Life and Retention

F. Stuart GuUey, President

Greg A. McClanahan, Faculty Representative

Walter Y. Murphy, President Emeritus

B. David Rowe, Vice President for Advancement

Jay K. Simmons, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean

Phylhs D. Whitney, Executive Vice President for Administration

Legal Counsel

Daniel W. Lee, LaGrange, Georgia

President's Advisory Council

J. PhiUp Cleaveland, LaGrange, Georgia
Lovick P. Com, Columbus, Georgia
Wilham B. Fackler, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia
John J. Flynt, Jr., Griffin, Georgia
Clifford C. Glover, West Point, Georgia
G. Sanders Griffith III, Columbus, Georgia
Charles D. Hudson, LaGrange, Georgia
J. Smith Lanier II, West Point, Georgia
Howard R. Park, LaGrange, Georgia
L. Henderson Traylor, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia

I

256

Administrative Officers and Staff
President's Cabinet

Frank Stuart Gulley (1996) - President

B.A., Vanderbilt University; M.Div., Emory University; Ph.D.,
Georgia State University

Robert K. Boozer (2002) - Director of Institutional Research and Planning
B.S., M.S., North Carohna State University; Ph.D., Georgia State
University

Quincy D. Brown (1997) - The EUzabeth Walker Lanier Campus Minister
B.S., DeVry Institute of Technology; M.Div., Emory University

Linda R. Buchanan (1997) - Vice President and Dean for Student Life and
Retention B.S., George Wilhams College; M.S., Eastern Kentucky
University; Ph.D., Georgia State University

B. David Rowe (2000) - Vice President for Advancement

B.S., Southwestern University; M.Div., Emory University

Jay K. Simmons (1997) -Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean

B.A., Birmingham-Southern College; M.A., Ph.D., The University of
Alabama

PhylUs D. Whitney (1998) -Executive Vice President for Administration
B.S., M.A., Murray State University

257

Administrative Staff

Lisa

Adams

(2000)

Teresa

Allen

(1994)

Charles

Anderson

(2000)

Rebecca

Anderson

(2000)

Charlene

Baxter

(1976)

Sande

Beavers

(2000)

Dana

Becker

(2000)

Jackie Belcher (2000

James Blackwood (1997

Robert Boozer (2002

Daniel

Bowles

(2002)

Mark

Bowles

(2002)

Dee

Bradley

(1992)

Kelly

Britsky

(1997)

Quincy D. Brown

Susan
Linda R.

Bryan

Becky

Diana

Carter

Celorio

(1997

Brown (1999

Buchanan (1997

Burgess (1999

(1999

(2001

Jennifer Claybrook (1999

Austin P. Cook, in (1981

Diane Cooper (1998

Mary Lou Dabbs (1999

Ashley Davis (1999

Sandra Dennis (1972

Director, Career Development Center

Administrative Assistant-Fmancial Aid Office

Director of Development

Secretary, Social and Behavioral Sciences

Librarian for PubUc and Technical Services,

Library

FaciUties/Events Coordinator

Director of Student Activities; Resident
Director of Vernon Hall

Financial Aid Counselor

Director of Information Technology

Director, Institutional Research and
Planning

Men's Basketball Graduate Assistant

Admission Counselor

Secretary, Education Division

Women's Basketball and Volleyball Coach,
Senior Women's Administrator

The EHzabeth Walker Lanier Campus
Minister, Director of Servant Leadership

Swimming Coach

Vice-President and Dean for Student Life
and Retention

Women's Basketball Assistant Coach,
Cross Country Coach

Accounts Receivable Specialist,
Business Office

Career Placement Coordinator/
International Advisor

Softball Coach, Volleyball Assistant Coach

Postmaster

Coordinator of Administrative Services

Electronic Resources Librarian, Library

Admission Counselor

Human Resources SpeciaUst

258

Clint

DeMooney

(2003:

Rob

Dicks

(200i:

Peter

Doig

(1999:

Drew

Dorsey

(2001 :

Josie

Durant

(2002:

Vicky

Ellis

(1995:

Lisa K.

Farrow

(i99i:

Renee

Ferguson

(2ooi:

Brandon

Fetner

(1999:

Michael

Fouts

(2000:

Delaine

Gay

(2000:

Andy

Geeter

(1997:

G. Jeffrey

Geeter

(1990:

Jason

Goodner

(2001]

Stacy

Dean

Gorman

(2000

F.Stuart

GuUey

(1996:

Katie

Hall

(200i:

Susan A.

Hancock

(1975:

Diane

Harrell

(2002:

Shirley Harrington (1997

Hartman (2000;

Warren

Haynes

(1998

Wylene

Hemdon

(1979

Jimmy G.

Herring

(1974

Ryan

Horn

(2001

Resident Director for Boatwright Hall

Assistant Athletic Trainer

Assistant Swimming Coach

Men's Basketball Assistant Coach

Departmental Assistant, Theatre Arts

Resident Director, Pitts Hall

Circulation Manager and Assistant to the
Director of the Library

Data Entry Clerk, Center for
Community Studies

Database Administrator, Information
Technology

Network Manager, Information
Technology

Receptionist, Admission

Director of Admission

Men's and Women's Soccer Coach

Assistant Director of LaGrange College at
Albany

Assistant Director of Publications and
Web Development

President

Special Events Planner

Secretary, Alumni and Parent Relations

Project Manager, Center for
Community Studies

Assistant to the Director of Institutional
Research and Planning, Assistant to the
Director of Instructional and
Information Technology

Director of Communications
and Marketing

Men's Basketball Coach

Parking

Registrar

Tennis Coach, Assisant Men's Soccer
Coach

259

Melissa

Home

Kevin

Howard

Patti

Hoxsie

Dusty

Hubbard

John

Hughes

Robin

Hurst

Vicki

Jacks

Dedtria

Jackson

Suzanne

Jackson

Marvin D.

Johnson

Sandra

Johnson

Loii

Knopp

Catherine

Kostihiik

Susan A.

Laforet

Anita

Laney

Todd

Levens

Dawn

Marrin

Kirby H. McCartney

William McCoy

Laurel

McDaniel

Melissa

McDonald

Linda

McGill

Patricia A.

McKay

Linda H.

McMullen

Carolyn

McNeamey

Cynthia L. Miles

2001
1999
2000
1999
2002
1999
2002
2001
2001
1996

1983

1998
1993
1994

1974
2000
2000

1983
1991

Secretary, LaGrange College at Albany

Baseball Coach

Assistant Controller, Business Office

Assistant Baseball Coach

Sports Information Director

Secretary, Division of Humanities

Textbook Manager, Bookstore

Administrative Assistant, Evening College

Manager, LC Connection

Assistant to the Vice President for
Academic Affairs and Dean

Director of Core Program and Interim
Term

Secretary, Division of Nursing

Director, Center for Community Studies

Secretary, Division of Natural Sciences
and Mathematics and Institutional
Research and Planning

Bookstore Director

Admission Counselor

Administrative Assistant/ Curator, Lamar
Dodd Art Center

Administrative Assistant, Student
Development Office; Resident Director of
Hawkes Hall

Executive Director of Instructional &
Information Technology

200 1 ) Copy/Mail Center Operator

1983) Administrative Assistant, Registrar's
Office

2000) Switchboard Operator/Receptionist

1998) Administrative Assistant, Registrar's
Office

1999) Director, Evening College

2000) Administrative Assistant, Academic
Affairs and Dean's Office

( 1 996) Associate Director of Admission

260

Yvonne

Mills

(1986)

Tiffany

Mixon

(1999)

Brandon

Mobley

(2000)

Jackie L.

Morman, Sr

. (1992)

Kimberly

Myrick

(2003)

Sharon

Newton

(2000)

Debbie

Ogle

(1997)

Meredith

Parker

(2001)

William

Paschal

(1994)

Loren

Pinkerman

(1998)

Martha W.

Pirkle

(1994)

Kathy

Pirrman

(2000)

Marty

Piirman

(1999)

David

Pugh

(2001)

Michelle

Reeves

(1998)

Lee

Richter

(1993)

Brenda T.

Riley

(1989)

Arthur

Robinson

(1998)

Tammy

Rogers

(1992)

David

Rowe

(2000)

Tammy

Sawyer

(2003)

Laine A.

Scott

(1998)

Pamela

Scotto

(1998)

Ann

Sellman

(2002)

JayK.

Sinmions

(1997)

Lori

Slay

(1997)

Sylvia

Smith

(1985)

Nancy

Spradlin

(2001)

Barbara

Storie

(1992)

Charles Thompson (2001)

Acquisitions Assistant, Library

Support Manager, Information Technology

Systems Analyst, Information Technology

Pool Operations Manager

Vice President for Enrollment Management

Administrative Assistant, Career
Development Center and Counseling

Choral Director

Admission Counselor

Tennis Assistant Coach

Director, William and Evelyn
Banks Library

Director of Alumni and Parent Relations

Application Coordinator, Admission

Controller, Business Office

Dean of Students

Assistant Director, Financial Aid

Golf Coach

Secretary, Division of Business

Public Services Librarian, Library

Director of Donor Relations

Vice President for Advancement

Softball Assistant Coach

Director of Writing Center

Director of Counsehng

Administrative Assistant Music Dept.

Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean

Cataloging and General Assistant, Library

Director, Financial Aid

Accounting Assistant, Business Office

Secretary, Athletics/ Health, Physical
Education and Recreation

Associate Dean and Director of LaGrange

College at Albany

261

EmmaS.

Trammell

(1992)

Glenda

Turner

(1993)

Darlene R.

Weathers

(1988)

Lydia E.

Wheitsel

(1996)

PhylUs D.

Whitney

(1998)

PhilHp R.

Williamson

(1969)

Sandra

WilUamson

(1999)

Chris

Wilson

(2002)

Joan

Wilson

(2001)

Mary

Wilson

(1994)

Paul

Wolkoff

(1997)

Information Specialist, Admission Office

Resident Director of Candler Hall

Manager, Campus Bookstore

Executive Secretary to the President

Executive Vice President

for Administration

Athletic Director

Accounts Payable SpeciaUst, Business
Office

Community FaciUtator, Center for
Community Studies

Administrative Assistant, Development
Office

Resident Director of Henry Dorm

Athletic Trainer

262

INDEX

A

Abbreviations 95

Academic Calendar 5

Academic Divisions 94

Academic Forgiveness 82

Academic Honors 79

Academic Load 84

Academic Programs and Degree Requirements 66

Academic Petition 87

Academic Regulations and Procedures 75

Academic Standing 78

Acceleration 79

Accreditation 11

ACT 18

Administration 257

Advanced Placement Tests 73, 79

Advisers 70

Albany Campus 12

Appeals 33, 54, 55, 86

Assessment 69

Associate Degree 11

Athletics 48

Attendance, Regulations 79

Attendance, Class 79

Auditing Courses 23

Awards and Recognition 88

B

Baccalaureate Degree Requirements 83

Building Descriptions 13

C

Calendar, Academic 5

Career Planning 54

Change of Regulation 4

Communications Directory 2

Conduct 51

Cooperative Programs 90

Core Program, Liberal Arts 71

CounseUng 55

Courses of Instruction 97

Art and Design 99

Biology 108

Business HI

263

Accountancy 118

Economics 121

Finance 122

Management 123

Marketing 126

Chemistry 127

Computer Science 136

Core Courses 144

Education 146

EngUsh 153

French 183

General Science 160

German 185

Health & Physical Education 161

History 168

Human Services 173

Latin American Studies 179

Library Science 187

Mathematics 188

Modem Languages 183

Music 196

Nursing 208

Philosophy 228

Physics 216

Political Science 217

Psychology 223

Religion 228

Spanish 181

Speech 236

Theatre Art 237

Women's Studies 244

Course Repetition 79

Credit-By Examination and Exemption 73

Advanced Placement 73

College Level Examination Program (CLEP) 73

Credit through USAFT and Service Schools 81

Curriculum (See Courses)

D

Day Clinic 17,54

Dean's List 80

Declaration of Major 69

Degree Requirements 83

Degrees Offered 67

Departments, Academic 97

Divisions, Academic 94

264

E

Early Admission 20

Endowed Lectureships 87

Evening College 11

F

Faculty 245

Federal Tax Credits 24

Fees 24

Financial Aid 28

Financial Information 23

Foreign Language (See Latin American Studies)

Fraternities 47

G

Grade Points 84

Grades and Credits 81

Graduation Petitions 87

Graduation Requirement 87

Grants-in-Aid 43

H

Healthcare 17,54

History of the College 9

Holidays (See Academic Calendar)

Home Schooled Students 20

Honor Code 75

Honor Societies 47

Honors, Prizes and Awards 88

HOPE Scholarship 40

Housing Requirements 46

I

Incomplete Grade 81

Independent Study 69

Infirmary (See Day Clinic)

Information Systems 17

Information Technology and Academic Support Systems 57

Responsible Use of Technology PoUcy 60

User Accounts 61

Email 62

Facilities 63

Web Pages 63

Intercollegiate Athletics 48

265

Intramural Sports 49

International Students and Studies 80

Internship (consult indv. depts.)

3

Joint Enrollment 20

L

Lectures 51

Library 13

Loans 36

Location of College 10

M

Majors 66

Medical Care 17

Minors 74

Mission Statement 9

N

Non-degree student 21

Non-traditional student ( See Evening College Bulletin)

O

Officers, Administration 257

Officers, Board of Trustees 255

Organizations:

Honorary 47

Religious 47

Service 47

Special Interests 48

Students 47

Orientation 77

Other Languages & Cultures 186

Overload 79

P

Petition, Academic 87

Placement (Course) 72

Placement Services 54

Philosophy of College 9

Pre-professional Programs 90

President's Cabinet 258

Probation, Academic 78

PubUcations 48

266

Q

Quality Points 84

R

Readmission 22

Refund Policy 25

Registration and Academic Advisers 77

Religion-in-Life Lectures Thompson Lectureship 87

ReUgious Life 50

Requirements:

Admission 19

Degree 83

Graduation 87

Residence 46

Retired Faculty Members 255

Room and Board.... 23

S

SAT 18

Satisfactory Academic Progress 31

Scholarships 34

Semester Hours 10

Session, Other 10

Sexual Harassment 52

Social Ufe 47,51

Sororities, Social 47

Staff 259

Student

Aid 28

Classification 46, 85

Conduct and Honor Code 51, 75

Government 47

Housing 13, 14,46

Ufe 47

Organizations 47

PubUcations 48

Review of Decisions 55

Traditional Activities 51

Summer School 8

Summer Theatre Laboratory 237

Suspension 77

T

Teacher Education and Certification 146

267

Testing

ACT 18

CEEB(SAT) 18

CLEP 73

Testing Fee 24

Time Restrictions:

Major 69

Core Program 73

Financial Aid 32

Transcripts 85

Transfer, Admission of 21

Transfer Credit 84

Transient Student to and From LaGrange College 21

Trustees, Board of 255

Tuition and Fees: General SunMnary 24

Tutoring Center 57

V

Vehicle Registration 55

W

Withdrawal 77,78

Work Opportunities 41

Writing Center 58

268

.Q Q.

cr 3 o r- m

0) 8 o-o

P c c OJ

0) (fl o 3

>:^-|
&- %^

Q rt 9- '^
Q- <Q o

g w (t> o

O- 3" Q) <^

? Q.Q. E

fl) o

Q ^

S DO
Q.

>s

00 (D

O '-*

hO
O

>

Q.
Q.

CO
(/>
CO

CD

C

m

k5 =1 (o 9

21-